Engine and Peripherals: Diesel Injection Petrol Injection

Engine and peripherals
DIESEL INJECTION
PETROL INJECTION
JM0B - JM0C - JM0F - JM0G - JM0H - JM0J - JM0U
77 11 322 222 JUNE 2003 EDITION ANGLAISE
"The repair methods given by the manufacturer in this document are based on the All copyrights reserved by RENAULT.
technical specifications current when it was prepared.
Copying or translating, in part or in full, of this document or use of the service part
The methods may be modified as a result of changes introduced by the manufacturer reference numbering system is forbidden without the prior written authority of
in the production of the various component units and accessories from which his RENAULT.
vehicles are constructed".
© RENAULT 2003
Engine
and peripherals
Contents
Page Page
13B DIESEL INJECTION 17B PETROL INJECTION

Common rail Direct Diesel Injection Sagem 3000 Injection
Program No.: BE88 - Vdiag No.: 04 Program No.: A7 - Vdiag No.: 44
Introduction 13B K9-1 Introduction 17B-1

Fault finding sheet 13B K9-9 Fault finding sheet 17B-4
System operation 13B K9-11 System operation 17B-7
Allocation of computer tracks 13B K9-17 Computer track allocation 17B-10
Replacing components 13B K9-20 Component replacement 17B-12
Configurations - programming 13B K9-21 Configuration and programming 17B-13
Fault summary table 13B K9-22 Fault summary table 17B-14
Interpretation of faults 13B K9-24 Interpretation of faults 17B-16
Conformity check 13B K9-69 Conformity check 17B-72
States and parameters Interpretation of states 17B-108
summary table 13B K9-105 Interpretation of parameters 17B-124
Status interpretation 13B K9-107 Help 17B-140
Parameter interpretation 13B K9-113 Customer complaints 17B-145
Command mode treatment 13B K9-115 Fault finding chart 17B-146
Testing 13B K9-116
Customer complaints 13B K9-130
Fault finding chart 13B K9-132
EDC16 Injection
Program no.: 9X - Vdiag no.: 44 and 48
Introduction 13B F9-1

Diagnostic sheet 13B F9-7
System operation 13B F9-9
Track allocation 13B F9-16
Replacing components 13B F9-18
Configurations - programming 13B F9-19
Fault summary table 13B F9-20
Interpretation of faults 13B F9-22
Conformity check 13B F9-92
Fault summary table 13B F9-126
Status interpretation 13B F9-127
States and parameters
summary table 13B F9-149
Parameter interpretation 13B F9-151
Interpretation of commands 13B F9-160
Customer complaints 13B F9-167
Fault finding chart 13B F9-168
113B
DDCR INJECTION DIESEL INJECTION
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Introduction 13B
1. SCOPE OF THIS DOCUMENT
This document presents the fault finding method applicable to all computers with the following characteristics:
Vehicle(s): SCENIC II Computer name: DIRECT COMMON RAIL DIESEL

Function concerned: K9 DELPHI direct common INJECTION
rail diesel injection Program no.: BE 88
VDIAG No.: 44
2. PREREQUISITES FOR FAULT FINDING
Documentation type
Fault finding procedures (this manual):

– Assisted fault finding (incorporated into the diagnostic tool), paper version (Workshop Repair Manual
or Technical Note) and Dialogys.
Wiring diagrams:
– Visu-Diagram (CD-ROM), paper.
Type of diagnostic tools
– CLIP
Special tooling required

Multimeter
Elé. 1590 112-track computer bornier
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-1
PROGRAM no.: BE88
3. REMINDERS
Procedure:
To run fault finding on the vehicle's computers, switch on the ignition in fault finding mode (+ after ignition forced
setting).
Proceed as follows:
– Renault card on the card holder (keyless vehicle scenario 1, basic, not hands-free and scenario 2, top of the
range, hands-free),
– Press and hold start button (longer than 5 seconds) with start-up conditions not fulfilled,
– Connect the diagnostic tool and perform the required operations.
Note:
The left and right-hand Xenon bulb computers are supplied when the dipped headlights are lit. Fault finding
procedures can only be carried out on them after the ignition has been switched on in fault finding mode
(+ after ignition imposed) and the dipped headlights are on.
To cut off + after ignition, proceed as follows:

– disconnect the diagnostic tool,
– Press the start button twice briefly (less then 3 seconds),
– ensure that the + after ignition feed has been cut off by checking that the computer warning lights on the
instrument panel have gone out.
Faults
Faults are declared either present or stored (depending on whether they appeared in a certain context and have
disappeared since, or whether they remain present but are not diagnosed within the current context).
The present or stored state of faults should be taken into consideration when the diagnostic tool is used after the +
after ignition feed (without acting on the system components).
For a present fault, apply the method described in the Interpretation of faults section.
For a stored fault, note the faults displayed and apply the instructions section.
If the fault is confirmed when the instructions in the Notes section are applied, the fault is present. Deal with the
fault
If the fault is not confirmed, check:

– the electrical lines which correspond to the fault,
– the connectors on these lines (corrosion, bent pins, etc.),
– the resistance of the faulty component,
Conformity check
The conformity check is designed to check the states and parameters which do not display any faults on the
diagnostic tool when inconsistent. This phase therefore:
– diagnosis of faults that do not have a fault display, and which may correspond to a customer complaint.
– checks that the system is operating correctly and that there is no risk of a fault reappearing after repairs.
This section gives the fault finding procedures for states and parameters and the conditions for checking them.
If a state is not behaving normally or a parameter is outside permitted tolerance values, you should consult the
corresponding fault finding page.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-2
PROGRAM no.: BE88
Customer complaints - Fault finding chart
If the diagnostic tool check is correct, but the customer complaint persists, it should be dealt with according to the
customer complaint.
A synopsis of the general procedure to follow is provided on the following page in the form of a flow
chart.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-3
PROGRAM no.: BE88
4. FAULT FINDING PROCEDURE
Check the battery charge and

condition of the fuses
Print the system fault finding log

(available in CLIP and in the
Workshop Repair Manual or
Technical Note)
Connect CLIP
Dialogue with no
See CHART 1
computer?
yes
Read faults
no
Faults present Conformity check
yes
Deal with faults found The symptom no Fault

persists solved
Deal with stored faults
Use the fault finding charts.
The symptom no Fault

persists solved
persists solved
yes
Contact the Techline with the

completed fault finding log
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-4
PROGRAM no.: BE88
5. FAULT FINDING LOG
WARNING
All problems involving a complex system call for thorough fault finding with the appropriate tools.
The FAULT FINDING LOG, which should be completed during the fault finding procedure,
WARNING! ensures a record is kept of the procedure carried out. It is an essential item when discussing the
fault with the manufacturer.
IT IS THEREFORE MANDATORY TO FILL OUT A FAULT FINDING LOG EACH TIME FAULT FINDING IS
CARRIED OUT.
You will always be asked for this log:

– When requesting technical assistance from the Techline.
– For certification requests when replacing parts that must be certified.
– Which must be attached to monitored parts for which reimbursement is requested. It is therefore used to
decide whether a reimbursement will be made under warranty and leads to improved analysis of the
removed parts.
6. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
All work on components requires obeying safety rules to prevent physical damage or human injury:
– Make sure the battery is properly charged to avoid damaging the computers with a low charge.
– Use the proper tools.
7. CLEANLINESS INSTRUCTIONS WHICH MUST BE FOLLOWED WHEN WORKING ON THE HIGH-

PRESSURE DIRECT INJECTION SYSTEM
Risks relating to contamination
The system is very sensitive to contamination. The risks engendered by the introduction of pollution are: damage or
destruction to the high-pressure injection system and the engine, seizing or a component no longer being sealed.
All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. This means that no impurities (particles a
few microns in size) get into the system during dismantling or into the circuits via the fuel unions.
The cleanliness guidelines must be applied from the filter through to the injectors.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-5
PROGRAM no.: BE88
7. CLEANLINESS ADVICE (CONTINUED)
IMPORTANT
Before carrying out any work on the injection system, check that the pressure is close to 0 bar.
What are the sources of contamination?
Contamination is caused by:

– metal or plastic chips,
– paint,
– fibres: from cardboard boxes,
from brushes,
from paper,
from clothing,
from cloths,
– foreign bodies such as hair,
– ambient air,
– etc.
WARNING
It is not possible to clean the engine using a high-pressure washer because of the risk of damaging
connections. In addition, moisture may collect in the connectors and create electrical connection problems.
Instructions to be followed before any work is carried out on the injection system:
Ensure that you have the plugs for the unions to be opened (bag of plugs available from the Parts Stores, Part
no.:77 01 206 804). Plugs are to be used once only. After use, they must be thrown away (once used they are soiled
and cleaning is not sufficient to make them reusable). Unused plugs must be thrown away.
Ensure that you have hermetically resealable plastic bags for storing removed parts. Stored parts will therefore be
less subject to the risk of impurities. The bags must be used only once, and after use they must be thrown away.
Make sure that lint-free towelettes are available (part number 77 11 211 707). The use of a normal cloth or paper for
cleaning purposes is forbidden. They are not lint-free and may contaminate the fuel circuit of the system. Each lint-
free cloth should only be used once.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-6
PROGRAM no.: BE88
7. CLEANLINESS ADVICE (CONTINUED)
Instructions to be followed before opening the fuel circuit
Use new thinner for each operation (used thinner contains impurities). Pour it into a clean receptacle.
For each operation, use a clean brush in good condition (the brush must not shed its bristles).
Use a brush and thinners to clean the connections to be opened.
Blow compressed air over the cleaned parts (tools, cleaned the same way as the parts, connections and injection
system zone). Check that no bristles are left.
Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.
When wearing leather protective gloves, cover them with latex gloves.
Instructions to be followed during the operation
As soon as the circuit is open, all openings must be plugged to prevent impurities from entering the system. The
plugs to be used are available from the Parts Stores. They must not, under any circumstances, be reused.
Close the hermetically sealed bag, even if it has to be reopened shortly afterwards. The ambient atmosphere carries
impurities.
All components removed from the injection system must be stored in a hermetically sealed plastic bag once the
plugs have been inserted.
The use of a brush, thinner, bellows, sponge or normal cloth is strictly prohibited once the circuit has been opened.
These items are likely to allow impurities to enter the system.
A new component replacing an old one must not be removed from its packaging until it is to be fitted to the vehicle.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-7
PROGRAM no.: BE88
8. GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS
12 Volts APC: 12 Volts supply after ignition.
12 Volts Before ignition: 12 Volts supply before ignition.
ABS: Anti-lock braking system
AGB: Automatic transmission.
C2I: Individual injector correction.
CAN: Controlled Area Network.
COSLAD: Discharge bulb (Xenon bulb) beam test.
EGR: Exhaust gas recirculation.
ESP: Electronic Stability Program.
GMV : Fan Assembly
TDC: Top Dead Centre.
BDC: Bottom Dead Centre.
POWER LATCH: maintained supply phase.
RCH: Passenger compartment heater resistance.
UCH: Passenger Compartment Control Unit.
PSU: Protection and Switching unit.
VIN: Vehicle Identification Number.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-8
FAULT FINDING LOG
System: Injection
Page 1 / 2
List of monitored parts: Computer
● Administrative identification
Date 2 0
Log completed by
VIN
Engine
Diagnostic tool CLIP
Version
● Customer complaint
579 Does not start - fault 570 Stalls - difficult to start when 571 Stalls - difficult to start when
cold warm
586 Difficult to start 572 Idle - engine speed unstable 574 Jerking - flat spots
573 Lack of power 520 Abnormal noise, vibrations 576 Smoke - exhaust odours
569 Difficult to start
Other Please specify:
● Conditions under which the customer complaint occurs
001 When cold 005 While driving 008 When decelerating
002 When warm 006 When changing gear 009 Sudden breakdown
003 When stationary 007 When accelerating 010 Gradual deterioration
004 Intermittently
● Documentation used in fault finding
Fault finding procedure
Type of fault finding manual: Workshop Repair Manual Technical Note Assisted fault finding
Fault Finding Manual No.:
Wiring diagram used
Wiring Diagram Technical Note No.:
Other documentation
Title and/or part no.:
FD 01
Fault finding log
page to print or photocopy - page to print or photocopy - page to print or photocopy

FAULT FINDING LOG
System: Injection
Page 2 / 2
● Identification of computer and system parts exchanged
Part 1 part no.

Part 2 part no.
Part 3 part no.
Part 4 part no.
Part 5 part no.
To be read with the diagnostic tool (Identification screen):

Computer part no.
Supplier no.
Program no.
Software version
Calibration no.
VDIAG
● Faults found with the diagnostic tool
Fault no. Present Stored Fault title Specification
● Conditions when fault occurs
State or parameter no. Name of parameter Value Unit
● System-specific information
Description:
● Additional information
What factors led you to replace the

computer?
What other parts were replaced?
Other faulty functions?
Please specify:
FD 01
Fault finding log

PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - System operation 13B
The high-pressure direct injection system is intended to deliver a precise quantity of diesel to the engine at a specific
time.
DESCRIPTION
DELPHI "DIRECT COMMON RAIL DIESEL INJECTION" type 112-track computer.
The system consists of:

– a priming bulb on the low-pressure circuit,
– a diesel filter,
– a high-pressure pump combined with a booster pump (transfer pump),
– a pressure regulator mounted on the pump,
– an injector rail,
– a pressure sensor located in the rail,
– four solenoid injectors,
– a diesel temperature sensor,
– a coolant temperature sensor,
– a cylinder reference sensor,
– an engine speed sensor,
– an accelerometer,
– an exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve,
– an accelerator pedal potentiometer,
– an atmospheric pressure sensor,
– and a computer.
The common rail direct high-pressure injection system works sequentially (based on the operation of multipoint
injection for petrol engines).
This new injection system reduces operating noise, reduces the volume of pollutant gases and particles and
produces high engine torque at low engine speeds thanks to a pre-injection procedure.
The high-pressure pump generates the high-pressure sent to the injector rail. The actuator located on the pump
controls the quantity of diesel supplied, according to the demand determined by the computer. The rail supplies each
injector through a steel pipe.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-11
PROGRAM no.: BE88
The computer:
– determines the value of injection pressure necessary for the engine to operate correctly and then controls the
pressure regulator. It checks that the pressure value is correct by analysing the value transmitted by the pressure
sensor located on the rail,
– determines the injection time necessary to deliver the right quantity of diesel and the moment when injection should
start,
– controls each injector electrically and individually after determining these two values.
The injected flow to the engine is determined by:

– the duration of injector control,
– the injector opening and closing speed,
– the needle travel (determined by a constant for the type of injector),
– the nominal hydraulic flow of the injector (specific to each injector),
– the high-pressure rail pressure controlled by the computer.
The computer controls:

– idle speed regulation,
– exhaust gas flow re-injection into the inlet,
– fuel supply monitoring (advance, flow and rail pressure),
– the fan assembly control (Centralised Coolant Temperature Management function),
– the air conditioning (cold loop function),
– the cruise control/speed limiter function,
– the pre/post heating function.
The high-pressure pump is supplied at low-pressure by an integrated low-pressure pump (transfer pump).
It supplies the rail the pressure in which is controlled for charging by the flow actuator and for discharging by the
injector valves. Drops in pressure may also be compensated for. The flow actuator allows the high-pressure pump to
supply the exact quantity of diesel fuel required to maintain the pressure in the rail. This feature allows heat generation
to be minimised and engine output to be improved.
In order to discharge the rail using the injector valves, the valves are controlled by brief electrical pulses which are:
– which are short enough not to open the injector (passing through the return circuit from the injectors),
– long enough to open the valves and discharge the rail.
Control of the fan assembly and coolant temperature warning light by the injection computer (Centralised Coolant
Temperature Management function).
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-12
PROGRAM no.: BE88
The connections between the vehicle's various computers are multiplexed. The fault warning lights on the
instrument panel are therefore activated via the multiplex network.
There is no vehicle speed sensor in the gearbox. The vehicle speed signal on the instrument panel is transmitted by
the ABS computer or the wheel speed computer via a wire connection and is then transmitted on the multiplex
network by the instrument panel. The vehicle speed information is used mainly by the injection computer and the
airbag computer.
Some vehicles have a sensor for detecting water in the diesel, located in the filter. If there is water present in the
diesel, the orange injection and pre/postheating warning light comes on.
IMPORTANT
The engine must not operate with:
– diesel fuel containing more than 10% diester,
– petrol, even in tiny quantities.
The system injects diesel into the engine at a pressure of up to 1400 bar. Before carrying out any work, check that
the injector rail is not pressurised and that the fuel temperature is not too high.
You must respect the cleaning and safety advice specified in this document for any work on the high-pressure
injection system.
Removal of the internal parts of the pump and injectors is prohibited. Only the flow actuator, the diesel temperature
sensor and the venturi can be replaced.
For safety reasons, it is strictly forbidden to undo a high-pressure pipe union when the engine is running.
It is not possible to remove the pressure sensor from the fuel rail because this may cause circuit contamination
problems. If the pressure sensor fails, the pressure sensor, the rail and the five high-pressure pipes must be
replaced.
It is strictly forbidden to remove any injection pump pulley marked number 070 575. If the pump is being replaced,
the pulley must be replaced.
Applying 12 volts directly to any component in the system is prohibited.
Ultrasonic decoking and cleaning are prohibited.
Never start the engine unless the battery is connected correctly.
Disconnect the injection system computer when carrying out any welding work on the vehicle.
It is essential to replace all the disconnected air inlet plastic pipes.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-13
PROGRAM no.: BE88
HOSTED FUNCTIONS
Air conditioning management assistance:
In the case of air conditioned models, the DIRECT COMMON RAIL DIESEL INJECTION system offers the option of
deactivating the air conditioning in certain conditions of use:
– When requested by the driver.
– When starting the engine.
– If the engine overheats (in order to reduce the power the engine has to supply).
– When the engine speed is very high (to protect the compressor).
– During transition phases (e.g. during high acceleration demands when overtaking, anti-stalling and moving
off strategies). These conditions are only taken into account when they occur repeatedly, so as to prevent
system instabilities (incorrect deactivation).
– When certain faults appear.
Cold loop air conditioning management:
The air conditioning is managed in a cold loop and this function is managed by several computers. The injection
computer is responsible for:
– Managing the request for cold air according to passenger compartment controls and pressure level.
– Ascertaining the power absorbed by the compressor from the pressure.
– Ascertaining the fan assembly controls according to vehicle speed and pressure.
The driver asks for the air conditioning to be switched on using the air conditioning switch. This request for cold air is
either authorised or not, depending on the measured pressure. If this pressure is outside the operating limits, the
cold loop strategy is not activated.
Note:
Requests for fan assembly operation can be made from the injection computer, but they are transmitted over
the CAN. These requests depend on the air conditioning but also on the coolant temperature and vehicle
speed.
Thermal regulation of the passenger compartment heating circuit:
In a direct injection engine, fuel is injected directly into the combustion chamber. This leads to heat being lost
through the upper part of the engine and consequently, the cylinder head cooling circuit is smaller in size.
The effect of this is that the temperature of the coolant which flows through this circuit rises more slowly. However,
this coolant is used by the passenger compartment heating system. In very cold conditions, it is therefore difficult to
reach a comfortable passenger compartment temperature quickly.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-14
PROGRAM no.: BE88
To limit the time taken to warm up the system, air heating resistors, called passenger compartment heating resistors
are fitted into the passenger compartment heating circuit. The UCH decides whether or not the passenger
compartment heating resistors are required, the Protection and Switching Unit physically controls the passenger
compartment heating resistors and the injection computer determines whether to limit the power supplied to the
passenger compartment heating resistors depending on alternator load and also whether to prohibit the operation of
the passenger compartment heating resistors according to engine speed, load and vehicle speed.
Cruise control - speed limit management:
When activated, the cruise control function maintains the vehicle at a preselected speed, regardless of the driving
conditions encountered. Using the control buttons, the driver can increase or decrease the vehicle speed.
The cruise control function can be deactivated either by using the control buttons, or by switching off the cruise
control function selection switch or when system events are detected such as depression of the brake or clutch
pedals, or when system errors are detected such as an incorrect vehicle speed or a deceleration level which is too
high.
The cruise control function can also be temporarily suspended when the driver wants to resume control of the
vehicle and exceed the selected cruising speed by depressing the accelerator pedal which then exceeds the
selected fuel flow. The cruising speed is returned to when the driver releases the accelerator pedal.
The cruise control function can be reactivated and the last cruising speed can be reselected after deactivating the
function for whatever reason until the ignition is switched off (i.e. for as long as power supply to the computer is not
switched off). The vehicle will then attempt to reach the cruising speed using a controlled vehicle acceleration rate.
When switched on using the selection switch, the vehicle speed limiter function limits the vehicle speed to a preset
value. The driver drives the vehicle in the normal way using the accelerator pedal until the preset speed is reached.
If an attempt is made to exceed this speed, the system will ignore the pedal demand and will control the vehicle
speed as it does with the cruise control function, provided that the driver continues to press the accelerator pedal.
Like for the cruise control function, the cruising speed can be altered using the control buttons by means of a quick
or a sustained press.
For safety reasons, the cruising speed can be exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the pedal
position limiting value. Vehicle speed is then controlled using the accelerator pedal until the vehicle speed is
decreased to below the cruising speed, when the limiter function is activated again.
The driver uses the following controls to operate the speed limiter - cruise control function:
– Accelerator pedal.
– Brake pedal.
– Clutch pedal.
– Function selection switch which selects speed limiter or cruise control operating mode.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-15
PROGRAM no.: BE88
Instrument panel display:
The computer displays certain information on the instrument panel relating to engine operation. This concerns five
functions: MIL (Fault Indicator Lamp) for the EOBD (European On Board Diagnostic), pre/post heating, coolant
temperature and engine faults: Severity 1 (non-critical fault) and Severity 2 (stop immediately). These five functions
are represented by 3 warning lights or messages displayed by the trip computer.
Pre/postheating warning light:
This warning light is used as an operating indicator light and as a system fault indicator light:
Permanently lit during + after ignition feed: indicates preheating of the plugs.
After preheating and an automatic 3 second off period, the warning light will come on if a level 1 problem occurs
(leading to reduced operation and reduced safety levels). The driver should carry out repairs as soon as possible.
Temperature/emergency stop warning light:
This warning light is used as an operating indicator light and as a system fault indicator light. It switches on for
3 seconds when a voltage is applied (automatic test procedure controlled by the instrument panel).
Permanently on: this indicates engine overheating or a severity 2 fault.
If the fault reaches a critical level, the injection cuts off automatically after a few seconds. In the event of
overheating, it is up to the driver whether to stop the vehicle or continue driving.
PROGRAMMING OF WARNING LIGHTS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL:
Orange SERVICE warning light (level 1):
This warning light comes on and is accompanied by the injection faulty message.
The driver should carry out repairs as soon as possible.
Red STOP warning light (severity 2):
This warning light comes on and is accompanied by the injection faulty message.
The driver should carry out repairs as soon as possible.
Excess pollution orange OBD warning light:
This warning light, in the form of an engine symbol, comes on for about 3 seconds when the ignition is switched on
then goes out. It never comes on when the engine is running.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-16
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Allocation of computer tracks 13B
BLACK 32 TRACK CONNECTOR A
Description Track Track Description
Not used A1 E1 Not used
Cruise control On / Off A2 E2 Air conditioning inhibit request
CAN L1 A3 E3 Not used
CAN H1 A4 E4 Brake closed contact signal
Not used B1 F1 Not used
Not used B2 F2 Potentiometer track 2 supply
Not used B3 F3 Potentiometer track 2 signal
Diagnostic line K B4 F4 Potentiometer track 2 earth
Not used C1 G1 Not used
Not used C2 G2 Potentiometer track 1 supply
Speed limiter On/Off C3 G3 Not used
Clutch switch signal C4 G4 Not used

+ After ignition supply D1 H1 Not used
Cruise control stalk signal D2 H2 Potentiometer track 1 signal
Cruise control stalk earth D3 H3 Potentiometer track 1 earth
Not used D4 H4 Not used
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-17
PROGRAM no.: BE88
BROWN 48 TRACK CONNECTOR B
Not used A1 G1 Accelerometer sensor earth (pinking)
Not used A2 G2 Fuel temperature signal
Not used A3 G3 Fuel temperature sensor earth
Cylinder 1 injector + control A4 G4 (+) Cylinder 4 injector control
Exhaust gas recirculation feedback B1 H1 Not used

potentiometer supply
Exhaust gas recirculation feedback B2 H2 Coolant temperature signal

potentiometer signal
Exhaust gas recirculation feedback B3 H3 Coolant temperature sensor earth

potentiometer earth
(-) Cylinder 1 injector control B4 H4 (-) Cylinder 4 injector control
Turbocharging pressure sensor supply C1 J1 Not used
Turbocharging pressure sensor signal C2 J2 Inlet air temperature signal
Turbocharger pressure sensor earth C3 J3 Inlet air temperature earth

(+) Cylinder 2 injector control C4 J4 Not used
Rail pressure sensor supply D1 K1 Accelerometer shielding (pinking)
Rail pressure sensor signal D2 K2 Outside air temperature signal
Rail pressure sensor earth D3 K3 Exterior air temperature earth
(-) Cylinder 2 injector control D4 K4 Not used
Phase sensor supply (cylinder) E1 L1 Not used
Phase sensor signal (cylinder) E2 L2 Not used
Phase sensor earth (cylinder) E3 L3 Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve

control
+ Cylinder 3 injector control E4 L4 Not used
Accelerometer sensor signal (pinking) F1 M1 Not used
Engine speed sensor (TDC) signal (+) F2 M2 Not used
Engine speed sensor (TDC) earth F3 M3 Not used
(-) Cylinder 3 injector control F4 M4 Flow actuator control
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-18
PROGRAM no.: BE88
GREY 32-TRACK CONNECTOR C
Not used B2 F2 Supply relay control
Not used B3 F3 Preheating relay control
Not used C1 G1 Body power 1 earth
Not used C2 G2 + Battery after relay 1

Not used D1 H1 Body power earth 2
Not used D2 H2 + Battery after relay 2
Not used D3 H3 Not used
Plug 1 diagnostic signal D4 H4 Not used
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-19
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Replacing parts 13B
REPLACING, PROGRAMMING OR REPROGRAMMING COMPUTER OPERATIONS
The system can programmed and reprogrammed via the diagnostic socket with the RENAULT CLIP fault finding tool
(Refer to Technical Note 3585A or observe the instructions of the fault finding tool).
During the entire computer (re)programming procedure, the engine fan assemblies are triggered
automatically (check the battery condition, have a battery charger standing by).
WARNING
– Turn on the fault finding tool (mains or cigarette lighter).
– Connect a battery charger (during the entire computer (re)programming procedure, the engine fan
assemblies are triggered automatically).
– Observe the engine temperature instructions of the fault finding tool before (re)programming.
Before programming, reprogramming or replacing the computer in After-Sales save the following data in the
fault finding tool:
– the C2I parameters (individual injector correction) and the engine parameters using the SC003 "Save
computer data" command.
After programming, reprogramming or replacing the computer:
– Switch off the ignition.
– Start and then stop the engine (to initialise the computer) and wait for 30 seconds.
– Turn on the ignition and use the fault finding tool to carry out the following procedures:
– Use command SC001 Write saved data to establish the C2I codes and the engine parameters.
– Use command VP010 Write the VIN.
– Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
– Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.
Note:
In the event that commands SC001 and SC003 do not work or are not programmed, each time the computer is
replaced or reprogrammed, program the C2I of each injector manually by reading the C2I on each injector (see
information on replacing the injectors).
IMPORTANT:
It is not possible to test an injection computer from the parts stores because it cannot be fitted to any other vehicle.
REPLACING THE INJECTORS
Note:
The C2I (individual injector correction) is calibrated in the factory on each injector to adjust the flow of each
injector precisely.
The correction values are written on a label affixed to each injector then entered in the computer which can then
control each injector by taking account of their manufacturing variations.
The system can be configured via the diagnostic socket using the RENAULT CLIP diagnostic tools.
The C2I parameters must be replaced after replacing an injector. To do this, reprogram C2I into the computer using
the following commands:
cylinder 1 injector: command VP001 (flywheel side cylinder)
cylinder 2 injector: command VP002
cylinder 3 injector: command VP003
cylinder injector 5: command VP004
It is also possible to enter the four C2I codes using command SC002 ENTER INJECTOR CODES.
The technician uses the appropriate command to reprogram the new C2I code for the replaced injector and clear
the old C2I code.
– Only after simultaneous replacement of at least 3 injectors, perform a reset of the injector parameters using the
RZ004 "Pressure regulation parameters" command.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-20
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Configuration-programming 13B
PARAMETER SETTINGS
VP001: Cylinder 1 injector code.

These commands enable you to manually write the calibration code inscribed on the injector.
These commands are used after replacing the injector, and replacing or reprogramming the
computer when command SC001 does not work.
VP010: Write VIN.

This command enables the vehicle VIN to be entered into the computer. This command must be
used each time the computer is replaced or (re)programmed.
SPECIFIC COMMANDS
SC001: Write saved data.

Use this command after replacing or (re)programming a computer (if the information was saved
by the SC003 command.
SC002: Enter injector codes.

This command enables you to manually write the calibration code inscribed on the injectors. This
command must be used when replacing injectors.
SC003: Save computer data.

This command allows you to save the computer data, the C2I parameters (individual injector
correction) and the engine parameters. This command must be carried out before the computer
is replaced or (re)programmed.
OTHER COMMANDS
LC005: Gearbox type.

This command enables you to determine the type of gearbox configured on the vehicle.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-21
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Fault summary table 13B
Associated
Tool fault Diagnostic tool description
TDC
DF001 0115 Coolant temperature sensor circuit
DF003 2226 Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit
DF005 0335 Engine speed sensor circuit
DF007 0190 Rail pressure sensor circuit
DF008 0225 Pedal potentiometer track 1 circuit
DF010 0409 EGR position sensor circuit
DF014 0500 Vehicle speed signal circuit
DF015 0685 Main relay control circuit
DF016 0403 EGR control circuit
DF017 0382 Preheater unit control circuit
DF024 0231 Low-pressure actuator control circuit
DF025 0380 Preheater unit diagnostic connection
DF026 0201 Injector cylinder 1 control circuit
DF037 0513 Immobiliser
DF038 0606 Computer
DF039 0110 Inlet air temperature sensor circuit
DF047 0560 Computer supply voltage
DF049 0530 Refrigerant sensor circuit

DF050 0571 Brake switch circuit
DF051 0575 Cruise control/speed limiter function
DF052 0200 Injector control circuit
DF053 0089 Rail pressure regulation function
DF057 2264 Water in diesel detector circuit
DF059 0301 Misfiring on cylinder 1
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-22
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Fault summary table 13B
Associated
Tool fault Diagnostic tool description
TDC
DF089 0235 Inlet manifold pressure sensor circuit
DF098 0180 Fuel temperature sensor circuit
DF107 0604 Computer memory
DF112 0340 Cylinder sensor reference circuit
DF113 0608 Sensor supply voltage
DF114 0400 EGR solenoid valve circuit
DF116 C001 Multiplex network
DF121 0325 Accelerometer circuit
DF122 0609 Supply voltage pedal potentiometer track 2
DF130 0087 Flow capacity function
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-23
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Interpretation of faults 13B
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 volts
DF001
PRESENT CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
Special notes:
If fault DF001 Low-speed fan assembly operation (Fan assembly 1) is present.
NOTES
If fan assembly 1 is faulty, then fan assembly 2 is switched on for vehicles with air
conditioning.
Check the 4-track connector of the coolant temperature sensor.

Repair if necessary.
Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.

Measure the resistance between tracks 2 and 3 of the coolant temperature sensor.
Replace the coolant temperature sensor if the resistance is not 2252 Ω ± 112.16 Ω at 25 °C.
Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:
Sensor connector track 2 Track H3 computer connector B
Sensor connector track 3 Track H2 computer connector B
Sensor connector track 1 Instrument panel
Sensor connector track 4 Instrument panel
Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-24
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth
DF003
PRESENT CC.1 : Short circuit to 12 volts
NOTES Special notes: None.
Contact your Techline.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-25
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF005 1.DEF: Inconsistency
PRESENT 2.DEF: No signal
OR 3.DEF: Too many additional teeth
STORED 4.DEF: Teeth missing
5.DEF: Additional teeth
6.DEF: Too many teeth missing
Special notes: If faults 1.DEF, 2.DEF, 3.DEF, 6.DEF are present: the engine
stopsand level 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection
failure".
If faults 4.DEF or 5.DEF are present engine performance is limited to 75% but the
NOTES warning light does not come on.
Conditions for applying fault finding procedure to a stored fault: the fault is
declared present when the starter motor is activated or at idle speed (600 rpm)
Check the connection and condition of the 2-track connector of the engine speed sensor. Repair if
necessary. Ensure the sensor is correctly mounted on the engine.

Measure the resistance at the engine speed sensor terminals.

Replace the engine speed sensor if the resistance is not approximately 760 Ω.
Sensor connector track A Track F2 computer connector B
Sensor connector track B Track F3 computer connector B
Check that the flywheel ring gear is not faulty (missing teeth).
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-26
PROGRAM no.: BE88
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
DF007 CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 volts
STORED 1.DEF : Inconsistency
2.DEF : Below minimum threshold
3.DEF : Above maximum threshold
Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if dealing with faults DF007 and
DF113 treat voltage feed sensor DF113 as a priority.
Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
NOTES
declared present after the engine has been started.
Special notes: in the case of DF007 engine stopped and starting impossible the
severity 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection fault".
Check the connection and condition of the 3-track connector of the rail pressure sensor.

Sensor connector track 2 Track D3 computer connector B
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-27
PROGRAM no.: BE88
PEDAL POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT TRACK 1
DF008 CC.1 : Short circuit to 12 volts
PRESENT 1.DEF : Inconsistency between pedal track 1 and track 2
2.DEF : No signal
3.DEF : Seized component
NOTES
Special notes: if fault DF008: engine speed maintained above 1000 rpm, the
severity 1 warning light lights up with the message "injection fault".
If dealing with faults DF008 and DF009: I the engine speed is fixed at 1300 rpm and
the severity 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection fault".
1.DEF - 3.DEF NOTES Special notes: None.
Disconnect computer connector A and the pedal potentiometer connector.

Check the insulation between track H2 and track F3 on computer connector A.
Replace the pedal potentiometer if the fault persists.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-28
PROGRAM no.: BE88
DF008
CONTINUED
CC.0
CC.1 NOTES Special notes: None.
2.DEF
Check the condition of the 6-track connector of the pedal potentiometer.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector A.

Measure the resistance at the pedal potentiometer terminals:

Track 5 (earth) Track 3 (+ 5 volts)
Ω ± 0.9 kΩ
Replace the potentiometer pedal if the resistance is not 1.7 kΩ Ω.
Sensor connector track 3 Track G2 computer connector A
Sensor connector track 4 Track H2 computer connector A
Sensor connector track 5 Track H3 computer connector A

Check the insulation between track H2 and track F3 on computer connector A.
Replace the pedal potentiometer if the fault persists.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-29
PROGRAM no.: BE88
DF009
NOTES Special notes: if fault DF009 is present: the engine speed is maintained above
1000 rpm and the level 1 warning light comes on along with the message
"injection failure".
If faults DF009 and DF008 are present: I the engine speed is fixed at 1300 rpm and
the level 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection fault".
CO.0 NOTES Special notes: None.



Track 6 (earth) Track 2 (+ 5 V)
Ω ± 2.05 kΩ

Check the insulation to earth on track F3 of computer connector A.
Check the continuity of the connection between:

Sensor connector track 1 Track F3 computer connector A
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-30
PROGRAM no.: BE88
DF009
CONTINUED



Ω ± 0.7 kΩ
Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connection:

Check the insulationagainst 12 volts of tracks F2 and F3 on computer connector A
Check the continuity of the connections:


Check the insulation between track F2 and track F3 on computer connector A.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-31
PROGRAM no.: BE88
EGR POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF010
STORED CC.1 : Short circuit to 12 volts
2.DEF : Below minimum threshold
NOTES
Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: the fault is
declared present after starting the engine.
Check the condition and the connection of the 6-track connector of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid
valve.

Measure the resistance at the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve terminals.
Ω ± 1.6 kΩ
Replace the solenoid valve if the resistance is not 4 kΩ Ω at 20°°C between tracks 2 and 4 and
Ω ± 0.5 kΩ
approximately 1 kΩ Ω at 20°°C between tracks 4 and 6.
Sensor connector track 2 Track B1 computer connector B
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-32
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT
DF014
PRESENT
For this type of vehicle, the ABS computer or an additional unit (if the vehicle does not have ABS) transmits
the vehicle speed on the CAN.
Carry out the multiplex network test to be able to carry out work on the CAN network (failure on the CAN H and
CAN L lines between the injection and ABS). Also check there are no faults in the ABS part or in the system
which supplies the vehicle speed.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-33
PROGRAM no.: BE88
MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
1.DEF : Permanent low signal
DF015
PRESENT 2.DEF : Permanent high signal
NOTES Special notes: The main relay is incorporated into the PSU.
Test the main relay supply fuse in the engine compartment: (30 A fuse) on the PSU.
Replace the fuse if necessary.
Check the condition and connection of the PEM D brown 12-track connector and PPM1 black 4-track
connector on the Protection and Switching Unit.
Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector C.

Computer connector C track F1 Track 2 PEM D brown 12-track Protection and
Switching Unit connector
computer connector C track G1 Vehicle earth
Computer connector C track H2 Track 1 PPM1 black 4-track Protection and Switching
Unit connector
computer connector C track G2 Track1 PPM1 black 4-track Protection and Switching
Unit connector
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-34
PROGRAM no.: BE88
EGR VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF016
STORED CC.1 : Short circuit to 12 volts
declared present when the engine is running at idle speed.
NOTES
Special notes: If fault DF016 is present, the engine speed will be unsteady and may
even stall.
Difficult to start engine or even impossible when cold. Severity 1 warning light comes
on and is accompanied by the "injection faulty" message.
Check the condition and the connection of the 6-track connector of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid
valve.

Measure the resistance at the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve terminal.
Ω ± 1.6 kΩ
Replace the solenoid valve if the resistance is not 4 kΩ Ω at 20°°C between tracks 2 and 4 and
Ω ± 0.5 kΩ
approximately 1 kΩ Ω at 20°°C between tracks 4 and 6.
Ensure the presence of 12 Volts after ignition on the connector side on track 1 of the EGR valve connector.
+ after ignition PPM1 G black PSU connector track 3 Track 1 EGR solenoid valve
Computer connector B track L3 Track 5 EGR solenoid valve
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-35
PROGRAM no.: BE88
PREHEATER UNIT CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF017
Special notes: If DF017 is present starting is difficult (or impossible when cold). If
NOTES CC.1: plugs permanently controlled with risk of being damaged and risk of damaging
the engine.
Check the condition and connection of the preheating unit connector.


12 Volts after ignition Track 3 preheater unit
Computer connector C track D3 Track 9 preheater unit
Computer connector C track F2 Track 8 preheater unit
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-36
PROGRAM no.: BE88
LOW-PRESSURE ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF024
Special notes: If fault DF024 is present with CO.0 or CC.1 level 1 warning light comes
on along with the message "injection fault".
NOTES
The fuel flow actuator is fully opened and the engine is stopped to prevent it from
racing.
Check the connection and condition of the fuel flow actuator connector.

Measure the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the fuel flow actuator.
Replace the flow actuator if the resistance is not 5.3 Ω ± 0.5 Ω at 20 °C.
Check the insulation, continuity and absence of unwanted resistance on the following connection:
Computer connector B track M4 Track 1 fuel flow actuator
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-37
PROGRAM no.: BE88
PREHEATER UNIT DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTION
CO : Open circuit
DF025
PRESENT
Check the condition and connection of the preheating unit connector.

Check the condition and connection of the heater plug connectors.


Repair or replace the passenger compartment fan if necessary.
Measure the resistance of each heater plug. The resistance must be less than 1 Ω.
Replace the faulty plugs.
Computer connector C track F2 Track 8 preheating unit
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-38
PROGRAM no.: BE88
INJECTOR CYLINDER 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF026
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
OR CC : Short circuit
STORED 1.DEF : At minimum stop
NOTES declared present when the engine is running at idle speed.
Level 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection failure".
CO NOTES Special notes: None.
Switch off the ignition, and wait 15 seconds.

Check the connection and condition of the injector connector. Repair if necessary.
Check the continuity between the two injector terminals using a multimeter.
Replace the injector if necessary.
Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B. Repair if necessary.
Check the insulation, continuity and absence of unwanted resistance on the following connections:
Computer connector B track A4 Track 1 injector 1
Computer connector B track B4 Track 2 injector 1
Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to the

CC - 1.DEF NOTES stored fault: The fault is declared present when driving
Levels 1 and 2 warning lights light up.

Switch off the ignition, disconnect the injector and switch the ignition back on.
Replace the injector if the fault becomes stored or present in open circuit.
Disconnect computer connector B and the connector from injector 1.

Check the insulation between track A4 and track B4 on computer connector B.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-39
PROGRAM no.: BE88
DF027
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
Level 1 warning light comes on, accompanied by the "injection fault" message.

Computer connector B track G4 Track 1 injector 2
Computer connector B track H4 Track 2 injector 2

Severity 1 and 2 warning lights light up.


Check the insulation between track H4 and track G4 on computer connector B.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-40
PROGRAM no.: BE88
DF028
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
Severity 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection fault".

Computer connector B track C4 Track 1 injector 3
Computer connector B track D4 Track 2 injector 3



Check the insulation between track C4 and track D4 on computer connector B.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-41
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CO : Open circuit
DF029
STORED CC : Short circuit
1.DEF : At minimum stop
NOTES declared present when the engine is running at idle speed
Severity 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection fault".

Computer connector B track E4 Track 1 injector 4
Computer connector B track F4 Track 2 injector 4



Check the insulation between track E4 and track F4 on computer connector B.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-42
PROGRAM no.: BE88
IMMOBILISER
DF037
PRESENT
Carry out a fault finding procedure on the multiplex network.

Refer to the fault finding procedure for the keyless vehicle function.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-43
PROGRAM no.: BE88
COMPUTER
1.DEF : Analogue / digital converter
2.DEF : Write EEPROM memory
DF038 3.DEF : Read EEPROM memory
PRESENT 4.DEF : Enter injector codes
5.DEF : Memory self-test
6.DEF : Non refreshed watchdog
7.DEF : Interference on the injector control line
8.DEF : Watchdog activation
7.DEF NOTES Special notes: None.
Computer connector B track A4 Track 1 injector 1
Computer connector B track B4 Track 2 injector 1
Computer connector B track G4 Track 1 injector 2
Computer connector B track H4 Track 2 injector 2
Computer connector B track C4 Track 1 injector 3
Computer connector B track D4 Track 2 injector 3
Computer connector B track E4 Track 1 injector 4
Computer connector B track F4 Track 2 injector 4
If the fault persists, contact your Techline.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-44
PROGRAM no.: BE88
DF038
CONTINUED
4.DEF NOTES Special notes: None.

Check that the individual injector correction (C2I) matches the injectors, if not write the C2I codes (see
"configurations/programming").
If the C2I does match the injectors, contact your Techline.
1.DEF
2.DEF
3.DEF
NOTES Special notes: Contact your Techline.
5.DEF
6.DEF
8.DEF
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-45
PROGRAM no.: BE88
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF039
Check the condition of the air temperature sensor 4-track connector.


Measure the resistance of the air temperature sensor between tracks 1 and 2
Ω ± 120 kΩ
Replace the air temperature sensor if the resistance is not 2051 kΩ Ω at 25 °C.
Sensor connector track 1 Track C3 computer connector B
Sensor connector track 2 Track J2 computer connector B
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-46
PROGRAM no.: BE88
COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
DF047
STORED 2.DEF: Below minimum threshold
NOTES
declared present when the engine is running above 1000 rpm.
Check the battery voltage when the ignition is switched on.

If the battery voltage < 10 V recharge the battery.
Check the condition of the battery terminals.

Check the vehicle's charge circuit.


+after ignition feed. Track D1 computer connector A
Chassis earth Track G1, H1 computer connector C
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-47
PROGRAM no.: BE88
REFRIGERANT FLUID SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF049
STORED CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
NOTES
declared present when the engine is running and the air conditioning is on.
Check the coolant pressure sensor connection.


Sensor connector track B Track C4 computer connector C
Sensor connector track C Track C3 computer connector C
Sensor connector track A Track G3 computer connector C
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-48
PROGRAM no.: BE88
BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
DF050
1.DEF : Signal absent
PRESENT
OR 2.DEF : Inconsistency
STORED
declared present when the ignition is switched on or on deceleration, when the brake
NOTES
pedal is depressed.
Deal with the fault even if it is stored.
Test the switch connector.

Check for the presence of + 12 volts on the switch supply.

Check the condition of the 32-track connector A and 32-track connector C of the computer.
Check that the switch is working.

brake switch tracks 1 and 3 + after ignition
Brake switch track 4 Track E4 computer connector A
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-49
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER
1.DEF : Inconsistency
DF051
PRESENT 2.DEF : On/Off switch

Check the connections of the cruise control/speed limiter on/off switch.

Check for the presence of 12 volts after ignition on track A2 of the cruise control/speed limiter on/off
switch. Repair if necessary.
Check that the cruise control/speed limiter on/off switch is working (refer to interpretation ET042 Cruise
control/speed limiter).
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-50
PROGRAM no.: BE88
INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF052
CC.1 : Short circuit to 12 volts
PRESENT
OR CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
STORED
Fault finding application conditions for a stored fault: fault declared present when
the ignition is switched on
Priorities when dealing with more than one fault: If fault DF052 and faults DF026,
NOTES DF027, DF028 and DF029 are present, the fault finding procedure remains the same,
but you can determine the faulty injector.
Special notes: The engine stalls when the fault appears. Severity 1 warning light
comes on and is accompanied by the "injection faulty" message.
Switch off the ignition and check the injector connections.

Disconnect the injectors and switch the ignition back on.

Check to see if the fault is still present.
If the fault does not persist, an injector is faulty. Switch off the ignition and reconnect one of the four
injectors. Switch the ignition back on and, if the fault reappears, replace the reconnected injector. Carry out
the same procedure for the remaining injectors.
If the fault persists by disconnecting the injectors:

Injector 1 track 1 (+) track A4 computer connector B
Injector 1 track 2 (earth) track B4 computer connector B
Injector 2 track 1 (+) track G4 computer connector B
Injector 2 track 2 (earth) track H4 computer connector B
Injector 3 track 1 (+) track C4 computer connector B
Injector 3 track 2 (earth) track D4 computer connector B
Injector 4 track 1 (+) track E4 computer connector B
Injector 4 track 2 (earth) track F4 computer connector B
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-51
PROGRAM no.: BE88
RAIL PRESSURE REGULATION FUNCTION
2.DEF : At maximum stop
DF053 3.DEF : Below minimum threshold
STORED 4.DEF : Above maximum threshold
5.DEF : High flow current < minimum
6.DEF : High flow current > maximum
7.DEF : Low flow current < minimum
8.DEF : Low flow current > minimum
NOTES
declared present when the engine is running
3.DEF - 4.DEF -
5.DEF - 6.DEF - NOTES Special notes: None.
8.DEF
Check the fuel flow actuator connection (IMV)


Check:
– that fuel is present in the tank,
– that there is no air in the fuel circuit,
– the condition of the diesel filter.
1.DEF Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to

2.DEF NOTES stored faults: The fault is declared present when the
7.DEF engine is running
Carry out Test 7 " HIGH-PRESSURE PUMP TEST".

Carry out Test 10 "STARTING PHASE INJECTOR RETURN FLOW".
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-52
PROGRAM no.: BE88
WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR CIRCUIT
DF057
STORED CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
declared present when the engine is running.
NOTES
Severity 1 warning light comes on and is accompanied by the "injection fault"
message.
Check whether there is any water in the diesel filter. Clean or replace the filter if necessary.
Check the condition of the coolant detector3-track connector.


Sensor connector track 3 Earth
Sensor connector track 2 Track B3 computer connector C
Sensor connector track 1 + after ignition
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-53
PROGRAM no.: BE88
MISFIRING ON CYLINDER 1
DF059
STORED
declared present when the engine is running at idle speed
Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if faults DF026 (short circuit or
NOTES
open circuit) and DF059 are present, deal with Cylinder 1 injector control circuit:
DF026 (short circuit or open circuit) first.
Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if dealing with faults DF053 (1.DEF
2.DEF 7.DEF) and DF059 treat the pressure regulator DF053 fault as a priority.
Check that the cylinder is correctly sealed.

Check the valve clearances and adjust them if necessary.
Check the air inlet conduits and the EGR valve and clean them if necessary.
Replace the injector.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-54
PROGRAM no.: BE88
DF060
STORED
NOTES open circuit) and DF060 are present, deal with Cylinder 2 injector control circuit:
Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if dealing with faults DF053
(1.DEF2.DEF7.DEF) and DF060 treat the pressure regulator DF053 fault as a
priority.
Check the cylinder sealing.

Check the air inlet ducts and the EGR valve and clean them if necessary.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-55
PROGRAM no.: BE88
DF061
STORED
NOTES
Check the cylinder sealing.

AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-56
PROGRAM no.: BE88
DF062
STORED
NOTES
Check that the cylinder is correctly sealed.

AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-57
PROGRAM no.: BE88
INLET MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
2.DEF : Permanent high signal
DF089 3.DEF : Below minimum threshold
PRESENT 4.DEF : Above maximum threshold
5.DEF : Inconsistency
6.DEF : At maximum stop
Special notes: severity 1 warning light comes on along with the message
NOTES
"injection fault".
1.DEF - 2.DEF -
3.DEF - 4.DEF
Check the condition of the inlet pressure sensor 4-track connector.


Sensor connector track 1 vrack C3 computer connector B
Sensor connector track 2 vrack J2 computer connector B
Sensor connector track 3 track C1 computer connector B
Sensor connector track 4 track C2 computer connector B
5.DEF - 6.DEF -
7.DEF
Visually check that the turbocharger circuit is correctly sealed. Repair if necessary.
Remove the air supply ducts and check that they are not blocked.
Check the consistency between the atmospheric pressure and the inlet manifold vacuum
(PR035 = PR032).
With the engine stopped, the pressure should be approximately the same between the two sensors.
Replace the manifold pressure sensor if necessary.
Check the turbocharger. Repair if necessary.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-58
PROGRAM no.: BE88
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF098
Check the condition of the fuel temperature sensor 2-track connector.


Measure the resistance at the fuel temperature sensor terminals.

Ω at 25 °C.
Replace the fuel temperature sensor if the resistance is not 2.2 kΩ
Sensor connector track 1 track G2 computer connector B
Sensor connector track 2 track G3 computer connector B
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-59
PROGRAM no.: BE88
COMPUTER MEMORY
DF107
STORED
NOTES
Special notes: If fault DF107 is present:engine stopped and starting impossible
the severity 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection fault".
Re-enter C2I using the diagnostic tool (command SC002).
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-60
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CYLINDER REFERENCE SENSOR CIRCUIT
1.DEF : Signal absent
DF112
STORED 2.DEF : Inconsistency
NOTES
declared present when the starter motor is activated or at idle speed (600 rpm).
Check the condition of the cylinder reference sensor3-track connector.


Sensor connector track 2 Track E2 computer connector B
Sensor connector track 1 Track E3 computer connector B
If necessary replace the sensor.
Check the timing gear setting using the appropriate Workshop Repair Manual.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-61
PROGRAM no.: BE88
SUPPLY VOLTAGE SENSORS
1.DEF: At minimum stop
DF113
PRESENT 2.DEF: At maximum stop
Special notes: If fault DF113 is present, the engine stops immediately and it is
NOTES impossible to restart. Severity 1 warning light comes on and is accompanied by
the "injection fault" message.
Check the condition and connection of all the sensor connectors supplied by external tracks.
– coolant pressure sensor
– inlet manifold pressure sensor
– rail pressure sensor
– pedal sensor track 1
– EGR valve position sensor
– Cylinder reference sensor
Check the condition of computer connectors A, B and C.

Connect the bornier in place of the computer and check the insulation, continuity and absence of
interference resistanceon the following connections:
Computer connector C track C4 Track B refrigerant pressure sensor
Computer connector B track C1 Track 3 inlet manifold pressure sensor
Computer connector B track D1 Track 3 rail pressure sensor
Computer connector A track G2 Track 3 pedal sensor track 1
Computer connector B track B1 Track 2 EGR valve position sensor
+ After ignition Track 3 cylinder reference sensor
If the fault persists, apply the fault finding strategy to each sensor supplied by an external track.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-62
PROGRAM no.: BE88
EGR SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
DF114
STORED 2.DEF : At maximum stop
4.DEF : Seized component
declared present at idle speed.
NOTES
Special notes: If fault DF114 is present the severity 1 warning light comes on along
with the message "injection fault".
Check the connection and condition of the 6-track connector of the EGR solenoid valve.

Measure the resistance across tracks 1 and 5 of the EGR solenoid valve.
Replace the EGR solenoid valve if the resistance is not 8 Ω ± 0.5 Ω at 25 °C.
+after ignition feed. track 1 EGR solenoid valve
Computer connector B track L3 track 5 EGR solenoid valve
If the EGR valve has been replaced, use command RZ002 to set the EGR valve
parameters to 0.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-63
PROGRAM no.: BE88
MULTIPLEX NETWORK
1.DEF: Carry out the multiplex network fault finding procedure
DF116
PRESENT
Carry out the fault finding procedure for the multiplex network.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-64
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ACCELEROMETER CIRCUIT
DF121
STORED
Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if faults DF121 and DF001, DF098,
DF003 are present, deal with the coolant temperature DF001, air temperature
DF002, fuel temperature DF098, atmospheric pressure DF003 faults first. A fault on
one of these sensors could lead to incorrect fault finding of the accelerometer.
NOTES
Check the conformity of the injectors fitted to the vehicle in relation to the type of vehicle and engine
number (low, high or very high injector pressure).
Check the accelerometer connection.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B and the sensor shielding on track K1.
Sensor connector track 1 Track F1 computer connector B
Sensor connector track 2 Track G1 computer connector B
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-65
PROGRAM no.: BE88
PEDAL POTENTIOMETER TRACK 2 SUPPLY VOLTAGE PEDAL
DF122 POTENTIOMETER TRACK 2
PRESENT CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 volts
Special notes: When this fault appears, the idle speed is set to 1000 rpm, engine
NOTES performance is reduced to 75 % and the severity 1 warning light comes on along
with the message "injection fault".



Ω ± 2.05 kΩ

Check the insulation to earth of the connection on track F2 of computer connector A.

AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-66
PROGRAM no.: BE88
DF122
CONTINUED
CO.1 NOTES Special notes: None.



Ω ± 0.7 kΩ
Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connection:

Check the insulation to +12 voltsof the connection on track F2 of computer connector A.
Check the continuity of the connections:


Check the insulation between track F2 and track F3 on computer connector A.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-67
PROGRAM no.: BE88
FLOW CAPACITY FUNCTION
DF130
STORED
NOTES
Check the flow actuator connection (IMV) and repair if necessary.

Repair if necessary
Check:
– that fuel is present in the tank,
– that there is no air in the fuel circuit,
– the condition of the diesel filter.
If the fault persists, carry out test 7 "HIGH PRESSURE PUMP" (see TEST section).
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-68
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Conformity check 13B
Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Application condition: engine off, ignition on.
MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS:
Parameter or State
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
Check or Action
PR074: Battery voltage 12 V < PR074 < 13.5 V In the event of a fault:
perform the charge
1 Battery voltage
circuit fault finding
procedure.
PR055: Engine speed Gives the engine's In the event of a fault

rotational speed in rpm. apply the fault finding
2 Engine speed procedure for DF005
Engine speed sensor
circuit.
PR030: Accelerator pedal Gives the position of In the event of a

position the accelerator pedal as problem, apply the
0% a %. fault finding
PR030 = 0 % procedure for faults
Accelerator
3 DF008 and DF009
pedal position
Pedal sensor circuit,
track 1 and track 2 and
DF113 "Sensor
reference voltage"
PR064: Coolant Gives the coolant In the event of a fault,

temperature temperature in °C. refer to parameter
Coolant
4 Warm: 90 °C Default value: 80 °C. interpretation PR064
temperature
"Coolant
temperature".
PR061: External air Gives the external air In the event of a fault ,
temperature temperature in °C. This apply the fault finding
parameter is controlled procedure for this
External air by the UCH and fault described in the
5
temperature transmitted to the UCH document.
injection on the
multiplex network.
Default value: 20 °C.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-69
PROGRAM no.: BE88
MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS:(Continued 1)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR059: Inlet air temperature Gives the inlet air In the event of a
Cold = PR061 temperature in °C. fault, refer to
Warm: 30 °C This information is parameter
Inlet air
6 provided by the air interpretation
temperature
temperature/ PR059 "Inlet air
pressure sensor. temperature".
PR063: Fuel temperature Gives the fuel In the event of a
Cold = PR064 temperature in °C. fault, apply the fault
Fuel Warm: 50 °C This value is given by finding procedure
7
temperature the fuel temperature for fault DF098 Fuel
sensor. temperature sensor
Default value: 30 °C. circuit.
PR035: Atmospheric pressure Gives the If not consistent,

atmospheric check
pressure in mbar. PR035 = PR032 =
The sensor is local atmospheric
Air circuit incorporated in the pressure, with the
8
pressure computer. engine stopped
and ignition on.
PR032: Inlet pressure Shows the pressure
in the inlet circuit in
mbar.
PR038: Rail pressure Gives the pressure of In the event of a

Cold and warm: the diesel in the fault, apply the fault
-90 bar < PR038 < 90 bar injection rail in Bar. finding procedure
Rail This pressure is for fault DF007 Rail
9
pressure supplied by the pressure sensor
sensor on the rail. circuit.
Default value:
2000 Bar.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-70
PROGRAM no.: BE88
MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS:(Continued 2)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET038: Engine Gives the current status of

+ after the engine.
ignition feed – + AFTER IGNITION
FEED
– CRANKING
– RUNNING
– MAINTAINED SUPPLY:
Supply maintained during
10 Engine NONE.
the power latch phase.
– STALLED: When the
engine has stalled.
– PROTECTED: When a
level 2 fault appears or
when the engine speed is
limited to a certain engine
speed.
ET003: Immobiliser Gives the status of the If ACTIVE, follow the

INACTIVE immobiliser system. associated "help"
– INACTIVE: The injection given in the tool.
computer has recognised
the immobiliser code
11 Immobiliser transmitted by the UCH.
– ACTIVE: The injection
computer does not
recognise the immobiliser
code transmitted by the
UCH.
ET006: Code States whether the If NO, contact your

programmed immobiliser code has Techline.
YES been programmed by the
Code computer or not.
12
programmed – YES: Code programmed
– NO: Code not
programmed by the
injection computer.
PR089: Vehicle speed Gives the vehicle speed Test the multiplex
in kph. This parameter is network.
transmitted by the ABS Refer to ABS or
computer or vehicle vehicle speed ECU
13 Vehicle speed
speed ECU. This fault finding.
information is transmitted
to the injection on the
multiplex network.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-71
PROGRAM no.: BE88
STARTING SUB-FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET001: Computer Indicates that the In the event of a fault,

+ after ignition computer is supplied carry out the fault
Computer feed with a + after ignition finding procedure for
1 + after ignition PRESENT feed. DF047 "Computer
feed – Present supply voltage" or
– Absent DF015 "Main relay
circuit".
ET076: Starting Indicates whether or not If PROHIBITED carry

AUTHORISED starting has been out a full fault finding
authorised by the procedure on the
injection. preheating system.
AUTHORISED: The
2 Starting
injection has given
starting authorisation.
PROHIBITED: The
injection has not given
ET038: Engine Gives the current status

+ AFTER of the engine.
IGNITION – + AFTER IGNITION
FEED FEED
– CRANKING
– RUNNING
– MAINTAINED SUPPLY:
Supply maintained
3 Engine during the power latch NONE.
phase.
engine has stalled.
fault appears or when
the engine speed is
limited to a certain
engine speed.
PR074: Battery voltage 12 < PR074 < 13.5 V In the event of a fault:
perform the charge
4 Battery voltage
procedure.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-72
PROGRAM no.: BE88
PROTECTION SUB-FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action

– INACTIVE: The given in the tool.
injection computer
has recognised the
immobiliser code
transmitted by the
1 Immobiliser
UCH.
– ACTIVE: The
injection computer
does not recognise
transmitted by the
UCH.

YES been programmed by
the computer or not.
Code
2 – YES: Code
programmed
programmed
– NO: Code not
programmed by the
injection computer.
perform the charge
3 Battery voltage
procedure.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-73
PROGRAM no.: BE88
COLD LOOP SUB-FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET079: Air conditioning States whether the vehicle If not consistent

present is fitted with air with the vehicle
YES conditioning or not. equipment, carry
Air – YES: Air conditioning is out the multiplex
1 conditioning detected by the injection network test and
present computer. apply the relevant
– NO: Air conditioning is not procedure.
detected by the injection
computer.
ET088: Request to start The injection requests the

compressor PSU (via the multiplex
INACTIVE network) to start the
compressor
– ACTIVE: The multiplex
network should not be
faulty on the Automatic
Transmission, PSU or UCH
systems.
Compressor The UCH should request
2 engagement the injection to be NONE.
request engaged. The refrigerant
pressure sensor should not
be faulty. Satisfactory
engine operating
conditions (coolant
temperature, engine
load etc.).
– INACTIVE: One of the
above conditions has not
been fulfilled.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-74
PROGRAM no.: BE88
SUB SYSTEM COLD LOOP (Continuation 1):
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET004: Air conditioning Non operational

authorised information, designed
NO solely for fault finding
purposes.
– YES: Satisfactory
engine operating
conditions (coolant
Air conditioning
3 temperature, engine NONE.
authorisation
load etc.). The vehicle
is not in a specific
movement phase (hill
start or stop etc.).
– NO: One of the above
conditions has not
been fulfilled.
PR037: Refrigerant Gives the value in BAR If there is a problem:

pressure for the refrigerant fluid apply the fault
in the system. finding procedure for
Refrigerant 2 Bar < PR037 < 27 Bar DF049 "Refrigerant
4
pressure Default value: 0 Bar. fluid sensor circuit".
If the fault persists,
replace the
refrigerant sensor.
PR055: Engine speed Gives the engine's In the event of a fault,

rotational speed in apply the fault
5 Engine speed rpm. finding procedure for
DF005 Engine speed
sensor circuit.
ET023: Fast idle speed The UCH requests fast If ET023 is incorrect,
request idle speed from the carry out a multiplex
ABSENT injection. network test using
Fast idle speed – ABSENT: The UCH the diagnostic tool. If
6
request did not make the the test is correct
request refer to the UCH fault
– PRESENT: The UCH finding procedure
has made a request

Coolant
temperature
"Coolant
temperature".
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-75
PROGRAM no.: BE88
SUBSYSTEM: COLD LOOP (continuation 2)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
in kph. This parameter is network.
transmitted by the ABS Refer to ABS or
computer or vehicle vehicle speed ECU
8 Vehicle speed
speed ECU. This fault finding.
information is transmitted
to the injection on the
multiplex network.
power PR125: Power used by Gives the power used by

consumed by the AC the compressor.
9 the air compressor NONE.
conditioning 0 WATT
compressor
ET022: Fan low-speed The injection requests the

request PSU to start the fans.
INACTIVE – INACTIVE: Engine speed
= 0 rpm.
Fan speed
10 – ACTIVE: Engine speed NONE.
request *
= idle speed, correct
refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed = 0 km/h or
high coolant temperature.
ET021: High-speed fan The injection requests the

INACTIVE – INACTIVE: Engine speed
= 0 rpm.
Fan speed – ACTIVE: Engine speed
11 NONE.
request * = idle speed.
Refrigerant pressure
> 15 Bar, vehicle speed
= 0 km/h or high coolant
temperature.
*: When climate control is requested with the engine at idle speed and vehicle speed = 0 km/h, ET022 will
always be "ACTIVE" and ET021 "INACTIVE" (except refrigerant pressure > 15 bar, vehicle speed
= 0 km/h and high coolant temperature). The fans are prevented from operating under certain coolant
temperature conditions when driving.
When the PSU no longer receives multiplex injection transmissions the fans operate continuously.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-76
PROGRAM no.: BE88
HEATING SUB-FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR064: Coolant In the event of a fault,

temperature Gives the coolant refer to parameter
Coolant
1 Warm: 90 °C temperature in °C. interpretation PR064
temperature
Default value: 80 °C. "Coolant
temperature".
ET111: Set number of The RCH are controlled

RCH. by the UCH. These are
Set number of YES- NO high current
2 consumers.
RCH.
Consequently, their use
is conditional on the
available power all the
ET112: RCH cut off time (alternator power).
YES - NO The injection checks
the mechanical power
available according to
the engine operating
conditions (torque, NONE.
power etc..) to
authorise, limit or stop
their use.
3 RCH cut off
(This information is
sent via the CAN
network to the UCH).
NOTE: When the RCH
are operating, the
injection should
respond to a request for
fast idle speed from the
UCH.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-77
PROGRAM no.: BE88
LPG/FUEL CIRCUIT SUB FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR063: Fuel temperature Gives the fuel In the event of a

Cold = PR064 temperature in °C. fault, perform the
Warm: 50 °C Default value: 30 °C. fault finding
Fuel tem-
1 procedure for fault:
perature
DF098 "Fuel
temperature sensor
circuit".
PR017: Fuel flow Shows the fuel flow

0.0 mg/piston stroke injected in mg/st for each
2 Fuel flow NONE.
injector.
PR017 = 0 mg/st.
PR038: rail pressure Gives the pressure of the In the event of a

Cold and warm: diesel in the injection rail fault, apply the fault
Rail - 90 bar < PR038 < 90 bar in Bar. finding procedure
3
pressure This pressure is supplied for fault DF007 Rail
by the sensor on the rail. pressure sensor
Default value: 2000 Bar. circuit.
PR008: Rail pressure setpoint Gives a theoretical

375 bar (Engine starting pressure value for
Rail
pressure instruction) optimum engine
4 pressure NONE.
Cold: 500 Bar operation.
setpoint
Warm: 300 Bar 300 bar < PR008
< 500 bar.
PR080: Rail pressure sensor Shows the voltage

Rail voltage delivered by the
pressure Cold: 0.5 V computer on the rail
5 NONE.
sensor Cold: 4.5 V pressure sensor.
voltage 0.5 V < PR080 < 4.5 V
Default value: 4.5 V
PR055: Engine speed. Gives the engine's In the event of a

rotational speed in rpm. fault, apply the fault
Engine finding procedure
6
speed for DF005 Engine
speed sensor
circuit.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-78
PROGRAM no.: BE88
PRE-HEATING/IGNITION SUBFUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action

Coolant
temperature
"Coolant
temperature".
PR061: External air Gives the external air In the event of a fault,
2
injection on the
multiplex network.
PR059: Intake air Gives the inlet air In the event of a fault,
temperature temperature in °C. This refer to parameter
Intake air Cold = PR061 information is provided interpretation PR059
3
temperature Warm: 30 °C by the air temperature/ "Inlet air
perform the charge
4 Battery voltage
procedure.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-79
PROGRAM no.: BE88
AIR CIRC SUBFUNCTION (TURBOCHARGING/INLET.):
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR059: Inlet air Gives the inlet air In the event of a fault,
Inlet air Cold = PR061 signal is emitted by the interpretation PR059
1
temperature Warm: 30 °C air temperature / "Inlet air
PR035: Atmospheric Gives the atmospheric If not consistent,

pressure pressure in mbar. The check
sensor is incorporated PR035 = PR032 =
Air circuit
2 in the computer. local atmospheric
pressure
pressure, with the
PR032: Inlet pressure Shows the pressure in engine stopped and
the inlet circuit in mbar. ignition on.
PR132: Air flow Air flow estimated by

3 Air flow NONE.
the injection computer.
PR081: Inlet temperature Shows the voltage

Inlet sensor voltage delivered by the
4 temperature computer to supply the NONE.
sensor voltage inlet temperature
sensor
PR055: Engine speed Gives the engine's In the event of a fault,

rotational speed in rpm. apply the fault finding
5 Engine speed procedure for DF005
Engine speed sensor
circuit.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-80
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ENGINE COOLING SUB FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action

Coolant
temperature
"Coolant
temperature".
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-81
PROGRAM no.: BE88
DRIVER PARAMETERS SUB FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR030: Accelerator pedal Indicates the In the event of a fault,

position percentage of the pedal apply the fault finding
0% position between no procedure for faults
Accelerator load and full load DF008 and DF009
1
pedal position position Pedal sensor circuit,
0 % < PR030 < 100 % track 1 and track 2 and
DF113 "Sensor
reference voltage"
PR086: Pedal Shows the voltage In the event of a fault,

potentiometer supply percentage for apply the fault finding
track 1 voltage tracks 1 and 2 of the procedure for faults
Pedal 16 % pedal potentiometer. DF008 and DF009
2 potentiometer Pedal sensor circuit,
tracks voltage PR088: Pedal 10 % < PR086 < 20 % track 1 and track 2 and
potentiometer 5 % < PR088 < 15 %. DF113 "Sensor
track 2 voltage reference voltage"
7%
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-82
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD SUBFUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET008: EGR solenoid Shows the condition of

control the EGR valve control.
INACTIVE – INACTIVE: The valve
EGR electronic is not controlled by the
1 NONE.
control computer.
– ACTIVE: The valve is
controlled by the
computer.

pressure pressure in mbar. The check
sensor is incorporated PR035 = PR032 =
Atmospheric
2 in the computer. local atmospheric
pressure
pressure, with the
engine stopped and
ignition on.
PR132: Air flow Air flow estimated by

3 Air flow NONE.
the injection computer.
PR017: Fuel flow Shows the fuel flow out

0.0 mg/piston of the high-pressure
4 Fuel flow NONE.
stroke pump in mg/piston
stroke.
PR005: EGR valve Gives a theoretical EGR

opening setpoint valve opening value for
EGR solenoid
5 Warm or cold optimum engine NONE.
valve control
= - 50 operation.
PR005 = PR051
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-83
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD SUBFUNCTION (cont.):
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR051: EGR valve Gives the actual value

EGR valve
position feedback of the EGR valve
6 position NONE.
Warm or cold position.
feedback
= - 50 PR051 = PR005
PR077: EGR valve Gives the EGR valve
position sensor voltage according to its
voltage position.
1.09 V – INACTIVE: The valve
EGR valve
is not controlled by the
7 position NONE.
computer.
sensor voltage
controlled by the
computer.
0.5 V < PR077 < 4.8 V

8
PR030 = 0 % track 1 and track 2 and
DF113 "Sensor
reference voltage"

Coolant
temperature
"Coolant
temperature".
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-84
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CRUISE CONTROL / SPEED LIMITER SUB-FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
in kph. This parameter network.
is transmitted by the Refer to ABS or
ABS computer or vehicle speed ECU
1 Vehicle speed vehicle speed ECU. fault finding
This information is
transmitted to the
injection on the
multiplex network.
ET042: Cruise control / Shows the status of the In the event of a fault,
speed limiter steering wheel and refer to the ET042
INACTIVE cruise control / speed Cruise control/speed
limiter switch limiter interpretation
commands.
– INACTIVE: when no
buttons are pressed
– STATE 1: Cruise
control start/stop
button pressed
Cruise control /
2 – STATE 2: Speed
Speed limiter
limiter start/stop button
pressed
– STATE 3: Increase
button pressed
– STATE 4: Decrease
button pressed
– STATE 5: Suspend
button pressed
– State 6: Resume
button pressed
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-85
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CRUISE CONTROL / SPEED LIMITER (CONTINUED):
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET012: Primary brake Indicates recognition of In the event of a fault,

contact brake pedal contacts. refer to state
INACTIVE – INACTIVE: Brake interpretation ET012
pedal released. "Main brake contact.
3 Brake contact – ACTIVE: Brake pedal
ET013: Secondary brake depressed. If state is incorrect,
contact test the multiplex
INACTIVE network using the
diagnostic tool
ET013.
ET040: Clutch pedal Indicates recognition of In the event of a fault,

INACTIVE clutch pedal contacts. refer to the ET040
– INACTIVE: Pedal "clutch pedal" state
4 Clutch contact
released. interpretation.
– ACTIVE: Pedal
depressed.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-86
PROGRAM no.: BE88
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR074: Battery voltage. 13 V < PR074 < 14 V In the event of a fault:

perform the charge
1 Battery voltage
procedure.
PR055: Engine speed. Gives the engine's In the event of a fault,

Cold: 900 rpm rotational speed in apply the fault finding
2 Engine speed Warm: 805 rpm rpm. procedure for DF005
Engine speed sensor
circuit.
PR030: Accelerator pedal Gives the position of In the event of a fault,

position the accelerator pedal apply the fault finding
0% as a %. procedure for faults
Accelerator PR030 = 0 % DF008 and DF009
3
pedal position Pedal sensor circuit,
track 1 and track 2 and
DF113 "Sensor
reference voltage"
PR064: Coolant temperature Gives the coolant In the event of a fault,

Warm: 90 °C temperature in °C. refer to parameter
Coolant
4 Default value: 80 °C. interpretation PR064
temperature
"Coolant
temperature".
temperature temperature in °C. apply the fault finding
This parameter is procedure for this
controlled by the fault described in the
External air
5 UCH and transmitted UCH document.
temperature
to the injection on
the multiplex
network.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-87
PROGRAM no.: BE88
MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS: (Continued 1)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Inlet air Cold = PR061 information is provided by interpretation PR059
6
temperature Warm: 30 °C the air temperature/pressure "Inlet air
sensor. temperature".
PR063: Fuel Gives the fuel temperature In the event of a fault,

temperature in °C. This value is given by apply the fault finding
Fuel Cold = PR064 the fuel temperature sensor. procedure for fault
7
temperature Warm: 50 °C Default value: 30 °C. DF098 Fuel
temperature sensor
circuit.

pressure pressure in mbar. The sensor check
is incorporated in the PR035 = PR032 =
computer. local atmospheric
600 mbar < Cold < 1050 mbar pressure, with the
Air circuit 600 mbar < engine stopped and
8
pressure Warm < 1050 mbar ignition on.
PR032: Inlet pressure Shows the pressure in the

inlet circuit in mbar.
PR032 = local atmospheric
pressure
PR038: Rail pressure Gives the pressure of the In the event of a fault,
Cold: 260 Bar diesel in the injection rail in apply the fault finding
Rail Warm: 230 Bar Bar. procedure for fault
9
pressure This pressure is supplied by DF007 Rail pressure
the sensor on the rail. sensor circuit.
Default value: 2000 Bar.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-88
PROGRAM no.: BE88
STARTING SUB-FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET001: Computer + after Indicates that the In the event of a fault,

ignition feed computer is supplied carry out the fault
Computer PRESENT with a + after ignition finding procedure for
1 + after ignition feed. DF047 "Computer
feed – Present supply voltage" or
– Absent DF015 "Main relay
circuit".
ET076: Starting Indicates whether or If PROHIBITED carry

AUTHORISED not starting has been out a full fault finding
authorised by the procedure on the
injection. preheating system.
AUTHORISED: The
2 Starting
injection has given
PROHIBITED: The
injection has not given
ET038: Engine Gives the current status

+ after ignition of the engine.
feed – + AFTER IGNITION
FEED
– CRANKING
– RUNNING
– MAINTAINED
SUPPLY: Supply
maintained during
3 Engine NONE.
the power latch
phase.
engine has stalled.
fault appears or when
the engine speed is
limited to a certain
engine speed.
PR074: Battery voltage 13 V < PR074 < 14 V In the event of a fault:

perform the charge
4 Battery voltage
procedure.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-89
PROGRAM no.: BE88
Parameter or State
Check or Action

– INACTIVE: The given in the tool.
injection computer
has recognised the
immobiliser code
transmitted by the
1 Immobiliser
UCH.
– ACTIVE: The
injection computer
does not recognise
transmitted by the
UCH.

YES been programmed by
the computer or not.
Code
2 – YES: Code
programmed
programmed
– NO: Code not
programmed by the
injection computer.
PR074: Battery voltage In the event of a fault:

perform the charge
3 Battery voltage 13 V < PR074 < 14 V
procedure.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-90
PROGRAM no.: BE88
COLD LOOP SUB-FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET079: Air conditioning States whether the If not consistent with

present vehicle is fitted with air the vehicle
YES conditioning or not. equipment, carry out
Air – YES: Air conditioning is the multiplex network
1 conditioning detected by the test and apply the
present injection computer. relevant procedure.
– NO: Air conditioning is
not detected by the
injection computer.
ET088: Request to start The injection requests

compressor the PSU (via the
INACTIVE multiplex network) to
start the compressor
network should not be
faulty on the Automatic
Transmission, PSU or
UCH systems.
The UCH should
request the injection to
Compressor be engaged. The
2 engagement refrigerant pressure NONE.
request sensor should not be
faulty. Satisfactory
engine operating
conditions (coolant
temperature, engine
load etc.).
above conditions has
not be fulfilled or no
request has been
made by the driver so
ET004 = NO.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-91
PROGRAM no.: BE88
SUB SYSTEM COLD LOOP (Continuation 1):
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET004: Air conditioning Non operational

authorised information, designed
NO solely for fault finding
purposes.
– YES: Satisfactory
engine operating
conditions (coolant
temperature, engine
Air conditioning load etc.). The vehicle
3 NONE.
authorisation is not in a specific
movement phase (hill
start or stop etc.).
above conditions has
not be fulfilled or no
request has been
made by the driver so
ET088 = INACTIVE.
PR037: Refrigerant If there is a

pressure. problem: apply the
fault finding
Gives the value in Bar
procedure for
for the refrigerant fluid
Refrigerant DF049 "Refrigerant
4 in the system.
pressure fluid sensor
2 Bar < PR037 < 27 Bar
circuit". If the fault
persists, replace
the refrigerant
sensor.
PR055: Engine speed In the event of a

Cold: 900 rpm fault, apply the
Warm: 805 rpm Gives the engine's fault finding
5 Engine speed rotational speed in procedure for
rpm. DF005 Engine
speed sensor
circuit.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-92
PROGRAM no.: BE88
SUBSYSTEM: COLD LOOP (continuation 2)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET023: Fast idle speed The UCH requests fast If state ET023 is
request idle speed from the incorrect, test the
ABSENT injection. multiplex network
Fast idle speed – ABSENT: The UCH using the diagnostic
6
request did not make the tool. If the test is
request correct, refer to UCH
– PRESENT: The UCH diagnostic.
has made a request

Coolant
temperature
"Coolant
temperature".
in kph. This parameter network.
is transmitted by the Refer to ABS or
ABS computer or vehicle speed ECU
8 Vehicle speed vehicle speed ECU. fault finding.
This information is
transmitted to the
injection on the
multiplex network.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-93
PROGRAM no.: BE88
COLD LOOP SUBSYSTEM (continuation 3):
Parameter or State
Check or Action
power PR125: Power used by Gives the power used by the

consumed by the the AC compressor
9 NONE.
air conditioning compressor
compressor 0 WATT
ET022: Fan low-speed The injection requests the
INACTIVE – INACTIVE: The request is
not made by the injection
because
ET088 = INACTIVE and
ET004 = NO.
– ACTIVE: The request is
made by the injection.
ET088 = ACTIVE and
ET004 = YES. (correct
refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed = 0 km/h or
Fan speed high coolant temperature).
10 NONE.
request * ET021: High-speed fan The injection requests the
INACTIVE – INACTIVE: The request is
not made by the injection
because
ET088 = INACTIVE and
ET004 = NO.
– ACTIVE: The request is
made by the injection.
ET088 = ACTIVE and
ET004 = YES. Refrigerant
pressure > 15 Bar, vehicle
speed = 0 km/h or high
engine coolant temperature.
*: When climate control is requested with the engine at idle speed and vehicle speed = 0 km/h, ET022 will
always be "ACTIVE" and ET021 "INACTIVE" (except refrigerant pressure > 15 bar, vehicle speed
= 0 km/h and high coolant temperature). The fans are prevented from operating under certain coolant
temperature conditions when driving.
When the PSU no longer receives multiplex injection transmissions the fans operate continuously.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-94
PROGRAM no.: BE88
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR064: Coolant Gives the coolant In the event of a

temperature temperature in °C. fault, refer to
Coolant Warm: 90 °C Default value: 80 °C. parameter
1
temperature interpretation PR064
"Coolant
temperature".
ET111: Set number of The RCH are controlled

RCH. by the UCH. These are
Set number of YES - NO high current consumers.
2 Consequently, their use
RCH.
is conditional on the
available power all the
time (alternator power).
ET112: RCH cut off The injection checks the
YES - NO mechanical power
available according to
the engine operating
NONE.
conditions (torque,
power etc..) to authorise,
limit or stop their use.
3 RCH cut off (This information is sent
via the CAN network to
the UCH).
NOTE: When the RCH are
operating, the injection
should respond to a
request for fast idle
speed from the UCH.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-95
PROGRAM no.: BE88
LPG/FUEL CIRCUIT SUB FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR063: Fuel temperature Gives the fuel In the event of a fault,

Cold = PR064 temperature in °C. perform the fault
Fuel Warm: 50 °C Default value: 30 °C. finding procedure for
1
temperature fault: DF098 "Fuel
temperature sensor
circuit".

10 < Cold < 2 mg/piston injected in mg/
2 Fuel flow stroke piston stroke for NONE.
4 < Warm < 6 mg/piston each injector.
stroke
PR038: Rail pressure Gives the pressure of In the event of a fault,

Cold: 260 Bar the diesel in the apply the fault finding
Warm: 230 Bar injection rail in Bar. procedure for fault
Rail This pressure is DF007 Rail pressure
3
pressure supplied by the sensor circuit.
sensor on the rail.
Default value:
2000 Bar.
PR008: Rail pressure Gives a theoretical

specification 375 bar. pressure value for
Rail (Engine starting optimum engine
4 pressure pressure operation. NONE.
setpoint specification).
Cold: 260 Bar
Warm: 230 Bar
PR080: Rail pressure sensor Shows the voltage

Rail voltage delivered by the
pressure computer on the rail
5 NONE.
sensor pressure sensor.
voltage 0.5 V (0 bar) < PR080
< 4.5 V (1600 bar)
PR055: Engine speed. In the event of a fault,

Cold: 900 rpm. Gives the engine's apply the fault finding
Engine
6 Warm: 805 rpm rotational speed in procedure for DF005
speed
rpm. Engine speed sensor
circuit.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-96
PROGRAM no.: BE88
PRE-HEATING/IGNITION SUBFUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action

Coolant
temperature
"Coolant
temperature".
2
injection on the
multiplex network.
Inlet air Cold = PR061 information is provided interpretation PR059
3
temperature Warm: 30 °C by the air temperature/ "Inlet air
PR074: Battery voltage 12 V < PR074 < 14 V In the event of a fault:

perform the charge
4 Battery voltage
procedure.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-97
PROGRAM no.: BE88
AIR CIRC SUBFUNCTION (TURBOCHARGING/INLET.):
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR059: Inlet air temperature Gives the inlet air In the event of a
Cold = PR061 temperature in °C. fault, refer to
Warm: 30 °C This information is parameter
Inlet air
1 provided by the air interpretation
temperature
temperature/ PR059 "Inlet air

atmospheric check
The sensor is local atmospheric
Air circuit incorporated in the pressure, with the
2 computer. engine stopped and
pressure
ignition on.
PR032: Inlet pressure Shows the
pressure in the
inlet circuit in
mbar.
PR132: Air flow Air flow estimated

350 < Cold < 400 mg/piston by the injection
3 Air flow stroke computer. NONE.
300 < Warm< 350 mg/piston
stroke
PR081: Inlet temperature sensor Shows the voltage

Inlet voltage delivered by the
temperature computer to supply
4 NONE.
sensor the inlet
voltage temperature
sensor
PR055: Engine speed. Gives the engine's In the event of a

Cold: 900 rpm rotational speed in fault, apply the fault
Engine Warm: 805 rpm rpm. finding procedure
5
speed for DF005 Engine
speed sensor
circuit.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-98
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ENGINE COOLING SUB FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action

Coolant
temperature
"Coolant
temperature".
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-99
PROGRAM no.: BE88
DRIVER PARAMETERS SUB FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action

1
0 % < PR030 < 100 % track 1 and track 2 and
DF113 "Sensor
reference voltage"
PR086: Pedal Shows the voltage In the event of a fault,

potentiometer supply percentage for apply the fault finding
track 1 voltage tracks 1 and 2 of the procedure for faults
Pedal 16 % pedal potentiometer. DF008 and DF009
2 potentiometer Pedal sensor circuit,
tracks voltage PR088: Pedal 10 % < PR086 < 20 % track 1 and track 2 and
potentiometer 5 % < PR088 < 15 % DF113 "Sensor
track 2 voltage reference voltage"
7%
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-100
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD SUBFUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET008: EGR solenoid control Shows the

INACTIVE condition of the
EGR valve control.
– INACTIVE: The
EGR solenoid valve is not
1 NONE.
valve control controlled by the
computer.
– ACTIVE: The
valve is controlled
by the computer.

atmospheric check
Atmospheric
2 The sensor is local atmospheric
pressure
incorporated in the pressure, with the
computer. engine stopped
and ignition on.
PR132: Air flow

Air flow estimated
350 < Cold < 400 mg/piston
3 Air flow by the injection NONE.
stroke
computer.
300 < Warm < 350mg/st

10 < Cold < 12 mg/piston out of the high-
4 Fuel flow stroke pressure pump in NONE.
4 < Warm < 6 mg/piston mg/piston stroke.
stroke
PR005: EGR valve opening Gives a theoretical

EGR valve
setpoint EGR valve opening
5 opening NONE.
Warm: 20% value for optimum
setpoint
engine operation.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-101
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD SUBFUNCTION (cont.):
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR051: EGR valve Gives the actual value

EGR valve position feedback of the EGR valve
6 position Warm position. NONE.
feedback approximately Default value: 30%
20%
PR077: EGR valve Gives the EGR valve

position sensor voltage according to its
voltage position.
– INACTIVE: The valve
EGR valve
is not controlled by the
7 position NONE.
computer.
sensor voltage
controlled by the
computer.
0.5 V < PR077 < 4.8 V

8
0 < PR030 < 100 % track 1 and track 2 and
DF113 "Sensor
reference voltage"

Coolant
temperature
"Coolant
temperature".
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-102
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CRUISE CONTROL / SPEED LIMITER SUB-FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR089: Vehicle speed Gives the vehicle speed

in mph. This parameter
is transmitted by the Test the multiplex
ABS computer or network.
1 Vehicle speed vehicle speed ECU. Refer to ABS or
This information is vehicle speed ECU
transmitted to the fault finding
injection on the
multiplex network.
ET042: Cruise control / Shows the condition of

speed limiter the controls on the
INACTIVE steering wheel and the
Cruise control/speed
limiter switch.
– INACTIVE: when no
buttons are pressed
– STATE 1: Cruise
control on / off button
In the event of a fault,
pressed.
Cruise control - refer to the ET042
2 – STATE 2: Speed
speed limiter Cruise control/speed
limiter on / off button
limiter interpretation
pressed.
– STATE 3: Increase
button pressed
– STATE 4: Decrease
button pressed
– STATE 5: Suspend
button pressed
– State 6: Resume
button pressed
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-103
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CRUISE CONTROL / SPEED LIMITER (CONTINUED):
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET012: Primary brake Indicates recognition of In the event of a fault,

contact brake pedal contacts. refer to state
INACTIVE – INACTIVE: Brake interpretation ET012
pedal released. "Main brake contact.
3 Brake contact – ACTIVE: Brake pedal
ET013: Secondary brake depressed. If state is incorrect,
contact test the multiplex
INACTIVE network using the
diagnostic tool
ET013.
ET040: Clutch pedal Indicates recognition of In the event of a fault,

INACTIVE clutch pedal contacts. refer to the ET040
– INACTIVE: Pedal "clutch pedal" state
4 Clutch contact
released. interpretation.
– ACTIVE: Pedal
depressed.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-104
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44
Fault finding - States and parameter
summary table 13B
SUMMARY TABLE OF DIRECT COMMON RAIL DIESEL INJECTION STATES:
Tool state Diagnostic tool heading
ET001 Computer + after ignition feed
ET003 Immobiliser
ET004 Air conditioning authorised
ET006 Code programmed
ET008 EGR solenoid control
ET012 Primary brake contact
ET013 Secondary brake contact
ET018 Air conditioning request
ET021 High-speed fan request
ET022 Fan low-speed request
ET023 Fast idle speed request
ET038 Engine
ET040 Clutch pedal
ET042 Cruise control - speed limiter
ET076 Starting
ET079 Air conditioning present
ET088 Request to start compressor
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-105
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44
Fault finding - States and parameter
summary table 13B
SUMMARY TABLE OF DIRECT COMMON RAIL DIESEL INJECTION PARAMETERS:
Tool parameter Diagnostic tool heading
PR005 EGR valve opening setpoint
PR008 Rail pressure setpoint
PR010 Rail regulation setting
PR017 Fuel flow
PR030 Accelerator pedal position
PR032 Inlet pressure
PR035 Atmospheric pressure
PR037 Refrigerant pressure
PR038 Rail pressure
PR051 EGR valve position feedback
PR055 Engine speed
PR059 Inlet air temperature
PR061 External air temperature
PR063 Fuel temperature
PR064 Coolant temperature
PR074 Battery voltage
PR077 EGR valve position sensor voltage
PR080 Rail pressure sensor voltage
PR081 Inlet temperature sensor voltage
PR086 Accelerator pedal track 1 voltage
PR088 Accelerator pedal track 2 voltage
PR089 Vehicle speed
PR125 Power used by the AC compressor
PR127 Heating resistor maximum authorised power
PR132 Air flow
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-106
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Interpretation of states 13B
PRIMARY BRAKE CONTACT
ET012
Special notes: Only carry out the checks if the INACTIVE and ACTIVE states are not
NOTES
consistent with the position of the pedal.
"INACTIVE" STATE Brake pedal depressed.
If the brake lights operate:

– Check the continuity of the connection between track 1 of the brake light switch and track 30 of the computer
connector.
If the brake lights do not operate:
– Check the condition and fitting of the brake light switch as well as the brake lights fuse.
– Remove the brake pedal switch and check that it is operating correctly:
Continuity between
Insulation between tracks:
tracks:
Switch pressed 3 and 4 1 and 2

(Brake pedal released)
Switch released 1 and 2 3 and 4

(Brake pedal depressed)
– Replace the switch if necessary.

– Check and ensure the presence of + after ignition feed on tracks 2 and 4 on the brake light switch connector.
"ACTIVE" STATE Brake pedal released.
– Check the condition and fitting of the brake light switch as well as the brake lights fuse.
Continuity between
tracks:


– Check and ensure insulation against 12 V on the connection between track 1 of the brake switch connector and
track 30 of the computer connector.
AFTER REPAIR Perform a road test then a new test with the diagnostic tool.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-107
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CLUTCH PEDAL
ET040
Special notes: Only carry out the checks if the INACTIVE and ACTIVE states are not
NOTES
INACTIVE STATE Clutch pedal depressed.
– Check the condition and mounting of the clutch switch.

– Check and ensure the continuity of the connection between track 1 of the clutch switch connector and track C4
of the black 32-track computer connector.
– Check and ensure the presence of earth on track 2 of the clutch switch connector.
– Remove the clutch pedal switch and check that it is operating correctly:
Continuity between
tracks:
Switch pressed
1 and 2 -
(Clutch pedal released)
Switch released - 1 and 2

(Clutch pedal pressed)
ACTIVE STATE Clutch pedal released.
– Check the condition and mounting of the clutch switch.

Continuity between
tracks:
Switch pressed 1 and 2 -


(Clutch pedal pressed)
– Check and ensure the insulation to earth of the connection between track 1 of the clutch switch connector and
track C4 of the black 32 track computer connector.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-108
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ET042
Special notes: Only perform the checks if the states are not consistent with the
NOTES
position of the buttons.
STATE 1 absent, STATE 2, on/off switch pressed (ET042 "INACTIVE").
Check the connections of the cruise control on / off switch and the computer (black 32-track connector). Repair
if necessary.
– Check/ensure the presence of + After ignition feed on tracks A2 of the cruise control / speed limiter switch
connector.
– Remove the cruise control / speed limiter switch and test its operation:
Continuity between
tracks:
Switch in rest position - A2 and A3 - A2 and B1
Switch in Cruise control A2 and A3 A2 and B1

position
Switch in speed limiter A2 and B1 A2 and A3

position
– Check and ensure the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the connection between
track A3 (cruise control) or B1 (speed limiter) of the switch connector and track A2 (cruise control) or C3 (speed
limiter) of the black 32-track computer connector.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-109
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ET042
CONTINUED 1
STATE 1, STATE 2 resting.
Check the connections of the cruise control start/stop switch and computer (black 32-track connector). Repair if
necessary.
– Remove and test the operation of the cruise control/speed limiter switch:
Continuity between
tracks:
Switch in rest position - A2 and A3 - A2 and B1
Switch in Cruise control

A2 and A3 A2 and B1
position
Switch in speed limiter

A2 and B1 A2 and A3
position
– Check and ensure the insulation against 12 V on the connection between track A3 (cruise control) or
track B1 (speed limiter) of the cruise control/speed limiter switch connector and track A2 (cruise control) or
track C3 (speed limiter) of the black 32-track computer connector.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-110
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ET042
CONTINUED 2
NOTES
Absence STATE 3, STATE 4, STATE 5, STATE 6, button pressed (ET042 "INACTIVE").
– Lock the airbag computer and remove the driver's airbag (refer to the Technical Notes on this subject).
– Check the condition and correct connection of the black 3-track connector beneath the driver's airbag Repair if
necessary.
– Disconnect the 3-track connector and on the switch side, check the resistance value of the switches:
Switches in rest STATE 3: STATE 4: STATE 5: State 6:

position (Button + pressed) (Button - pressed) (0 button pressed) (Button R pressed)
R R R R
R = INFINITY = approximately = approximately = approximately = approximately
300 Ω 100 Ω 0Ω 900 Ω
If the values are not correct, replace the controls on the steering wheel.
If the values are correct, reconnect the black 3-track connector and take the same measurements from the black
32-track computer connector between tracks D3 and D2.
– f the values do not match test the connection between the engine injection computer’and the rotary switch
under the steering wheel using the relevant wiring diagram (line resistance, short circuit, etc.).
Carry out the necessary repairs.
– If the values are correct, contact your Techline.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-111
PROGRAM no.: BE88
ET042
CONTINUED 3
NOTES
STATE 3, STATE 4, STATE 5, STATE 6, button released.
necessary.
Switches in rest STATE 3: STATE 4: STATE 5: State 6:

position (Button + pressed) (Button - pressed) (0 button pressed) (Button R pressed)
R R R R
R = INFINITY = approximately = approximately = approximately = approximately
300 Ω 100 Ω 0Ω 900 Ω
– f the values do not match test the connection between the engine injection computer’and the rotary switch
under the steering wheel using the relevant wiring diagram (line resistance, short circuit, insulation to earth
etc.).
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-112
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters 13B
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE
PR059
NOTES Special notes: Only perform the checks if the parameter is incorrect.
Check the condition of the air temperature / pressure sensor connections.

Measure the resistance between tracks 1 and 2 of the air temperature / pressure sensor:
Theoretical values: 8950 to 9901 Ω at - 10 °C
7054 to 7784 Ω at - 5 °C
5605 to 6169 Ω at 0 °C
3618 to 3964 Ω at 10 °C
2400 to 2620 Ω at 20 °C
1645 to 1787 Ω at 30 °C
Replace the air temperature - pressure sensor, if necessary.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-113
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters 13B
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
PR064
NOTES Special notes: Only perform the checks if the parameter is incorrect.
Check the condition of the coolant temperature sensor connections.

Measure the resistance between tracks 2 and 3 of the coolant temperature sensor.
Theoretical values: 12.46 kΩ Ω ± 1128 Ω à -10 ˚C.
2252 Ω ± 112.6 Ω at 25 ˚C.
811.4 Ω ± 38.4 Ω at 50 ˚C.
282.6 Ω ± 7.83 Ω at 80 ˚C.
Replace the air temperature - pressure sensor, if necessary.
AFTER REPAIR
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-114
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Dealing with command modes 13B
DELETION:
RZ001: Fault memory.

This command is used to clear faults from the computer memory.
RZ002: EGR parameters.

This command must only be used when the EGR valve is replaced.
RZ004: Pressure regulation parameters.

This command must be used when replacing the computer or replacing all four injectors at once It
enables you to rest the injector parameters to zero.
RZ005: Programming.
This command enables you to reinitialise the complete configuration of the computer according to the
vehicle.
ACTIVATION:
"FUEL CIRCUIT / LPG CIRCUIT" tab:
AC010: High-pressure pump.

Activating this lets you listen to the operation of the high-pressure pump.
AC005 to C008: Injector cylinders 1 to 4.

Activating this lets you listen to the operation of the injector on the cylinder concerned.
AC028: Static test.

Activating this lets you activate the fault finding procedure for the EGR circuits and the high-pressure
pump.
AC029: High-pressure circuit seal check.

Activating this lets you check that the high-pressure circuit is airtight after a procedure has been
carried out.
"IGNITION - PREHEATING" tab:
AC001: Preheating unit.

Activating this lets you control the preheating unit to test the preheating feed to heater plugs.
"ANTIPOLLUTION - OBD" tab:
AC002: EGR solenoid valve.

Activating this lets you listen to the mechanical operation of the EGR valve.
AC028: Static test.

Activating this lets you activate the fault finding procedure for the EGR circuits and the high-pressure
pump.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-115
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Tests 13B
Only refer to these tests when dealing with a fault finding chart or when
NOTES
interpreting faults.
Some specific checks are grouped together into tests and are performed as required in the various fault finding
charts or when interpreting faults.
TEST 1: Low-pressure circuit check
TEST 2: Electrical circuit check
TEST 3: Injector check
TEST 4: Parameter check
TEST 5: Air inlet circuit check
TEST 6: Computer check
TEST 7: High-pressure pump check
TEST 8: High-pressure circuit tightness check
TEST 9: Injector leak check
TEST 10: Injector return flow in starting phase
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-116
PROGRAM no.: BE88
TEST 1 Low-pressure circuit check
Check the conformity of the low-pressure

circuit connections.
Do the low-pressure circuit connections

match? NO Carry out the required repairs.
YES
Look for leaks on the unions.
Are there leaks in the hoses and unions? YES Carry out the required repairs.
NO
Check the condition of the diesel filter.
Is the diesel filter in good condition? NO Replace the filter with an original part.
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-117
PROGRAM no.: BE88
TEST 1
CONTINUED
Check for water in the diesel filter.
Is there any water in the diesel filter? YES Drain the diesel filter.
NO
Bleed the low-pressure circuit.

Check for air bubbles in the diesel. Place a container under the filter:
– Disconnect the return hose at the filter
Are there any air bubbles in the low-pressure
YES and block the filter.
circuit?
– Pump using the priming unit until there
is no air left.
NO – Reconnect the return hose immediately.
Low-pressure circuit correct.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-118
PROGRAM no.: BE88
TEST 2 Electrical circuit check
Check the battery charge and ensure that the

alternator is working properly.
Is the charge circuit correct? NO Carry out the required repairs.
YES
Check the fuses.
Are the fuses in good condition? NO Carry out the required repairs.
YES
Check that the main injection relay is working

properly.
Is the main injection relay working properly? NO Carry out the required repairs.
YES
Test the engine earths.
Are the engine earths correct? NO Carry out the required repairs.
YES
The electrical circuit is correct.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-119
PROGRAM no.: BE88
TEST 3 Injector check
Make a visual inspection around the injector

wells.
Leak from injector ceramic part, replace
Is there diesel around the injector wells? YES
the injector.
NO
Control the injectors via commands AC005,

AC006, AC007, AC008.
Can you hear the valve moving? NO Replace the faulty injector(s).
YES
Compare the return flow of the four injectors

when hot using a measuring cylinder.
See TEST 9.
Does one of the four injectors have a greater Replace the injector with an unusually
return flow than the others? YES
high return flow (leak at the valve).
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-120
PROGRAM no.: BE88
TEST 3
CONTINUED
Disconnect cylinder no. 1 injector.
Is there a noticeable change in engine noise? NO Replace the cylinder no. 1 injector.
YES
Reconnect cylinder no. 1 injector.

Carry out the same tests on the other
cylinders to identify a possible faulty injector.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-121
PROGRAM no.: BE88
TEST 4 Parameter check
Using the diagnostic tool, check that the C2I

code is correctly filled in on the identification
screen.
Is the C2I code properly filled in?
YES
Check that the engine parameters are Use the diagnostic tool to program the C2l
consistent in the different injection sub NO code, paying attention to the cylinder
functions. numbers.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-122
PROGRAM no.: BE88
TEST 5 Air inlet circuit check
Check for the presence of a leak or air leak.
Is there a leak or air leak? YES Carry out the required repairs.
NO
Check the condition of the air filter.
Air filter correct? NO Replace the air filter.
YES
Check that the inlet manifold is not blocked

(dirty).
Is the inlet manifold blocked? YES Clean the inlet manifold.
NO
Air circuit correct.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-123
PROGRAM no.: BE88
TEST 6 Computer check
Check that the computer connectors are

locked correctly.
Are the connectors poorly locked? YES Lock the connectors correctly.
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-124
PROGRAM no.: BE88
TEST 7 High-pressure pump check
Special notes: Certain faults make it impossible to carry out this test, deal with them
first.
NOTES
IMPORTANT: It is useless and dangerous to engage the starter motor for more
that 5 seconds.
It is possible to check the capacity of the pump to supply high pressure by carrying out the following procedure:
– With the ignition off, disconnect the low-pressure actuator from the pump (brown IMV connector) and connect
the test adapter (test IMV).
– Electrically disconnect the 4 injectors.
– Switch on the ignition, connect the diagnostic tool and re-establish dialogue with the injection system.
– On the screen, display Main states and parameters of the computer".
– Brake and press the "START" button. The starter will cut out automatically after 5 seconds.
– Read the rail pressure maximum value PR038 during the test on the diagnostic tool.
Is the rail pressure higher than 1050 bar?
NO
YES
Switch off the ignition, electrically reconnect the 4

injectors and the low-pressure actuator. The pump is able to supply the operating
Switch the ignition back on, clear the injection faults pressure. Switch off the ignition, electrically
using the diagnostic tool. Switch off the ignition, analyse reconnect the 4 injectors and the low pressure
the diesel in the diesel filter. actuator.
– Disconnect the diesel supply and return hoses from Switch the ignition back on, clear the faults in
the filter. Immediately block the filter inlets / outlets the injection using the diagnostic tool.
with the correct plugs. Carry out fault finding on the injectors by
– Remove the filter from its support and shake it well checking the return volume of the 4 injectors
keeping the plugs in place and empty the contents of (see TEST 9 injector leak check).
the filter into a glass container by lifting up a
protective plug and undoing the bleed screw.
Is there residue visible in the bottom of the

container?
YES
NO
Replace the entire

Carry out fault finding on the injectors by checking the
injection system.
return volume of the 4 injectors.
(See TEST 9 checking injector tightness).
Is test 9 correct?
YES
NO
Replace the high-

Replace the faulty injector(s) pressure pump.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-125
PROGRAM no.: BE88
TEST 8 High-pressure circuit leak check
NOTES
first.
There is a command that performs a leak test on the high-pressure circuit when the engine is running.
This command can detect a leak on the high-pressure circuit if a union is improperly fitted or bolted, but cannot detect
a small leak if a union is not torque tightened.
This command can only be used if the engine temperature is above 60ºC.
Use command AC029 "high pressure circuit sealing test" the engine will automatically carry out one cycle of
4 accelerations to raise the pressure in the rail and check whether there are leaks in the high pressure circuit.
Watch out for any objects (tools, etc) on the sides of the engine housing during the four accelerations
(vibrations possible).
TEST 9 Injector leak check
NOTES
first.
Command AC029 also allows you to check the return volume of each injector to detect a leak inside the
injectors.
Tooling required:
– It is essential to use 4 transparent pipes with an internal diameter of 4 mm and a length of
approximately 50 cm.
– 4 graduated measuring cylinders.
PROCEDURE
– Check that the engine coolant temperature is above 60 ˚C.
– Disconnect the return pipes from the 4 injectors.
– Fit a plug in the pump venturi tube to prevent the low-pressure circuit from depriming.
– Connect the 4 transparent pipes with an internal diameter of 4 mm and a length of 50 cm in place of the
return pipes.
– Immerse these 4 pipes into 4 graduated measuring cylinders.
Having carried out these preparations, start the engine, then let it run for 2 minutes at idle speed.
– Activate command AC029 "high pressure circuit sealing test": the engine will automatically perform one cycle
of 4 accelerations to raise the pressure in the rail and measure the leaks inside the injectors in these conditions.
– Once the cycle is complete, activate command AC029 again for the correct reading of the return volume of each
injector.
At the end of both cycles, the return volume of each injector should be 35 ml at maximum. If the return volume of
one of the injectors is above 35 ml, replace the faulty injector.
– Disconnect the 4 transparent pipes and reconnect the injector return circuit.
Watch out for any objects (tools, etc.) at the sides of the engine housing during the four cycles (vibrations
possible).
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-126
PROGRAM no.: BE88
TEST 10 Injector return flow in starting phase
first.
NOTES
IMPORTANT: It is useless and dangerous to engage the starter motor for more
that 5 seconds.
In the event the engine does not start, only the static leak can be measured, that is the leak with the injector closed,
inactive and not subject to any high pressure.
Make sure that the starting circuit is working correctly (minimum speed 200 rpm).
Tooling required:
– It is essential to use four transparent pipes with an internal diameter of 4 mm and

approximately 50 cm long.
– A test adapter (TEST IMV)
PROCEDURE:
1 – Switch off the ignition.

2 – Disconnect the four injector return pipes.
3 – Fit a plug in the pump venturi tube to prevent the low-pressure circuit from depriming.
4 – Connect the four transparent pipes with an internal diameter of 4 mm and a length of
approximately 50 cm.
5 – Disconnect the low pressure actuator from the pressure (brown IMV connector) and connect
the test adapter (test IMV).
6 – Electrically disconnect the 4 injectors.
7 – Switch on the ignition, brake and press the "START" button. The starter cuts in automatically
after 5 seconds.
8 – Measure the amount of diesel in each pipe.
Replace the injector(s) whose leak return is greater than 10 cm.
Disconnect the four transparent diesel pipes and reconnect the injector return circuit.
Disconnect the test IMV and reconnect the low pressure actuator to the pump.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-127
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Customer complaints 13B
Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the
NOTES
diagnostic tool.
No dialogue with the computer CHART 1
Starting fault
The engine does not start CHART 2
The engine starts with difficulty or starts then stalls CHART 3
Starting difficult with warm engine CHART 4
Idle speed fault
Rough idle speed (pumping) CHART 5
Idle speed too high or too low CHART 6
Behaviour while driving
Untimely acceleration / deceleration and engine stalling CHART 7
Hesitation when accelerating CHART 8
Engine stops / stalls CHART 9
Engine jerking CHART 10
Lack of power CHART 11
Too much power CHART 12
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-128
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Customer complaints 13B
Road holding (continued)
Excessive consumption CHART 13
Overspeed when lifting off accelerator or changing gear CHART 14
Engine dies when pulling away CHART 15
The engine does not stop CHART 16
Noise, odours or smoke
Clanking engine, noisy engine CHART 17
Squalling noise CHART 18
General mechanical noises CHART 19
Blue, white or black smoke CHART 20
Exhaust odours CHART 21
Diesel odours CHART 22
Smoke (blue, white or black) on acceleration CHART 23
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-129
PROGRAM no.: BE88
VDIAG No.: 44 Fault finding - Fault charts 13B
CHART 1 No dialogue with the computer
NOTES Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool
Ensure that the diagnostic tool is not causing the fault by trying to establish dialogue with a computer on
another vehicle. If the tool is not at fault, and dialogue cannot be established with any other computer on the
same vehicle, the cause could be a faulty computer interfering on the multiplex network.
Check the voltage of the battery and carry out the operations necessary to obtain a voltage which is to
specification (9.5 volts < U battery < 17.5 volts).
Perform fault finding on the multiplex network using the diagnostic tool.
Check the presence and the condition of the injection fuses on the PSU and in the engine fuse box.'
Check the connection and condition of the computer connectors.
Check the injection computer earths (quality, corrosion, tightening of earth bolts on the battery terminal).
Check that the computer is correctly supplied:
– Earth on tracks G1 and H1 of the grey 32 track connector C.
– + before ignition feed on tracks G2 and H2 of the grey 32 track connector C.
– + after ignition feed on track D1 of the black 32-track connector A.
Ensure that the diagnostic socket is correctly supplied:

– +Before ignition feed on track 16.
– + after ignition feed on track 1.
– Earth on tracks 4 and 5.
Contact your Techline if dialogue has still not been established after these various checks.
AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-130
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 2 The engine does not start
Check that the fuel tank is correctly filled and

that the fuel type is suitable.
Is the fuel type suitable and the tank correctly

filled? NO Refill the fuel tank correctly.
YES
Is the starter working properly? NO Carry out the required repairs.
YES
Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.
Check for leaks in the high-pressure circuit.
Check the electric circuit using TEST 2.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-131
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 2
CONTINUED 1
Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.
Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.
Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) blocked? YES Carry out the required repairs.
NO
Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched? YES Carry out the required repairs.
NO
Check that the heater plugs are working

properly.
Is the heater plug resistance above 1 Ω ? YES Replace the heater plugs.
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-132
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 2
CONTINUED 2
Are the compressions correct? NO Carry out the required repairs.
YES
Test the injectors using TEST 3.
Check the high-pressure pump by carrying

out TEST 7.
Carry out an injector return test in starting

phase using TEST 11.
Test the computer using TEST 6.
End of fault finding.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-133
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 3 The engine starts with difficulty or starts then stalls


YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-134
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 3
CONTINUED 1
NO
Is the engine oil level correct? NO Top up the oil.
YES
Is the catalytic converter clogged or

YES Replace the catalytic converter.
damaged?
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-135
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 3
CONTINUED 2
NO

properly.
NO
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-136
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 4 Starting difficult with warm engine
NO
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-137
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 4
CONTINUED
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-138
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 5 Rough idle speed (pumping)
NO
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-139
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 5
CONTINUED

properly.
NO
YES
Check the high pressure pump by carrying

out TEST 7.
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-140
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 6 Idling speed too fast / slow
Is the clutch linkage properly adjusted? NO Carry out the required repairs.
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-141
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 7 Erratic acceleration / deceleration and engine overcharging.
NO
Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil

(engine overcharging). YES Carry out the required repairs.
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-142
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 7
CONTINUED
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-143
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 8 Hesitation when accelerating
Check that the turbocharger is working

properly.
Is the turbocharger correct? NO Carry out the required repairs.
YES
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-144
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 8
CONTINUED
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-145
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 9 Engine stops / stalls


YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-146
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 9
CONTINUED 1
NO
NO

damaged? YES Replace the catalytic converter.
NO

NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-147
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 9
CONTINUED 2

out TEST 7.

K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-148
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 10 Engine jerking


YES
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-149
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 10
CONTINUED

properly.
NO
YES
Is the valve clearance properly adjusted? NO Make the necessary adjustments.
YES

out TEST 7.

K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-150
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 11 Lack of power
YES

damaged?
NO

properly.
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-151
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 11
CONTINUED
YES
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-152
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 12 Too much power

NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-153
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 13 Excessive consumption
Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) leaking? YES Carry out the required repairs.
NO
Is the diesel temperature sensor leaking? YES Replace the diesel temperature sensor.
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-154
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 13
CONTINUED 1
YES

damaged?
NO

properly.
YES
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-155
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 13
CONTINUED 2
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-156
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 14 Overspeed when lifting off accelerator or changing gear
NO
YES

YES Carry out the required repairs.
(engine overcharging).
NO

properly.
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-157
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 14
CONTINUED
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-158
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 15 Engine dies when pulling away

NO
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-159
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 15
CONTINUED
NO
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-160
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 16 The engine does not stop

NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-161
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 17 Clanking engine, noisy engine

properly.
NO
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-162
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 17
CONTINUED
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-163
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 18 Squalling noise
NO
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-164
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 19 General mechanical noises
Check that the injectors are not making a

buzzing noise (injector discharge).
NO
Are the mounting clips on the injector pipes

broken or missing?
NO

damaged?
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-165
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 19
CONTINUED
YES

properly.
YES
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-166
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 20 Exhaust odours

NO

properly.
YES
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-167
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 20
CONTINUED

NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-168
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 21 Diesel odours
Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) leaking? YES Carry out the required repairs.
NO
Is the diesel temperature sensor leaking? YES Replace the diesel temperature sensor.
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-169
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 22 Blue, white or black smoke
NO
YES

damaged?
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-170
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 22
CONTINUED

NO

properly.
NO
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-171
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 23 Smoke (blue, white or black) on acceleration
YES

properly.
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-172
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 23
CONTINUED 1

damaged?
NO

NO

properly.
NO
YES
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-173
PROGRAM no.: BE88
CHART 23
CONTINUED 2
NO
K9K044 X 84 1.0
13B K9-174
113B
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Introduction 13B
This document presents the fault finding method applicable to all computers with the following specifications:
Vehicle(s): Scénic II for turbo engines F9Q. Computer name: INJECTION EDC 16
Function concerned: BOSCH common rail Program No.: 9X
diesel injection (Dci)
VDIAG N°: 44 and 48
Standard documentation

– Assisted fault finding (incorporated into the diagnostic tool), Workshop Repair Manual, computer tool
and Dialogys.
Wiring diagrams:
– Computer tool: Visu Schéma (CD-ROM), hard copy.
Diagnostic tool type

– The CLIP diagnostic tool is used with the Bornéo application program.
IMPORTANT
From now on, the use of the NXR on Scénic II is prohibited.
In addition, the XR25 and Optima 5800 tools are no longer used either.
SPECIAL TOOLING REQUIRED

Multimeter
Dedicated interface unit Part No. Elé. 1674
Fault finding computer Part No. Elé. 1681
3. REMINDERS
Procedure
setting).
Proceed as follows:
– Renault card on the card holder (keyless vehicle scenario 1, basic, not hands-free and scenario 2, top of the
range, hands-free),
– Press and hold start button (longer than 5 seconds) with start-up conditions not fulfilled,
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-1
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Note:
The left-hand and right-hand Xenon bulb computers are powered when the dipped headlights are lit. Fault
finding procedures can only be carried out on them after the ignition has been switched on in fault finding
mode (+ after ignition forced setting) and the dipped headlights are on.

– Disconnect the diagnostic tool,
– Press the start button twice briefly (less then 3 seconds),
– Ensure that the + after ignition feed has been cut off by checking that the computer warning lights on the instrument
panel have gone out.
Faults
The present or stored state of faults should be taken into consideration when the diagnostic tool is used after the
+ after ignition feed (without acting on the system components).
For a stored fault, note the faults displayed and apply the Notes section.
fault.

– the connectors on these lines (corrosion, bent pins, etc.),
– the condition of the wires (melted or cut insulation, wear).
Conformity check
diagnostic tool when inconsistent. This phase therefore allows:
– Diagnoses of faults that do not have a fault display, and which may correspond to a customer complaint.
– Checks to ensure that the system is operating correctly and that there is no risk of a fault reappearing after
repairs.
If the test with the diagnostic tool is OK, but the customer complaint persists, the problem should be treated by
customer complaints.
A synopsis of the general procedure to follow is provided on the following page in

the form of a logic flow chart.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-2
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X


(available in CLIP or in the
Technical Note)
Connect CLIP
Dialogue no
with See CHART 1
computer?
yes
Read faults
No
Faults Conformity check
present
yes No
The symptom Fault
Deal with faults found
persists solved

Use the CHARTS (fault finding
charts)
No
The symptom Fault
persists solved
No
The symptom Fault
persists solved
yes
Contact Techline with the

completed fault finding log
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-3
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
WARNING
All problems involving a complex system call for thorough diagnostics with the appropriate tools.
ensures a record is kept of the procedure carried out. It is an essential item when discussing the
WARNING! fault with the constructor.
IT IS THEREFORE COMPULSORY TO FILL OUT A FAULT FINDING SHEET EVERY

TIME A FAULT FINDING OPERATION IS PERFORMED.
You will always be asked for this report:
● When requesting technical assistance from the Techline.
● For certification requests, when replacing parts that must be certified.
● Which must be attached to monitored parts for which reimbursement is requested. It is therefore used to decide
whether a reimbursement will be made under warranty and leads to improved analysis of the removed parts.
All work on components requires that the safety rules be obeyed to prevent damage or injury:
– Make sure the battery is properly charged to avoid damaging the computers with a low charge.
7. CLEANLINESS INSTRUCTIONS WHICH MUST BE FOLLOWED WHEN WORKING ON THE HIGH-

PRESSURE DIRECT INJECTION SYSTEM
Risks relating to contamination
The system is very sensitive to contamination. The risks caused by the introduction of contamination are:
damage to or destruction of the high-pressure injection system and the engine, seizing or incorrect sealing of a
component.
All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. Performing an operation in a very clean
environment means that no impurities (particles a few microns in size) will have been able to enter the system during
dismantling or into the circuits via the fuel unions.
The cleanliness guidelines must be applied from the filter through to the injectors.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-4
113B
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
What are the sources of contamination?
Contamination is caused by:

– metal or plastic chips,
– paint,
– fibres: of cardboard,
from brushes,
from paper,
from clothing,
from cloths,
– foreign bodies such as hair,
– ambient atmosphere,
– etc.
IMPORTANT
Before working on the injection system, ensure that the system pressure is close to 0 bar.
WARNING
It is not possible to clean the engine using a high-pressure washer because of the risk of damaging
connections. In addition, moisture may collect in the connectors and cause electrical connection faults.
Instructions to be followed before any work is carried out on the injection system:
Ensure that you have the plugs for the unions to be opened (bag of plugs available from the Parts Stores,
Part no.: 77 01 206 804). Plugs are to be used once only. After use, they must be thrown away (once used they
are soiled and cleaning is not sufficient to make them reusable). Unused plugs must be thrown away.
Ensure that you have hermetically resealable plastic bags for storing removed parts. There is less risk of parts
stored in this way being exposed to contamination. The bags must be used only once, and after use they must
be thrown away.
Make sure that lint-free towelettes are available (part number 77 11 211 707). The use of a normal cloth or
paper for cleaning purposes is prohibited. They are not lint-free and may contaminate the fuel circuit of the
system. A lint-free cloth should only be used once.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-5
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Instructions to be followed before opening the fuel circuit
Use new thinner for each operation (used thinner contains impurities). Pour it into a clean receptacle.
For each operation, use a clean brush in good condition (the brush must not shed its bristles).
Use a brush and thinners to clean the connections to be opened.
Blow compressed air over the cleaned parts (tools, cleaned the same way as the parts, connections and
injection system zone). Check that no bristles remain adhering.
Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.
When wearing leather protective gloves, cover them with latex gloves.
Instructions to be followed during the operation
As soon as the circuit is open, all openings must be plugged to prevent impurities from entering the system. The
plugs to be used are available from the Parts Stores. They must not, under any circumstances, be reused.
Close the resealable bag, even if it has to be reopened shortly afterwards. The ambient atmosphere carries
impurities.
All components removed from the injection system must be stored in a hermetically sealed plastic bag once the
plugs have been inserted.
The use of a brush, thinner, bellows, sponge or normal cloth is strictly prohibited once the circuit has been
opened. These items are likely to allow contaminants to enter the system.
A new component replacing an old one must not be removed from its packaging until it is to be fitted to the
vehicle.
8. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS
Switch on the vehicle ignition
To run fault finding on the vehicle computers, proceed as follows:

● Renault card in the card holder (keyless vehicle scenario 1 (entry level, not hands-free) and scenario 2 (top of
the range, hands-free))
● Press "start" button and hold (more than 5 seconds) with start-up conditions not fulfilled
● Then connect the diagnostic tool and perform the required operations
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-6
FAULT FINDING LOG
System: Injection
Page 1 / 2
Date 2 0
Sheet completed by
VIN
Engine
Version
cold warm
586 Difficult to start 572 Idle - engine speed unsteady 574 Jerking - flat spots
Other Your comments
004 Intermittently
Other Your comments
Type of fault finding manual: Workshop Repair Manual Technical Note Assisted fault finding
Wiring diagram used
Other documentation
FD 01
Fault finding log

FAULT FINDING LOG
System: Injection
Page 2 / 2
Part 1 part no.

Part 2 part no.
Part 3 part no.
Part 4 part no.
Part 5 part no.

Computer part no.
Supplier no.
Program no.
Software version
Calibration no.
VDIAG
Description:

computer?
Other defective functions?
Your comments
FD 01
Fault finding log

DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - System operation 13B
The high-pressure injection system is designed to deliver a precise quantity of diesel to the engine at a specific time.
It is fitted with a 112-track BOSCH EDC16 computer.
The system consists of:

– a priming pump on the low-pressure circuit,
– a diesel filter,
– a high-pressure pump combined with a low-pressure pump (transfer pump),
– a high-pressure regulator mounted on the pump,
– an injector rail,
– a dedicated rail diesel pressure sensor,
– four solenoid injectors,
– a diesel temperature sensor,
– a coolant temperature sensor,
– an upstream air temperature sensor,
– a cylinder reference sensor,
– an engine speed sensor,
– a turbocharging pressure sensor,
– an accelerometer,
– an exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve,
– an accelerator pedal potentiometer,
– an atmospheric pressure sensor incorporated into the injection computer,
– an injection computer,
– a flowmeter,
– a wastegate solenoid valve,
– a damper flap solenoid valve.
The common rail high-pressure direct injection system works sequentially (based on the operation of multipoint
injection for petrol engines).
This new injection system reduces operating noise, reduces the volume of pollutant gases and particles and
produces high engine torque at low engine speeds thanks to a pre-injection procedure.
The high-pressure pump generates the high-pressure sent to the injector rail. The actuator located on the pump
controls the quantity of diesel supplied, according to the demand determined by the computer. The rail supplies each
injector through a steel pipe.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-9
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
The computer:
It determines the value of injection pressure necessary for the engine to operate correctly and then controls the
pressure regulator. It checks that the pressure value is correct by analysing the value transmitted by the pressure
sensor located on the rail.
It determines the injection time necessary to deliver the right quantity of diesel and the moment when injection should
start,
It controls each injector electrically and individually after determining these two values.
The injected flow to the engine is determined by:

– the duration of injector control,
– the rail pressure (regulated by the computer),
– the injector opening and closing speed,
– the needle travel (determined by a constant for the type of injector),
– the nominal hydraulic flow of the injector (specific to each injector).
The computer controls:

– idle speed regulation,
– the exhaust gas flow reinjected into the inlet,
– the fuel supply (delivery, flow and rail pressure),
– the fan assembly via the Protection and Switching Unit (centralised coolant temperature management
function),
– the air conditioning (cold loop function),
– the cruise control/speed limiter function,
– pre/post heating,
– the warning lights via the multiplex network.
The high-pressure pump is supplied at low-pressure by an integrated low-pressure pump (transfer pump).
It supplies the rail the pressure in which is controlled for charging by the flow actuator and for discharging by the
injector valves. Drops in pressure may also be compensated for. The flow actuator allows the high-pressure pump to
supply the exact quantity of diesel fuel required to maintain the pressure in the rail. This feature allows heat generation
to be minimised and engine output to be improved.
In order to discharge the rail using the injector valves, the valves are controlled by brief electrical pulses which are:
short enough not to open the injector, (passing through the return circuit from the injectors),
long enough to open the valves and discharge the rail.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-10
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
The connections between the vehicle's various computers are multiplexed.
Therefore, the fault warning lights on the instrument panel are lit via the multiplex network.
The vehicle speed signal on the instrument panel is transmitted by the ABS computer or the WHEEL SPEED
computer via a wire connection and is then transmitted via the multiplex network by the instrument panel. The
vehicle speed signal is used mainly by the injection computer and the airbag computer.
Some vehicles have a sensor located in the filter for detecting water in the diesel. If there is water present in the
diesel, the orange injection and pre/postheating warning light comes on.
IMPORTANT
The engine must not operate with:
– diesel fuel containing more than 10 % diester,
– petrol, even in tiny quantities.
The system injects the diesel fuel into the engine at a pressure of up to 1350 bar. Before carrying out any work,
check that the injector rail is not pressurised and that the fuel temperature is not too high.
You must respect the cleaning and safety advice specified in this document for any work on the high-pressure
injection system.
Disassembly of the interior of the pump and injectors is prohibited. Only the flow actuator, the diesel temperature
sensor and the Venturi tube can be replaced.
For safety reasons, it is strictly forbidden to undo a high-pressure pipe union when the engine is running.
It is not possible to remove the pressure sensor from the fuel rail because this may cause circuit contamination
problems. If the pressure sensor fails, the pressure sensor, the rail and the five high-pressure pipes must be
replaced.
It is strictly forbidden to remove any injection pump pulley bearing the number 070 575. If the pump is being
replaced, the pulley must be replaced.
Supplying + 12 V directly to any component in the system is prohibited.
Ultrasonic decoking and cleaning are prohibited.
Never start the engine unless the battery is connected correctly.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-11
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
HOSTED FUNCTIONS
Air conditioning management assistance
For vehicles with air conditioning, the EDC16 system can deactivate the air conditioning via the UCH in certain
conditions of use:
– when requested by the driver,
– when starting the engine,
– if the engine overheats (in order to reduce the power the engine has to supply),
– when the engine speed is very high (to protect the compressor),
– during transition phases (e.g. under heavy acceleration when overtaking, anti-stalling and moving off
strategies). These conditions are only taken into account when they occur repeatedly, so as to prevent system
instabilities (incorrect deactivation).
– When reading certain faults.
Cold loop air conditioning management
The air conditioning is managed in a cold loop and this function is managed by several computers. The injection
computer is responsible for:
– Authorising requests for cold according to: refrigerant pressure, coolant temperature, engine speed.
– Calculating the power absorbed by the compressor (from the refrigerant pressure).
– Requesting the control of the fan assembly from the Protection and Switching Unit according to the vehicle speed,
refrigerant pressure and engine coolant temperature.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-12
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
To limit the time taken to warm up the system, air temperature sensors, called positive temperature coefficient
resistors, are fitted into the passenger compartment heating circuit. The UCH determines whether the positive
temperature coefficient resistors need to be controlled, the Protection and Switching Unit physically controls the
positive temperature coefficient resistors, and the injection computer determines the output limit of the positive
temperature coefficient resistors according to the alternator load on the one hand, and inhibits them according to
engine speed, load and vehicle speed on the other.
Cruise control/speed limiter management
When activated, the cruise control function maintains the vehicle at a preselected speed, regardless of the driving
conditions encountered. Using the control buttons, the driver can increase or reduce the speed of the vehicle.
The cruise control function can be deactivated either by using the control buttons, or by switching off the cruise
control function selection switch or when system events are detected such as depression of the brake or clutch
pedals, or when system errors are detected such as an incorrect vehicle speed or a deceleration level which is too
high.
The cruise control function can also be temporarily suspended when the driver wants to resume control of the
vehicle and exceed the selected cruising speed by pressing the accelerator pedal which then exceeds the selected
fuel flow. The cruising speed is returned to when the driver releases the accelerator pedal.
It is possible to reactivate cruise control and to return to the last cruising speed after the function has been
deactivated for whatever reason, during the same cycle of use (computer not power cycled). The vehicle will then
attempt to reach the cruising speed using a controlled vehicle acceleration.
When activated (using the selection switch), the vehicle speed limiter function limits the vehicle speed to a preset
value. The driver drives the vehicle in the normal way using the accelerator pedal until the preset speed is reached.
If an attempt is made to exceed this speed, the system will ignore the pedal request and will control the vehicle speed
in the same way as the cruise control function, provided that the driver keeps the accelerator pedal depressed.
As with the cruise control function, the cruising speed can be altered using the control buttons by pressing briefly or
pressing and holding.
For safety reasons, the cruising speed can be exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the pedal
position limiting value. Vehicle speed is then controlled using the accelerator pedal until the vehicle speed is
decreased to below the cruising speed, when the limiter function is activated again.
The driver uses the following controls to operate the speed limiter - cruise control function:
– accelerator pedal,
– brake pedal,
– clutch pedal,
– function selection switch for selecting speed limiter or cruise control operating mode.
– steering wheel controls.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-13
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
WARNING LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Instrument panel display
The computer displays certain information on the instrument panel relating to engine operation. This concerns five
functions: the OBD (On Board Diagnostic) excess pollution warning light, pre/post heating, coolant temperature and
engine faults: Severity 1 (non-critical fault) and Severity 2 (stop immediately). These five functions are represented
by 3 warning lights or messages displayed by the on-board computer.
Pre-/post-heating warning light
This warning light is used as an operating indicator light and as a system fault indicator light:
– Permanently lit under + after ignition feed: indicates preheating of the plugs.
– Permanently lit along with the Injection failure message: indicates a Severity 1 fault (indicates faulty operation and
a reduced safety level. The driver should carry out repairs as soon as possible).
Temperature/emergency stop warning light
This warning light is used as an operating indicator light and as a system fault indicator light. It lights up for
3 seconds when the ignition is switched on (automatic test procedure managed by the instrument panel).
– Permanently on: indicates engine overheating.
– Permanently lit along with the Stop engine message: indicates a Severity 2 fault.
If there is a Severity 2 fault, the injection is cut off automatically after a few seconds.
In the event of overheating, it is up to the driver whether to stop the vehicle or continue driving.
OBD (On Board Diagnostic) excess pollution warning light
Symbolised by an engine, it lights up for approximately 3 seconds when the engine is started. It never comes on
when the engine is running.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-14
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
INJECTOR FAULT FINDING PROCEDURE
A - Check the resistance between tracks 1 and 2 of each injector: 0.33 Ω at 20 °C.
Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
Engine management computer, grey connector C track H1 Track 1 of the injector no. 1
connector,
Engine management computer, grey connector C track G3 Track 2 of the injector no. 1
connector,
connector,
connector,
connector,
connector,
connector,
connector,
Carefully check the connecting clips and tabs of each injector.
If the engine starts:
– With the engine running, disconnect the injectors one after the other (in turn and one at a time).
– Replace the injector which causes no variation in operation when it is disconnected.
– Clear the faults caused by the multiple disconnections and then perform a road test.
B - Check that the injector return flows are balanced.
Fit take-off pipes to the injector returns with the free ends placed in measuring cylinders, start the engine and
check that the return flows are balanced at idle speed.
(In general, the return flows are quite small. They should not resemble a jet).
– Replace the injector with a return flow that is significantly different from that of the other injectors.
In the event of under-pressure in the rail:
– Replace the injector with a return flow that shows a more significant leak than any of the others.
If the engine does not start:

You can check the return flows during and after testing the engine starter (minimum 250 rpm) with the
pressure regulator disconnected.
This causes increased pressure in the rail and permits analysis of the return flows. After completing this
operation, clear the fault caused by disconnection of the pressure regulator.
C - Check that the injector nozzle is sealed.
– Check the level and condition of the engine oil:
– If there is pollution from diesel fuel, the injector nozzle that is leaking will be covered in soot and the cylinder
will be greasy. Ensure that this is not caused by rising engine oil by checking the engine compression values.
If the compression values are correct, locate the faulty injector by looking at the condition of the cylinders and
the pistons across the heater plug wells (greasy cylinder, piston overheated and starting to disintegrate). If an
inspection of the cylinder/piston is not conclusive, remove the injectors and replace the one which has a nozzle
covered in soot.
Note:
After replacing an injector, follow the injector code programming procedure (see the Replacing components
section).
WARNING
Note the cleanliness and safety advice in the Introduction section of the Workshop Repair Manual when
removing or refitting the injectors.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-15
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Track allocation
Black (A) 32 track connector Brown (B) 48 track connector
Track Description Track Description

A1 Not used A1 Cylinder reference sensor earth
A2 Cruise control switch earth A2 Not used
A3 CAN L network signal A3 Not used
A4 CAN H network signal A4 Rail pressure sensor supply
B1 Not used B1 Top Dead Centre sensor supply signal
B2 Not used B2 Not used
B3 Not used B3 Not used
B4 K line diagnostic socket output B4 Air flowmeter feed
C1 Not used C1 Top Dead Centre sensor earth
C2 Not used C2 Not used
C3 Idle speed regulator control supply C3 Not used
C4 Clutch supply signal output C4 Fuel pressure sensor earth
D1 Protection and Switching Unit supply D1 Cylinder 1 sensor signal
D2 Cruise control programming control D2 Not used
D3 Cruise control programming return D3 Not used
signal D4 Turbocharging pressure sensor earth
D4 Not used E1 Injection locking relay coil earth control
E1 Not used E2 Air flowmeter earth signal
E2 Not used E3 Not used
E3 Not used E4 Not used
E4 Brake switch supply signal output F1 Refrigerant gas sensor signal
F1 Not used F2 Coolant temperature sensor supply
F2 Accelerator potentiometer load 2 signal
supply F3 Refrigerant gas sensor supply
F3 Accelerator potentiometer load 2 signal F4 Exhaust gas recirculation sensor
F4 Accelerator potentiometer load 2 earth supply
G1 Protection and Switching Unit supply G1 Air flowmeter supply signal
G2 Accelerator potentiometer load 1 G2 Air temperature signal
supply G3 Fuel rail pressure sensor signal
G3 Not used G4 Turbocharging pressure sensor supply
G4 Battery earth
H1 Battery earth
H2 Accelerator potentiometer load 1 signal
H3 Accelerator potentiometer load 1 earth
H4 Battery earth
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-16
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Track allocation
Grey (C) 32-track connector
Track Description Track Description

H1 Injection coolant temperature sensor A1 Not used
earth A2 Not used
H2 Fuel temperature signal A3 Not used
H3 Not used A4 Preheating relay diagnostic signal
H4 Not used B1 Not used
J1 Not used B2 Not used
J2 Gas recirculation potentiometer signal B3 Not used
J3 Not used B4 Not used
J4 Inlet flap solenoid valve control C1 Not used
K1 Not used C2 Gas recirculation solenoid valve earth
K2 Turbocharging pressure sensor signal C3 Coolant pressure sensor earth
K3 Not used C4 Not used
K4 Not used D1 Not used
L1 Not used D2 Not used
L2 Gas recirculation solenoid valve control D3 Not used
L3 Not used D4 Not used
L4 Flowmeter earth E1 Wastegate solenoid valve control
M1 Not used E2 Preheating control relay
M2 Protection and Switching Unit supply E3 Not used
M3 Not used E4 Not used
M4 Inlet flap solenoid valve control F1 Fuel temperature earth
F2 Not used
F3 Not used
F4 Not used
G1 Injector 4 control
G2 Injector 2 control
G3 Injector 1 earth
G4 Injector 2 earth
H1 Injector 1 control
H2 Injector 3 control
H3 Injector 4 earth
H4 Injector 3 earth
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-17
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Diagnostics - Replacing parts 13B
COMPUTER REPLACEMENT, PROGRAMMING OR REPROGRAMMING OPERATION
The system can be programmed and reprogrammed by the diagnostic socket with the RENAULT CLIP diagnostic
tool (refer to Technical Note 3585A or follow the instructions provided by the diagnostic tool).
WARNING:
– Turn on the fault-finding tool (electrical outlet or cigarette lighter).
– Connect a battery charger (throughout the time needed for (re)programming the computer, the engine
cooling fans are triggered automatically).
– Observe the engine temperature instructions of the fault finding tool before (re)programming.
Before programming, (re)programming or replacing the computer in After-Sales operations, it is essential to

save the following data in the diagnostic tools:
– The IMA codes (correction of injector flow rate) and the engine adaptives for the SC003 "Save computer data"
command.

– Switch the ignition on again and use the diagnostic tool to carry out the following steps:
– Use command SC001 Write saved data to establish injection individual correction and engine adaptives.
– Following (re)programming of the injection system, stored faults may appear in other computers. Clear the memory
of these computers.
Note:
If commands SC001 and SC003 are forgotten or do not work, the individual injector correction codes for each
injector must be entered manually after the computer has been replaced or (re)programmed by reading the code
on each injector (see replacing injectors).
WARNING
It is not possible to test an injection computer from the Parts Department because it will not then be possible to fit
it to any other vehicle.
If the injection computer appears to be faulty, contact your Techline and refer to the Fault finding log.
REPLACING THE INJECTORS
Note:
The individual injector correction coding is a calibration made on each injector in the factory in order to adjust
its flow precisely.
These correction values are etched onto the Bakelite body of each injector (6 alphanumeric characters) and then
entered into the computer which then controls each injector taking into account its individual manufacturing
tolerance.
When one or more injectors are replaced, the injection individual correction parameters of the injector output
concerned must be modified. The system can be configured via the diagnostic socket using the RENAULT CLIP
diagnostic tool.
To do this, the injection individual correction code(s) must be rewritten to the computer using the following command:
SC002 Enter injector codes
Note down the injection individual correction codes etched on the Bakelite body of each injector and follow the on-
screen instructions.
This command is valid for both single entry and batch entry.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-18
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Configuration-programming 13B
PARAMETER SETTINGS
VP001: Cylinder 1 injector code

These commands enable you to manually write the calibration code inscribed on the
injector.
Use these commands after replacing an injector, replacing or (re)programming a
computer when the SC001 command does not work.
VP010: Writing of the VIN.

This command enables the vehicle VIN to be entered into the computer. This command
must be used each time the computer is replaced or (re)programmed.
SPECIFIC COMMANDS
SC001: Write saved data.

Use this command after replacing or (re)programming a computer (if the information was
saved by the SC003 command.
SC002: Enter injector codes.

This command enables you to manually write the calibration code inscribed on the
injectors.
This command must be used when replacing injectors.
SC003: Save computer data.

This command allows you to save the computer data, the C21 parameters (individual
injector correction) and the engine parameters.
This command must be carried out before the computer is replaced or (re)programmed.
OTHER COMMANDS:
LC005: Gearbox type.

This command enables you to determine the type of gearbox configured on the vehicle.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-19
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Summary table of faults 13B
Associated
Tool fault Diagnostic tool heading
DTC
1 DF001 Coolant temperature sensor circuit 0115

2 DF003 Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit 0105
3 DF004 Turbocharging pressure sensor circuit 0235
4 DF005 Engine speed sensor circuit 0335
5 DF007 Rail pressure sensor circuit 0190
6 DF008 Pedal potentiometer track 1 circuit 0225
7 DF009 Pedal potentiometer track 2 circuit 2120
8 DF010 EGR position sensor circuit 1486
9 DF011 Sensor supply voltage no. 1 0641
12 DF015 Main relay control circuit 0685
13 DF016 EGR control circuit 0403
14 DF017 Preheater unit control circuit 0380
15 DF025 Preheater unit diagnostic connection 0670
16 DF037 Immobiliser C167
17 DF038 Computer 0606
18 DF039 Inlet air temperature sensor circuit 0110
19 DF040 Cylinder 1 injector circuit 0201
23 DF046 Battery voltage 0560
24 DF047 Computer supply voltage 0615
25 DF049 Refrigerant sensor circuit 0530
26 DF050 Brake switch circuit 0571
27 DF051 Cruise control/speed limiter function 0575
28 DF053 Rail pressure regulation function 0089
29 DF054 Wastegate control circuit 0033
30 DF055 Turbocharging pressure regulation circuit 0243
31 DF056 Airflow sensor circuit 0100
32 DF057 Water in diesel temperature circuit 2264
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-20
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Summary table of faults 13B
Associated
DTC
34 DF059 Misfiring on cylinder 1 0301

40 DF065 Misfiring 0300
41 DF066 Injector code(s) 0611
42 DF067 Damper control circuit 0638
43 DF069 Impact detected signal 1620
44 DF070 Clutch switch circuit 0830
45 DF091 Vehicle speed signal 0500
46 DF097 Camshaft sensor circuit 0340
47 DF098 Fuel temperature sensor circuit 0180
48 DF114 EGR solenoid valve circuit 0400
49 DF117 EGR valve offset 0487
50 DF118 EGR solenoid valve servo-control 0409
51 DF119 Camshaft sensor signal 0365
52 DF120 Engine speed sensor signal 0385
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-21
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

DF001
OR CO.1 : Short circuit or open circuit to + 12 V
STORED
Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:

If the fault is declared present when the ignition is switched on (+ after ignition) or the
engine is running.
Special notes:
NOTES
If the fault is declared present:
– the coolant temperature: PR064: Coolant temperature is stuck at 119 °C,
– the preheating time is above 10 seconds,
– the fan assembly is permanently controlled,
The severity 1 warning light is lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for any work on the computer connectors.
CC.0 NOTES None.
Check the coolant temperature sensor connectors.

Measure the resistance of the coolant temperature sensor between terminals 2 and 3 of its black connector.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is not: 12460 ± 112 Ω at -10 °C
2252 ± 112 Ω at 25 °C
811.4 ± 39 Ω at 50 °C
283 ± 8 Ω at 80 °C
115 ± 3 Ω at 110 °C
Check the injection computer connections.

Check the continuity and ensure the insulation of the following connections:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track F2 Track 3 coolant temperature sensor
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track H1 Track 2 coolant temperature sensor
If the fault persists and remains present, replace the coolant temperature sensor.
Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-22
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Interpretation of faults 13B
DF001
CONTINUED
CO.1 NOTES None.
Check the coolant temperature sensor connectors.

Measure the resistance of the coolant temperature sensor between terminals 2 and 3 of its black connector.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is not: 12460 ± 112 Ω at -10 °C
2252 ± 112 Ω at 25 °C
811.4 ± 39 Ω at 50 °C
283 ± 8 Ω at 80 °C
115 ± 3 Ω at 110 °C

Ensure the continuity and insulation of the following connections:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track H1 Track 2 coolant temperature sensor
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track F2 Track 3 coolant temperature sensor
If the fault persists and remains present, replace the coolant temperature sensor.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-23
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF003
PRESENT 1.DEF : Signal outside upper limit
OR 2.DEF : Signal outside lower limit
STORED 3.DEF : Inconsistent signal

The fault is declared present after:
– the fault has been cleared from memory,
– the ignition is switched off and is lost dialogue with the diagnostic tool,
– the ignition is switched on and dialogue is established with the diagnostic tool,
– the engine is started and the engine is left running for 30 seconds.
Priority when dealing with a number of faults (for 1.DEF or 2.DEF):

Deal with fault DF015: Main relay control circuit first if it is present or stored.
NOTES
Special notes:
The atmospheric pressure sensor is integrated in the injection computer, and cannot
be separated.
The fault is present if:
– there is light smoke,
– the atmospheric pressure value changes to defect mode PR035: Atmospheric
pressure 750 mbar,
– the severity 1 warning light is lit.
Check the supply and the earth connection of the injection computer.
1.DEF Check parameter PR035 "Atmospheric pressure", and ensure that it is identical
2.DEF on another vehicle (i.e. about 1000 mbar).
Contact your Techline before replacing the injection computer.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-24
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF003
CONTINUED
Priority in the event of a number of faults:

3.DEF NOTES Deal with fault DF004: Turbocharging pressure sensor
circuit first if it is present or stored.
Check the supply and the earth connection of the injection computer.
Check parameter PR035 Atmospheric pressure, and parameter PR042: Filtered turbocharging pressure.
If the difference is greater than ± 20 hPa (20 mbar) carry out the fault finding procedure for PR042 Filtered
turbocharging pressure.
If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the injection computer.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-25
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF004
PRESENT CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth
or CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED 1.DEF : Inconsistency of the signal
Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
The fault is declared present after the ignition is switched on or with the engine running.
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
NOTES
connectors.
– the exhaust gas recirculation valve is cut off,
– the turbocharging pressure enters defect mode, i.e.: PR042 = 750 mbar,
– the intake air temperature enters defect mode, i.e.: PR059 = 25 °C.
CO.0 NOTES None.
Check the turbocharging pressure sensor connectors.


Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track K2 Track 3 turbocharging pressure
sensor connector
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G4 Track 1 turbocharging pressure
sensor connector
If the fault persists, change the turbocharging pressure sensor.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-26
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF004
CONTINUED
CC.1 NOTES None.


Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track D4 Track 2 turbocharging pressure
sensor connector
sensor connector
If the fault persists, change the turbocharging pressure sensor.
Check the consistency of parameter PR064: Engine

coolant temperature:
1.DEF NOTES
– replace the coolant temperature sensor if its signal is not
correct.
If it occurs with fault DF003, perform fault finding on PR042 Filtered turbocharging pressure:
If the turbocharging pressure sensor is operating correctly, contact your Techline before replacing the
computer.

Check continuity, insulation and for the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G4 Track 1 turbocharging pressure
sensor connector
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track D4 Track 2 turbocharging pressure
sensor connector
sensor connector
If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the computer.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-27
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF005
PRESENT 1.DEF : Signal absent
OR 2.DEF : Inconsistent signal
STORED

If the fault is declared present after successive starting attempts or with the engine
running.
NOTES Special notes:
The engine speed sensor is consistent with the camshaft sensor.
If the fault is present, the severity 2 warning light will light up.
1.DEF
NOTES None.
2.DEF
Check the top dead centre sensor connections.

Check that the sensor/flywheel air gap is correct: 0.5 to 1.8 mm.
Check the resistance of the top dead centre sensor across terminals A and B of its black connector.
The coil resistance is 800 ± 80 Ω at an engine coolant temperature of 20 °C.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connections:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track B1 Track A Top Dead Centre sensor
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track C1 Track B Top Dead Centre sensor
Check the top dead centre signal using an oscilloscope:

If there is a fault, check that the sensor is properly attached and that the engine flywheel target is not damaged.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-28
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF007
STORED 1.DEF : Offset at minimum threshold
2.DEF : Offset at maximum threshold

running.
NOTES
Special notes:
If a fault is present, the instruction to stop the engine immediately will be issued.
The severity 2 warning light will light up.
CC.0 NOTES None.
Check the rail pressure sensor connectors.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G3 Track 2 rail pressure sensor
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track A4 Track 3 rail pressure sensor
If the fault persists, replace the rail pressure sensor and tighten it to 35 ± 5 Nm and comply with the safety
instructions in the Introduction.
CO.1 NOTES None.

Check the continuity and insulation against + 12 V across the following connections:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track C4 Track 1 rail pressure sensor
If the fault persists, replace the rail pressure sensor and tighten it to 35 ± 5 Nm following the safety instructions
in the Introduction.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-29
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF007
CONTINUED
1.DEF Special note: The minimum value is 0.2 bar, the stop
NOTES
2.DEF maximum value is 1350 bar.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track A4 Track 3 rail pressure sensor
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track C4 Track 1 rail pressure sensor
With the ignition on and the engine stopped for more than one minute:
Check the PR038 Rail pressure value displayed by the diagnostic tool in the LPG/fuel circuit - Engine
management function tab.
– If the value is below 50 bar, the sensor is correct.
If so, contact your Techline before replacing the computer.
– If the pressure is above 50 bar, replace the rail pressure sensor and tighten to 35 ± 5 Nm.
Follow the safety instructions in the Introduction.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-30
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
PEDAL POTENTIOMETER TRACK 1 CIRCUIT
DF008
OR CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V

The fault is declared present after a series of full load/no load actions on the
accelerator pedal.
NOTES
Special notes:
Turbocharging and cruise control are not authorised.
Engine speed is maintained at 1400 rpm if there is a double fault on tracks 1 and 2.

If fault DF009: Pedal potentiometer circuit track 2 is
CO.0 NOTES
present at the same time, check that the pedal sensor
connector is connected correctly.
Check the connectors on the pedal sensor.

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track H2 Track 4 pedal sensor connector
Injection computer black 32-track connector A track G2 Track 3 pedal sensor connector
Measure the pedal sensor resistance on track 1 across tracks 5 and 3.

Ω ± 0.9.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is not: 1.7 kΩ
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-31
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF008
CONTINUED

CC.1 NOTES Deal with fault DF011: Sensor supply voltage no. 1 first if
it is present or stored.


Ω ± 0.9.
1.DEF NOTES None.

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track F3 Track 1 pedal sensor connector
Injection computer black 32-track connector A track 4 Track 6 pedal sensor connector
If the fault persists, replace the pedal sensor.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-32
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF009
or CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V

The fault is declared present after a series of full load/no load actions on the
accelerator pedal.
NOTES
Special notes:
Turbocharging and cruise control are not authorised.
Engine speed is maintained at 1400 rpm if there is a double fault on tracks 1 and 2.
Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:

If fault DF008: Pedal potentiometer circuit track 1 CO.0 is
CO.0 NOTES
present at the same time, check that the pedal sensor
connector is connected correctly.


Ω ± 2.05.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-33
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF009
CONTINUED

CC.1 NOTES Deal with fault DF012 Sensor supply voltage n°°2 first if it is
present or stored.


Replace the sensor if the internal resistance is not: 2.85 ± 2.05 kΩ
Ω.
1.DEF NOTES None.

If the fault persists, replace the pedal sensor.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-34
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
EGR POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF010
STORED
The fault reappears after:
– the fault has been cleared from the memory and
– actuator command AC002: EGR solenoid valve.
NOTES
Special notes:
– there is smoke at the exhaust,
– exhaust gas recirculation is deactivated.
connectors.
CO.0 NOTES None.
Check the connections of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track J2 Track 6 EGR valve
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track F4 Track 2 EGR valve
If the fault persists, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-35
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF010
CONTINUED

CC.1 NOTES Deal with fault DF012 Sensor supply voltage n°°2 first if it is
present or stored.

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track J2 Track 6 EGR valve
Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track C2 Track 4 EGR valve
If the fault persists, check that the exhaust gas recirculation valve is not blocked.
Display feedback parameter PR051: EGR valve feedback position:
If the value is not between 0.75 V and 1.6 V:
– remove the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
– if there is an irreparable blockage, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-36
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE No. 1
DF011
PRESENT 1.DEF : Sensor reference voltage too low
OR 2.DEF : Sensor reference voltage too high
STORED
– the fault has been cleared,
– the engine has been running for 1 minute.

– cruise control is deactivated,
– engine torque is limited,
connectors.
1.DEF
NOTES None.
2.DEF
The following sensors are connected to supply no. 1:

– Turbocharging pressure sensor.
– Accelerator potentiometer track 1 sensor.
To locate any faulty sensor and/or connection, disconnect one of the sensors then check whether the fault
becomes stored. If the fault remains present, start the operation again with the other sensor. (Wait a few
seconds between each disconnection to allow the ECU to perform the measurement).
If the fault is stored after a disconnection, replace the faulty sensor or repair its connection (use the wiring
diagram Technical Note for the vehicle).
Clear the faults created by the multiple disconnections.
If the fault is still present when the sensors have been disconnected:
– check the insulation against earth of the + 5 V line of each sensor.
– check the insulation against + 12 V of the + 5 V line of each sensor.
– check the insulation between the following connections:
– tracks 4 and 5 of the pedal sensor track 1 connector.
– tracks 1 and 2 of the turbocharging pressure sensor connector.
If these checks reveal a fault, carry out the necessary repairs.
If the fault persists, carefully examine the engine management computer connections (presence of conductive
particles, bent pins).
If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-37
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF012 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE No. 2
PRESENT 1.DEF : Sensor reference voltage too low
STORED
The fault reappears as stored after:
– the engine has been running for 1 minute.
Special notes:
NOTES
– the severity 1 warning light is lit,
– EGR regulation, cruise control and positive temperature coefficient (PTC) resistors
are deactivated,
– the torque is limited,
connectors.
1.DEF NOTES None.

2.DEF

– EGR valve position sensor,
– Accelerator potentiometer track 2 sensor,
– Refrigerant pressure sensor.
becomes stored.
If the fault remains present, start the operation again with the other sensors (each in turn).
(Wait a few seconds between each disconnection to allow the computer to take the measurement).
If the fault is stored after a disconnection, change the faulty sensor or repair the connection.
(Use the Wiring Diagrams Technical Note for the vehicle).
If the fault is still present when the three sensors have been disconnected:
– check the insulation against earth: of the + 5 V line of each sensor.
– check the insulation against + 12 V: of the + 5 V line of each sensor.
– check the insulation between the following connections:
– tracks 2 and 6 of the pedal sensor track 2 connector.
– tracks 2 and 4 of the EGR valve position sensor connector.
– tracks A and B of the refrigerant sensor connector.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-38
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF013
1.DEF : Sensor reference voltage too low
PRESENT
STORED
The fault reappears as stored after:
– the engine has been running for one minute.

– EGR regulation is deactivated,
– vehicle performance is limited,
connectors.
1.DEF
NOTES None.
2.DEF

– Rail pressure sensor.
– Air flowmeter.
becomes stored.
If the fault remains present, start the operation again with the other sensor.
(Wait a few seconds between each disconnection to allow the ECU to perform the measurement).
If the fault is stored after a disconnection, change the faulty sensor or repair the connection. (Use the Wiring
Diagrams Technical Note for the vehicle).
If the fault is still present when two sensors have been disconnected:
check the insulation against earth: of the + 5 V line of each sensor.
check the insulation against + 12 V: of the + 5 V line of each sensor.
check the insulation between the following connections:
– tracks 1 and 3 of the rail pressure sensor connector.
– tracks 2 and 3 of the air flowmeter sensor connector.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-39
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF015
PRESENT 1.DEF : Relay cut out too soon
OR 2.DEF : Relay cut out too late
STORED
The fault reappears after it has been cleared, the ignition having been switched off until
the end of the power latch (the immobiliser warning light flashes), followed by the
ignition being switched back on and dialogue being established.
NOTES
Special notes:
The main relay is integrated into the Protection and Switching Unit.
connectors.
1.DEF
NOTES None.
2.DEF
Check the connections of the Protection and Switching Unit.

Check that the battery terminals are properly tightened and connected to the engine earth.
Ensure the continuity, absence of interference and insulation of the following connection:
Injection computer brown 48-track Protection and Switching Unit brown
connector B connector D
track E1 Track D2
If the fault persists and remains present, refer to the Protection and Switching Unit Technical Note.
IMPORTANT:
If the Protection and Switching Unit no longer detects the injection computer frames then fan
assembly 1 will be run until the battery has been completely discharged.
If fan assembly 1 is not working, fan assembly 2 will be run.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-40
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
EGR VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF016
PRESENT CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED CO : Open circuit
1.DEF : Internal electrical fault
– actuator command AC002 EGR solenoid valve.
NOTES
Special notes:
A significant amount of smoke will be present and the EGR valve and the turbocharger
will be locked if the fault is present, and the severity level 1 warning light will come on.
connectors.
CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the resistance of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve across tracks 1 and 5.
If the resistance is not 8 Ω ± 0.5 at 20 °C, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Check the continuity and insulation of the following connection:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track L2 Track 5 exhaust gas recirculation
valve
If the fault persists and remains present, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-41
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF016
CONTINUED
Special note:
CC.0 If fault DF010 EGR valve position sensor circuit in CO.0
NOTES
CO is present at the same time, check that the exhaust gas
recirculation valve connector is connected correctly.

If the resistance is not approximately 8 Ω ± 0.5 Ω at 20 °C, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Also check the insulation between the solenoid and the body of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track L2 Track 5 EGR valve
Protection and switching unit Track F4 Track 1 EGR valve
Ensure the presence of + 12 V after relay of the Protection and Switching Unit on track 1 of the exhaust gas
recirculation valve.
If the fault persists and remains present, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-42
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF016
CONTINUED
1.DEF NOTES None.

If the resistance is not approximately 8 Ω ± 0.5 at 20 °C, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track L2 Track 5 EGR valve
Protection and Switching Unit Track F4 Track 1 EGR valve
Check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 1 of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
If the fault persists, check that the computer output stage is working correctly:
Run actuator command: AC002 EGR solenoid valve.
If there is no perceptible movement of the valve, ensure that the computer output stage is functioning:
– or with an oscilloscope (calibrated to 5 V/division and a time base of 2 ms/division):
With the exhaust gas recirculation valve connected, connect the oscilloscope earth to the battery earth with
the positive test pin on track 5 of the EGR valve. Clear any EGR valve fault that there may be and run
command AC002:
The oscilloscope should display a square wave amplitude signal of 12.5 V at a frequency of 140 Hz, (with an
Opening Cyclic Ratio increasing from 25 to 75%).
– Either by voltmeter:
With the EGR valve connected, connect the earth lead of the voltmeter to track 2 of the EGR valve and the
positive lead to track 1. Clear any EGR valve fault that there may be and run command AC002:
the voltmeter should display two successive voltages approximately equal to the combined voltage of the
battery and the current Opening Cyclic Ratio.
i.e.: successively: 3.15 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 25 % then 9.45 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 75 %
(ten cycles).
If the oscilloscope (or the voltmeter) does not indicate management or continuous voltage, contact your
Techline before replacing the injection computer.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-43
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
PREHEATER UNIT CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF017
If the fault appears after an AC001: Preheater unit actuator command.
NOTES
Special notes:
If the fault is present: it is difficult or even impossible to start the vehicle when cold.
connectors.
CC.1 NOTES None.
Check the preheater unit connectors and the heater plug supply wiring.
Check the condition of supply fuse F (70A).

Ensure the continuity and insulation from + 12 V across the following connection:
Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track E2 Track 8 preheater unit
If the fault persists and remains present, replace the pre/post heating unit.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-44
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF017
CONTINUED
Special notes: If the unit is short-circuited to earth the plugs

CC.0
NOTES could be activated permanently with the risk of destroying
CO
the engine.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connection:
Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track A4 Track 8 preheater unit
If the fault persists and remains present, replace the pre/post heating unit.
1.DEF NOTES None.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connection:
Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track E2 Track 8 preheater unit
With the preheating unit connected:
connect the negative test pin of the voltmeter to track 8 of the preheater unit,
connect the negative test pin of the voltmeter to the battery + 12 V,
run command AC002 EGR solenoid valve:
If the voltmeter does not register a voltage during the entire command time (ten ON-OFF cycles per second),
contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-45
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
PREHEATER UNIT DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTION
DF025
STORED
If the fault appears after an AC001: Preheater unit actuator command.
NOTES
Special notes:
It is difficult or even impossible to start the vehicle when cold.
connectors.
CC.0
NOTES None.
CO.1
Check the preheating unit connectors.

Check all of the heater plugs.
Check the resistance of the heater plugs:

Replace the plug having a resistance not equal to 8 Ω ± 0.5 Ω at 20 °C.
Check the continuity of the following connections:
Preheating unit track 1 cylinder 3 heater plug,
Preheating unit track 7 cylinder 2 heater plug.
Check for the presence of + 12 V battery on track 3 of the preheating relay (via maxi fuse).
Check that the engine is earthed.
If the fault persists,

Check the connectors of the engine-control ECU.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connection:
Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track A4 Track 9 preheating unit connector
If the fault persists, replace the preheating unit.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-46
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
IMMOBILISER
DF037
PRESENT
OR
STORED
If the fault becomes present after an attempt to start the engine or when the ignition is
switched on.
NOTES
Special notes:
It is impossible to start the vehicle.
connectors.
Check the UCH computer connections.

Test the multiplex network and carry out a complete fault finding procedure on the UCH.
Refer to the UCH Technical Note if a fault is declared present.
Contact your Techline before replacing the computer.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-47
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
MPUTER
1.DEF : Permanent high signal
3.DEF : Configuration absent or incorrect
4.DEF : Analogue/digital converter fault
DF038 5.DEF : Fault in EEPROM
PRESENT 6.DEF : Activation in Watchdog
OR 7.DEF : Signal outside upper limit
STORED 8.DEF : Signal outside lower limit
9.DEF : Dialogue disrupted
10.DEF : Injector control condenser fault
11.DEF : Injector control
12.DEF : Initialisation error
13.DEF : Injection fault under deceleration
If the fault appears after the engine is started or with the engine running.

The severity 1 warning light will come on and if there is an attempt to switch off the
engine, the severity 2 warning light will come on if there is a fault present.
connectors.
Check the injection computer connections and the continuity of all of its supplies.
1.DEF 13.DEF
According to the nature of the fault, clear the present or stored fault, switch the ignition
on again and/or start the vehicle, then check whether the fault appears as present again.
If so, contact your Techline and complete the fault finding log included in the Technical
Note.
The 8.DEF state may appear with the low battery voltage fault DF046: "Battery voltage"
8.DEF state 2.DEF.
Deal with the battery low fault of DF046 and do not replace the injection computer.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-48
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF039
PRESENT CO.1 : Short circuit or open circuit to + 12 V
STORED
The fault is declared present when the ignition is switched on or with the engine
running.
Special notes:
NOTES
– the air temperature value enters defect mode, i.e. PRO59 = 20˚C,
– EGR regulation is deactivated,
– there is light smoke at exhaust.
The air temperature will be established again according to the manifold pressure and
the atmospheric pressure.
connectors.
CO.1 NOTES None.
Check the air flowmeter.

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track E2 Track 2 air flowmeter connector
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G2 Track 1 air flowmeter connector
Measure the resistance of the air temperature sensor across tracks 1 and 2 of the air flowmeter.
Replace the air flowmeter if the resistance is not approximately: 3714 Ω ± 161 at 10 °C
2488 Ω ± 90 at 20 °C
1671 Ω ± 59 at 30 °C
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-49
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF039
CONTINUED
CC.0 NOTES None.
Check the air flowmeter connectors.

Check the insulation against earth of the following connection:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G2 Track 1 air flowmeter
Check for the presence of + 5 V on track 3 of the air flowmeter connector.
Measure the resistance of the air temperature sensor integrated into the flowmeter across tracks 1 and 2.
Replace the air flowmeter if the resistance is not approximately: 3714 Ω ± 161 at 10 °C
2488 Ω ± 90 at 20 °C
1671 Ω ± 59 at 30 °C
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-50
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CYLINDER 1 INJECTOR CIRCUIT
DF040
OR CO : Open circuit
If the fault becomes present following an engine start.
NOTES
Special notes:
connectors.
CC.1 NOTES None.
Check the connections for injector no. 1.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 1 across tracks 1 and 2.

If the resistance is not approximately 0.33 Ω at 20 °C, replace injector no. 1.
Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G3 Track 2 injector no. 1
Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H1 Track 1 injector no. 1
If the fault persists, replace injector no. 1.
CO NOTES None.


Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-51
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF040
CONTINUED
CC NOTES None.

Check the injection computer connections (ensuring that there are no conductive particles or bent pins).

Check the insulation between the following connections:
1.DEF NOTES None.

Also check the insulation between the same two connections.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-52
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF041
NOTES
Special notes:
connectors.
CC.1 NOTES None.


CO NOTES None.


tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-53
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF041
CONTINUED
CC NOTES None.


1.DEF NOTES None.

tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-54
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF042
NOTES
Special notes:
connectors.
CC.1 NOTES None.


CO NOTES None.


tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-55
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF042
CONTINUED
CC NOTES None.


1.DEF NOTES None.

tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-56
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF043
NOTES
Special notes:
connectors.
CC.1 NOTES None.


CO NOTES None.


tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-57
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF043
CONTINUED
CC NOTES None.


1.DEF NOTES None.

tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-58
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
BATTERY VOLTAGE
DF046
1.DEF : Excess voltage
PRESENT
OR 2.DEF : Not enough voltage
STORED
If the fault appears after the ignition is switched on or with the engine running.
Special notes:
NOTES
Computer operating voltage: 6.5 V < operating voltage < 18 V.
A battery voltage which is too low may cause the injection fault warning light to come on
(severity 1).
connectors.
1.DEF NOTES None.
Check the charging circuit.

Carry out any necessary repairs.
2.DEF NOTES Use the Wiring Diagrams Technical Note for your vehicle.
With the ignition off, measure the battery voltage at its terminals.
If the voltage is below 12.5 V, recharge and test the battery.
If it is faulty, replace the battery then test the charge circuit.
With the ignition on then with the starter motor turning, measure the battery voltage at its terminals.
If the voltage drops below 9.6 V, check the tightness and condition of the battery terminals.
Recharge and test the battery.
Replace the battery if it is faulty.
If the starter is cranking the engine correctly, but the fault persists,
– check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
+ 12 V battery Track M2 connector B of the engine computer (via the Protection and Switching
Unit)
+ 12 V battery Track G1 connector A of the engine computer (via the Protection and Switching
Unit)
Battery earth Track G4, H4, H1 engine management computer connector A
Check the connectors of the engine-control ECU.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-59
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF047
PRESENT 1.DEF : Voltage not within the permitted range
OR
STORED
If the fault appears after the ignition is switched on or with the engine running.
NOTES
Special notes:
Computer operating voltage: 6 V < operating voltage < 16.5 V.
connectors.
1.DEF NOTES Use the Wiring Diagrams Technical Note for your vehicle.
Injection computer black 32-track connector A, track D1 Track 1 connector PEH of the
Protection and Switching Unit
Check the conformity of the RL5 relays and switches on the Protection and Switching Unit (absence of false
contacts on the relay support clips).
If the fault persists:

– replace the RL5 relay,
– clear the fault,
– switch off the ignition, wait for the end of the power latch,
– switch the ignition back on and establish dialogue with the diagnostic tool.
1) If the fault does not reappear:
– start the engine,
– with the engine at idling speed, wait 1 minute,
– if the fault reappears, proceed to 2,
– if the fault does not reappear, perform a road test,
– if the fault reappears, proceed to 2,
– If the fault does not reappear, end of fault finding.
2) If the fault reappears:
Contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-60
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF049
OR CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth
STORED
Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:

Deal with fault DF012 Sensor supply voltage n2 first if it is present or stored.
If the fault reappears after the memory has been cleared and
– the ignition has been switched off and dialogue with the diagnostic tool has been
lost,
NOTES
– the ignition has been switched on and dialogue is established,
– the engine has been running for one minute.
Special notes:
If the fault is present, air conditioning is not authorised.
connectors.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-61
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF049
CONTINUED
CC.1
NOTES None.
CO.0
Check the refrigerant pressure sensor connectors.

Check the connectors on the engine management computer.
Check the conformity of the refrigerant pressure sensor signal by comparing* the value displayed by the
diagnostic tool (Parameters screen PR037: Refrigerant pressure) with an air conditioning filling station high-
pressure gauge reading.
A- If the values do not coincide:
– Check the insulation, the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following
connections:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, track F1 Track C refrigerant sensor connector
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, track F3 Track B refrigerant sensor connector
Injection computer grey 32-track connector C, track C3 Track A refrigerant sensor connector
– Check the conformity of the coolant pressure sensor power supply:
+5V Track B
Earth Track A
– It the power supply and connections are okay, replace the coolant pressure sensor (see the procedure in
Section 6 of the Workshop Repair Manual).
B- If the values coincide:
– Perform fault finding on the air conditioning system (see Section 6 of the Workshop Repair Manual).
*Note:
The diagnostic tool displays the absolute pressure, the air conditioning filling station high-pressure gauge
displays the relative pressure (the difference between them is ~ 1 bar (1000 hPa), i.e. atmospheric pressure).
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-62
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
DF050
1.DEF : Inconsistency of the signal
PRESENT
OR 2.DEF : No signal
STORED
If the fault reappears as present after:
lost,
– the ignition has been switched on and dialogue has been established.
NOTES – followed by the engine being started and the brake pedal being depressed.
Special notes:
If the fault is present, cruise control is deactivated.
connectors.
1.DEF NOTES None.
Check the brake switch connectors.

Check the condition and adjustment of the brake switch connector.
Check the following switch supplies:

+ 12 V after ignition Track 2 of the brake pedal switch connector (coming from the passenger
compartment relay and fuse box).
+ 12 V battery Track 4 of the brake pedal switch connector (coming from the UCH).
Check the conformity of the brake switch:
Brake pedal released: continuity across tracks 3 and 4
infinite resistance across tracks 1 and 2
Brake pedal depressed: infinite resistance across tracks 3 and 4
continuity between tracks 1 and 2
Replace the switch if necessary.

Injection computer black 32-track connector A, track E4 Track 3 of the brake switch
connector
ABS computer black connector, track 20 Track 1 of the brake switch connector
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-63
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF050
CONTINUED
2.DEF NOTES None.
From the List of states menu, check ET012 and ET013 and check:
– Brake pedal in rest position ET012 = "INACTIVE" and ET013 = "ACTIVE"
– Brake pedal depressed ET012 = "ACTIVE" and ET013 = "ACTIVE"
Has ET012 been correctly recognised?

NO
YES
YES Clear the fault.
Has ET013 been correctly recognised?
NO
Check the brake pedal switch connectors, the ABS/ESP computer connectors and the engine management
computer connectors.
Check for the presence of + 12 V after ignition on track 2 of the brake pedal switch connector.
Disconnect the ABS/ESP and check the continuity, and insulation of the following connection against
+ 12 volts and earth:
Brake pedal switch connector Track A3 Track 41 ABS/ESP computer connector.
Check the operation of the brake-pedal switch:
– at rest: infinite resistance across tracks 1 and 2
– depressed: continuity across tracks 1 and 2
If the fault persists, carry out ABS/ESP fault finding then, if this reveals no fault, carry out fault finding on
the multiplex network.
Check the brake pedal switch connectors and the engine management computer connectors.
Check the condition and adjustment of the brake-pedal switch. Repair if necessary.
Check for the presence of + 12 V after ignition on track 4 of the brake pedal switch connector.
Disconnect the automatic gearbox computer and check the continuity and insulation of the following
connection against + 12 V and against earth:
Engine management computer, connector A Track F3 Track B3 brake pedal switch connector.
Check the operation of the brake-pedal switch:
– at rest: infinite resistance across tracks A1 and A3
– depressed: continuity across tracks A1 and A3
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-64
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF051
PRESENT 1.DEF : Inconsistency of the signal
OR 2.DEF : Controls at the steering wheel
STORED 3.DEF : Inconsistent vehicle speed
NOTES
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the injection computer connectors.
1.DEF NOTES None.
2.DEF NOTES None.
3.DEF NOTES None.
Check whether state ET042 has been recognised correctly.

If it has been recognised, clear the fault and exit the fault finding procedure.
If it has not been recognised:
Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections: start / stop button towards the computer.
Check the conformity of the start / stop button (2 normally open contacts which switch a + 12 V feed).
Check the resistances of the steering wheel controls when the following are pressed:
resume =
pause =
plus =
minus = (if it is the same as for M2S, take the values from the EDC15C3 note again).
Carry out this check on all of the connections concerned.
Check with the driver:
1.DEF: is the inconsistency due to the cruise control and speed limiter functions being simultaneously
present?
2.DEF: do the resistance values according to the presses have an unusual line resistance or shift?
3.DEF: which inconsistency is it?
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-65
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
RAIL PRESSURE REGULATION FUNCTION
CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V
CO : Open circuit
DF053 1.DEF : Internal electrical fault
PRESENT 2.DEF : Measured pressure too low
OR 3.DEF : Measured pressure too high
STORED 4.DEF : Insufficient pressure
5.DEF : Pressure < minimum
6.DEF : Pressure > maximum
7.DEF : Extensive pump command
8.DEF : Extensive pump command at idle speed
CC.1 NOTES None.
Check the flow regulator connections.

Measure the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the flow regulator.

If the resistance is not: 3 Ω ± 0.1 at 20C, replace the fuel flow regulator.
Check the insulation against + 12 V of the following connection:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track M4 Track 2 of the fuel flow regulator
If the fault persists, replace the fuel flow regulator.
CC.0
NOTES None.
CO
Check the flow regulator connections.


If the resistance is not: 3 Ω ± 0.1 at 20 °C, replace the fuel flow regulator.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 1 of the fuel flow regulator (coming
from track G1 of the Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector).
If the fault persists, replace the fuel flow regulator.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-66
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF053
CONTINUED 1
1.DEF NOTES None.

If the resistance is not approximately: 3 Ω ± 0.1 at 20 °C, replace the fuel flow regulator.
Check the insulation, the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector Track G1 Track 1 of the fuel flow regulator
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 1 of the fuel flow regulator.
● Either by ammeter:
With the solenoid valve connected, connect the clamp-on ammeter to the track 1 connection of the solenoid
valve (in the direction of the current).
Clear any faults in the fuel pressure solenoid valve then run command AC011:
The ammeter should display ten cycles of two successive currents: ~ 0.6 A then ~ 2 A.
● Either by voltmeter:
With the solenoid valve connected, connect the earth cable of the voltmeter to track 2 of the fuel pressure
solenoid valve and the positive cable to track 1.
The voltmeter should display two successive voltages approximately equal to the combined voltage of
the battery and the current Opening Cyclic Ratio, i.e. successively: ~ 3.15 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio
of 25 % then ~ 9.45 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 75% (ten cycles).
● Or on the oscilloscope (calibrated to 5 V/division and a time base of 1 ms/div):

With the solenoid valve connected, connect the earth of the oscilloscope to the battery earth and the positive
test pin to track 2 of the fuel pressure solenoid valve.
The oscilloscope should display a square wave signal with an amplitude of 12.5 V at a frequency of
185 Hz (with an Opening Cyclic Ratio which increases successively from 25 to 75 %).
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-67
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF053
CONTINUED 2
2.DEF
to NOTES None.
8.DEF
In the event of rail overpressure:

Ensure correct operation of the injectors: see end of section System operation.
Check the operation of the rail pressure sensor. Diagnostic of parameter PR038, "rail pressure".
If these checks reveal no faults, replace the regulator.
In the event of rail underpressure:

Check the operation of the rail pressure sensor. Diagnostic of parameter PR038, "rail pressure".
Check the priming of the low-pressure diesel circuit.
Check the conformity of the diesel filter connections.
Check the condition of the filter (clogging and water saturation).
Check that there are no air bubbles between the filter and the high pressure pump.
Check the sealing of the low and high-pressure diesel circuits (visual checks, odour, etc.) pump housing,
overpressure valve, pipes, rail and injector unions, injector wells, etc.
Check the conformity of the seal fitting on the pressure regulator.
system operation of this note: see section of this note.
If the fault persists, replace the fuel flow regulator first, and if the fault still persists replace the high-pressure
pump.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-68
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF054
If the fault reappears after the fault has been cleared and:
– the engine has been started and left running for 30 seconds,
– the ignition has been switched off, followed by loss of communication with the
diagnostic tool,
NOTES
Special notes:
– turbocharging is no longer authorised,
– exhaust gas recirculation is deactivated,
– the "severity 1" warning light is lit.
connectors.
CC.1
CO.0 NOTES None.
CO
Check the connections of the turbocharging solenoid valve.

Check the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the turbocharging solenoid valve:
The resistance should be: 15.4 Ω ± 0.7 at 20 °C.
Replace the solenoid valve if the resistance is outside the tolerance values.

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C, Track E1 Track 1 turbocharging solenoid valve
Check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 2 of the turbocharging solenoid valve (coming from
track G1 of the Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector).
If the fault persists, replace the turbocharging solenoid valve.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-69
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF054
CONTINUED
1.DEF NOTES None.
Check the connections of the turbocharging solenoid valve.

Check the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the turbocharging solenoid valve:
The resistance should be: 15.4 Ω ± 0.7 at 20 °C.

With the turbocharging solenoid valve connected:

● Either by voltmeter:
Connect the voltmeter earth cable to track 1 of the solenoid valve and the positive cable to track 2.
Clear any faults in the solenoid valve, then run command AC004:
The voltmeter should display ten cycles of two successive voltages approximately equal to the
combined voltage of the battery and the current Opening Cyclic Ratio, i.e.: ~ 2.5 V (Opening Cyclic
Ratio of 20%) then ~ 8.75 V (Opening Cyclic Ratio of 70%).
● Or on the oscilloscope (calibrated to 5 V/division and a time base of 1 ms/div):

Connect the earth of the oscilloscope to the battery earth and the positive test pin to track 2 of the solenoid
valve.
Clear any faults in the solenoid valve, then run command AC004:
The oscilloscope should display a square wave signal with an amplitude of 12.5 V (equal to the battery
voltage) at a frequency of 140 Hz (with an Opening Cyclic Ratio increasing successively from ~ 20 to
~ 70%).
– If the measurement is correct, replace the solenoid valve.
– If the measurement does not show any control or continuous voltage, contact your Techline.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-70
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE REGULATION CIRCUIT
DF055
PRESENT 1.DEF : Pressure too low
OR 2.DEF : Pressure too high
STORED
lost,
– the ignition has been switched on and dialogue has been established with the
diagnostic tool,
– the engine has been started followed by a road test.
NOTES
Special notes:
– turbocharging is no longer authorised,
connectors.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-71
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF055
CONTINUED 1
1.DEF NOTES None.

Check the connections of the wastegate solenoid valve.
Check the conformity of the turbocharging pressure signal by performing fault finding on parameter PR042.
Check the sealing of the high-pressure air circuit:

– disconnected or pierced pipes,
– pressure sensor disconnected or poorly fitted (seal present),
– exchanger pierced (to check the exchanger: with the vehicle stationary, stabilise the engine speed between
3500 and 4000 rpm and check that there are no leaks).
Check the operation of the turbocharger and its control circuit:

– With the engine stopped, make sure that the control rod is in the resting position.
– Start the engine and check that the control shaft is moved to its upper stop (when the engine is stopped, the
control shaft should return to its rest position).
If the control shaft does not move correctly, carry out the following checks:
1 Check the control vacuum pressure:
– Disconnect the solenoid valve intake hose and connect it to a pressure gauge.
– Start the engine and run it at a stabilised idle speed.
– If the vacuum pressure does not reach 800 mbar ± 100: check the vacuum pressure circuit from the vacuum
pump.
– Stop the engine, reconnect the intake hose and go to step 2.
2 Solenoid valve control check:
– Disconnect the solenoid valve outlet hose.
– Place your hand on the solenoid valve and block the outlet union with your thumb.
– If you notice no solenoid valve vibration, check the operation of the computer output stage (see DF054
1.DEF).
3 Solenoid valve operation check:
– Connect the pressure gauge to the solenoid valve outlet union.
If the vacuum pressure does not reach 800 mbar ± 100, replace the solenoid valve.
Check that the exhaust gas recirculation valve is not stuck open.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-72
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF055
CONTINUED 2
Priority when dealing with a number of faults:

2.DEF NOTES Deal with fault DF004: Turbocharging pressure sensor
circuit, CC.1 first if it is present or stored.

Check the connections of the wastegate solenoid valve.
Check the conformity of the turbocharging pressure signal by performing fault finding on parameter PR042.
Make sure the turbocharger limit solenoid valve is not blocked open:
– With the engine stopped, disconnect the inlet and outlet hoses from the solenoid valve.
– Connect a vacuum pump to the inlet union and apply a vacuum.
– If the vacuum pressure is not maintained: replace the solenoid valve.
Check that the turbocharger operation has not seized:

– With the engine stopped, make sure the turbocharger control shaft is in the rest position.
– Apply a vacuum of 800 mbar ± 100 to the hose connected to the turbocharger control diaphragm.
– If the diaphragm maintains the vacuum, check the movement and setting of the turbocharger control shaft
(Workshop Repair Manual Section 12B).
If the control rod is seized, replace the turbocharger.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-73
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF056 CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V
OR 1.DEF : Offset at maximum threshold
STORED 2.DEF : Offset at minimum threshold
3.DEF : Parameter at maximum limit
4.DEF : Parameter at minimum limit.
If the fault appears after the end of the power latch followed by the + after ignition light
coming on.
NOTES
Special notes:
connectors.
CC.1 NOTES None.
Check the flowmeter sensor connections.

Check the continuity and insulation against + 12 V between:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track E2 Track 2 air flowmeter
If the fault persists and remains present, replace the air flow temperature sensor.
CO.0 NOTES None.
Check the flowmeter sensor connections.

Check the continuity and insulation against earth between:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track B4 Track 3 air flowmeter
If the fault persists and remains present, replace the air flow temperature sensor.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-74
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF056
CONTINUED 1
1.DEF, 2.DEF
NOTES None.
3.DEF, 4.DEF
Check the air flowmeter connectors.

Check for the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connections:
Engine management computer connector B track B4 Track 3 air flowmeter connector
Engine management computer connector B track G1 Track 5 air flowmeter connector
Engine management computer connector B track L4 Track 6 air flowmeter connector
Check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 4 of the air flowmeter connector.
Check for the presence of an earth on track 6 of the air flowmeter connector.
Check the entire air intake circuit:

– Air filter unit inlet not blocked and filter not clogged,
– No foreign bodies on the air flowmeter grille (visual check only),
Otherwise, replace the air flowmeter.
– Oil vapour recirculation circuit connection conformity,
– Low and high-pressure air circuit sealed and not obstructed: Pipes, mounting clamps present and
tightened, turbocharging pressure sensor fitted, exchanger etc.
– Check that the damper flap is open (flap control resting against the body of the air vent unit).
With the flowmeter connected, the vehicle ignition on and engine stopped:
Check the voltage across tracks 2 and 5 of the flowmeter.
If the value is not 0.6 volts ± 0.1, replace the flowmeter.
Check the EGR solenoid valve is not jammed open:

– Turn off the ignition, disconnect the connector and remove the EGR valve:
If the valve is found to be jammed in the open position when it is removed, replace the EGR valve.
– Otherwise, with the valve removed and connected, establish dialogue with the tool and run command
AC002:
Check: – the position of the valve
– closing when the command is completed.
If this test shows that the valve is jammed or irrevocably seized: replace the EGR valve.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-75
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR CIRCUIT
DF057
PRESENT
OR
STORED
Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure:

NOTES
When fault stored or present.
A) Make sure the diesel fuel water detection sensor is properly connected.
If not, clear the fault,
Carry out a road test (speed > 12 mph (20 km/h) and engine speed > 1200 rpm) for more than 30 seconds.
If the fault does not recur, end the diagnostics.
If the fault reappears, go to step B.
B) If the sensor is properly connected:

Bleed the diesel fuel filter unit (see Workshop Repair Manual Section 13A).
Clear the fault.
Carry out a road test (speed > 12 mph (20 km/h) and engine speed > 1200 rpm) for more than 30 seconds.
If the fault does not reappear, finish the fault finding procedure.
C) If the fault reappears:

Check the continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the connection between:
Injection computer grey 32-track connector C, track A2 Track 3 of the water detection
sensor
Check the power supply of the water detection sensor:
+ 12 V after relay Track 1 of the water detection sensor
Earth Track 2 of the water detection sensor
If none of these checks reveal a fault:

Replace the water detection sensor (Workshop Repair Manual Section 13A).
Clear the fault.
Carry out a road test (speed > 12 mph (20 km/h) and engine speed > 1200 rpm) for more than 30 seconds to
confirm the repair.
Note:
if the water level in the fuel filter unit is below the sensor's electrodes, some driving conditions (bends, slopes)
may cause the injection fault warning light to come on erroneously (in effect, the sensor's off-centre position
in the fuel filter unit, combined with the driving condition forces, cause the water detection and the light to come
on).
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-76
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
INJECTOR CODES
DF066
PRESENT 1.DEF : Internal electronic fault during writing
OR 2.DEF : No code stored
STORED
– the ignition has been switched off,
– the end of power latch* and ignition has been switched on.
NOTES
Special notes:
– engine speed is limited,
1.DEF GR1 NOTES None.
Switch off the ignition.

Wait until the end of power latch* and switch the ignition back on.
Establish communication.
If the fault was previously stored, clear the fault from memory and end the procedure.
If the fault is still present, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.
2.DEF GR1 NOTES None.
This fault appears on any blank computer (new or freshly (re)programmed).

Program the injector codes using:
Either command SC002: Enter injector codes,
Or command SC001: Write data after replacing computer.
(refer to the procedures defined in the section Configurations and programming).
After the codes have been written:
Switch off the ignition.
Wait until the end of power latch* and switch the ignition back on.
Set up communications and clear the fault memory.
End of the procedure.
* the immobiliser warning light will flash for a few seconds after the ignition is switched off
AFTER REPAIR
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-77
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DAMPER CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF067
Conditions for applying fault finding to a stored fault for CC.1, CO and 1.DEF:
– the engine has been started and left running for 10 seconds,
– the ignition has been switched off, followed by loss of communication with the
diagnostic tool,
NOTES
Special notes:
– the vehicle is noisy when the engine is stopped (CC.1, CO, 1.DEF),
– it is difficult or even impossible to start the vehicle (CC.0),
– the "severity 2" warning light is lit.
connectors.
CC.1
CO.0 NOTES None.
CO
Check the damper flap solenoid valve connections.

Check the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the damper flap solenoid valve:
The resistance should be between: 43 and 49 Ω at 25 °C.

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track J4 Track 1 damper flap solenoid
valve
Check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 2 of the damper flap solenoid valve (coming from
If the fault persists, replace the damper valve solenoid valve.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-78
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF067
CONTINUED
1.DEF NOTES None.
Check the damper flap solenoid valve connections.

Check the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the damper flap solenoid valve:
The resistance should be between: 43 and 49 Ω at 25 °C.

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track J4 Track 1 damper flap solenoid valve
Check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 2 of the damper flap solenoid valve (coming from
With the damper flap solenoid valve:
connect the negative test pin of the voltmeter to track 1 of the solenoid valve,
connect the positive test pin of the voltmeter to track 2 of the solenoid valve,
run command AC014:
The voltmeter should display ten cycles of two successive voltages approximately equal to the combined
voltage of the battery and the current Opening Cyclic Ratio.
i.e.: ~ 2.5 V (Opening Cyclic Ratio of 20%) then ~ 8.75 V (Opening Cyclic Ratio of 70%).
If the voltmeter does not register control during the entire command time (ten cycles per second), contact your
Techline before replacing the engine management computer.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-79
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
IMPACT DETECTION SIGNAL
DF069
PRESENT
OR
STORED
Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure:

When fault stored or present.
Special notes:
NOTES The fault appears when the injection computer receives a frontal impact signal from the
airbag computer via the multiplex network.
When the injection computer receives this signal, engine operation is inhibited and the
"severity level 2" warning light is lit.
connectors.
If the vehicle has been involved in an accident:

carry out any necessary repairs,
– clear the fault,
– switch off the ignition,
– wait for the immobiliser indicator light to flash,
– switch on the ignition.
If the fault does not recur, end the diagnostics.
If the fault reappears, carry out fault finding on the AIRBAG computer.
If the vehicle has not been involved in an accident, carry out fault finding on the AIRBAG computer.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-80
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CLUTCH SWITCH CIRCUIT
DF070
STORED
lost,
– the ignition has been switched on followed by a road test at above 60 mph
NOTES (100 km/h) for 10 seconds.
Special note:
connectors.
1.DEF
NOTES None.
2.DEF
Check the conformity of the clutch switch:

From the STATES screen on your diagnostic tool, display state ET040 clutch pedal:
clutch pedal position "engaged" ET040 should be RELEASED
clutch pedal position "released" ET040 should be PRESSED.
If these checks are correct, clear the fault and exit the fault finding procedure.
Carry out a check on the clutch pedal switch connections.

Check the adjustment of the clutch switch.

Injection computer black 32-track connector A, Track C4 Track 1 clutch pedal switch
Check for the presence of an earth on track 2 of the clutch pedal switch.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-81
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
DF091
PRESENT 1.DEF : Inconsistency of the signal
or 2.DEF : No signal
STORED 3.DEF : Configuration absent or incorrect
4.DEF : Signal outside upper limit
The fault is declared present during a road test.
NOTES
Special note:
connectors.
1.DEF
2.DEF
NOTES None.
3.DEF
4.DEF
Check the connections of the ABS computer.

Perform fault finding on the Anti-lock Braking System.

If no fault is present or stored, perform fault finding on the multiplex network.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-82
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CAMSHAFT SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF097
STORED
If the fault reappears as present after:
– the engine has been started and the engine has been running for one minute.
NOTES
Special notes:
If the fault appears with the engine running: the engine is not stopped.
If the fault is present when starting: starting is impossible.
connectors.
Priority in the event of a combination of faults:

Deal with fault DF046: Battery voltage first if it is present or
stored.
1.DEF If faults: DF056, DF057 and DF067 appear together, check
NOTES
2.DEF the conformity of the + 12 V supply line after relay, from
track G2 of Protection and Switching Unit PPM1
connector (via the wire joint).
(Use the Wiring Diagrams Technical Note for your vehicle).
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-83
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF097
CONTINUED
Check the camshaft sensor connectors.

Check the position and mounting of the camshaft sensor.
Also check its general condition (damaged housing, heating up, etc.).

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track D1 Track 2 camshaft sensor
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track A1 Track 1 camshaft sensor
With the ignition switched on and the camshaft sensor connected:

Use a voltmeter to measure the voltage across tracks 1 and 3 of the camshaft sensor:
(This voltage should be equal to the battery voltage to within 0.08 V)
If the voltage is outside the tolerance values, take the measurement again with the camshaft sensor
disconnected,
– if the voltage is still outside the tolerance values, check the continuity and the absence of
interference resistance on the following connection:
Camshaft sensor, track 3 Track G2 Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector (via
wire joint)
– if the voltage changes to within the tolerance values, replace the camshaft sensor.
With the starter motor turning:

Use an oscilloscope to check the conformity of the camshaft sensor signal (absence of interference, micro-
breaks, etc.).
If there is a fault, check the engine earths and that the engine wiring harness is positioned correctly.
If the problem persists,

– check the tension of the timing belt,
– check the timing adjustment.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-84
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF098
OR CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 V
STORED
If the fault appears after the engine has been running for 2 minutes.
NOTES
Special notes:
connectors.
The default value is 40 °C.
CC.0 NOTES None.
Check the fuel temperature sensor connectors.

Measure the resistance of the fuel temperature sensor across tracks 1 and 2.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is not approximately: 3820 Ω ± 282 at 20 °C
2050 Ω ± 100 at 25 °C
810 Ω ± 47 at 50 °C
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track H2 Track 1 Fuel temperature sensor
Also check its insulation against the following connection:
Injection computer grey 32-track connector C, track F Track 2 Fuel temperature sensor
If the fault persists and remains present, replace the fuel temperature sensor.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-85
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF098 CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
CONTINUED
CO.1 NOTES None.
Check the fuel temperature sensor connectors.

Measure the resistance of the fuel temperature sensor across tracks 1 and 2.
Replace the fuel temperature sensor if the resistance is not approximately: 3820 Ω ± 282 at 20 °C
2050 Ω ± 100 at 25 °C
810 Ω ± 47 at 50 °C
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track H2 Track 1 fuel temperature sensor
If the fault persists and remains present, replace the fuel temperature sensor.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-86
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DF114 EGR SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT (EGR valve flow)
PRESENT 1.DEF : Inadequate EGR valve flow
OR 2.DEF : Excessive EGR valve flow
STORED
If the fault is declared present after the engine has been started and has run at idling
speed for 40 seconds.
Special notes:
NOTES The fault is present if:
– vehicle output is reduced and smoke could appear,
connectors.
1.DEF
NOTES None.
2.DEF

Check the injection computer connections. Repair if necessary.
Check the resistance of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve across tracks 1 and 5. If the resistance
is not approximately 8 Ω ± 0.5 Ω at 20 °C then replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Check the absence of interference resistance and the insulation of the following connections:
Protection and Switching Unit connector

PPM1 Track G1 Track 1 exhaust gas recirculation valve
connector
Injection computer brown 48-track

connector B track L2 Track 5 exhaust gas recirculation valve
connector
Check that there are no leaks in the exhaust gas recirculation circuit.
Check the operation of the EGR valve:
– disconnect the connector and remove the EGR valve,
– if removal reveals that its valve is jammed in the open position, replace the EGR valve.
– otherwise, remove the valve and reconnect the connector,
– clear the fault and run command AC002:
– Check: – the position of the valve
– the absence of play between the valve and its control rod, and its general condition (clogging,
hard point, etc.),
– the valve closure when the command has ended.
If no valve movement is detected during command AC002, or if it indicates an irreparable seizing or blockage,
replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-87
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
EGR VALVE OFFSET
DF117
PRESENT 1.DEF : Inconsistent EGR offset 1
OR 2.DEF : Inconsistent EGR offset 2
STORED 3.DEF : Inconsistent EGR offset 3
4.DEF : Inconsistent signal
NOTES
Special notes:
If the fault is present, there will be a significant amount of smoke, the turbocharger and
the EGR valve will be blocked and the severity 1 warning light will be lit.
connectors.
1.DEF
2.DEF
NOTES None.
3.DEF
4.DEF
Check the EGR valve connections.

tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-88
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
EGR SOLENOID VALVE SERVO-CONTROL
DF118
PRESENT 1.DEF : Inadequate EGR valve flow
OR 2.DEF : Excessive EGR valve flow
STORED
– the engine is running
– EGR control conditions.
NOTES
Special notes:
If the fault is present, there will be a significant amount of smoke, the turbocharger and
the exhaust gas recirculation valve will be blocked and the severity 1 warning light will
be lit.
connectors.
1.DEF
NOTES None.
2.DEF

tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-89
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL
DF119 1.DEF : Sporadic absence of signal
STORED 2.DEF : Sporadic inconsistency of signal
Special note:
NOTES Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.
Check the camshaft sensor connections.

Check the position and mounting of the camshaft sensor.
Also check its general condition (damaged housing, heating up, etc.).

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track D1 Track 2 camshaft sensor
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track A1 Track 1 camshaft sensor
With the ignition switched on and the camshaft sensor connected:

Use a voltmeter to measure the voltage across tracks 1 and 3 of the camshaft sensor:
(This voltage should be equal to the battery voltage to within 0.08 V)
If the voltage is outside the tolerance values, take the measurement again with the camshaft sensor
disconnected,
– if the voltage is still outside the tolerance values, check the continuity and absence of interference
resistance on the following connection:
Camshaft sensor, track 3 Track G2 Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector (via wire
joint)
– if the voltage changes to within the tolerance values, replace the camshaft sensor.
With the starter turning and the engine running:

Use an oscilloscope to check the conformity of the camshaft sensor signal (absence of interference, micro-
breaks, etc.).
If there is a fault, check the engine earths and that the engine wiring harness is positioned correctly.
If the problem persists,

– check the tension of the timing belt,
– check the timing adjustment.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-90
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
DF120 1.DEF : Sporadic absence of signal
STORED 2.DEF : Sporadic inconsistency of signal
running.
NOTES
Special notes:
The engine speed sensor is consistent with the camshaft sensor.
If the fault is present, the severity 2 warning light will light up.
1.DEF
NOTES None.
2.DEF
Check the top dead centre sensor connections.

Check that the sensor / engine flywheel air gap is correct: 0.5 to 1.8 mm.
Check the resistance of the top dead centre sensor across terminals A and B of its black connector.
The coil resistance is 800 ± 80 Ω at an engine coolant temperature of 20 °C.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, track B1 Track A Top Dead Centre sensor
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, track C1 Track B Top Dead Centre sensor
Check the top dead centre signal using an oscilloscope:

If there is a fault, check that the sensor is properly attached and that the engine flywheel target is not damaged.
tool.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-91
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Conformity check 13B
Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
NOTES values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine stopped, ignition on.
MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET077: Impact YES In the event of a problem,

Vehicle
1 detected or apply the fault finding
impact
NO procedure for fault DF069.
ET001: Computer PRESENT In the event of a problem,

+ after ignition or carry out fault finding on the
feed ABSENT charging circuit and refer to the
PR071: Computer 9 V < X < 19 V fault finding procedure for state
supply voltage ET001.
2 Feed PR072: Linearised 3.47 < X < 3.75 V

In the event of a problem,
sensor feed (Average of the three
refer to sensor feed fault finding
voltage sensor supply
procedure DF011 to DF013.
voltages)
PR076: Refrigerant 0V<X<5V In the event of a problem,

sensor voltage refer to the fault finding
procedure for fault DF049
PR055: Engine speed Gives the engine's In the event of a problem,

3 Speed speed in rpm. refer to the fault finding
ET104: Running YES (IMA* active) In the event of a problem,

injector codes or check that the injector codes
NO (IMA* inactive) have been correctly
Injection or programmed.
4
configuration FAULTY (No codes in
memory - IMA* Restart the IMA Scenario or
active, not command SC002:
programmed) Programming injector codes
PR035: Atmospheric Gives the atmospheric

pressure pressure in mbar. The
sensor is incorporated If the fault persists, refer to
in the computer. the fault finding procedure for
fault DF003.
5 Pressure Default value:
750 mbar
PR038: Rail pressure 0 < X < 0.2 bar In the event of a problem,
refer to the fault finding
*IMA: Injector code programming scenario.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-92
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR059: Inlet air temperature Gives the intake air

In the event of a
temperature
problem, refer to the
Cold: PR061 = PR059
interpretation of
Warm: 43 °C
parameter PR059
6 Temperature Default value: 20 °C
PR064: coolant temperature Gives the coolant In the event of a

temperature in °C. problem, refer to the
Warm: 90 °C interpretation of
Default value: 119 °C. parameter PR064
ET007: Preheater control In the event of a

INACTIVE
unit problem, perform a
7 Preheating or
diagnostic of state
ACTIVE
ET007.
8 Torque PR015: Engine torque X = 0 Nm NONE
PR016: Alternator flow In the event of a

Charging problem, check the
9 X = 0 mA
circuit alternator charging
circuit.
PR089: Vehicle speed Gives the vehicle

speed in km/h. This
parameter is
transmitted by the ABS Test the multiplex
computer or by the network.
10 Speed signal
vehicle speed unit. Refer to the ABS Fault
This signal is Finding Technical Note.
transmitted to the
injection system on the
multiplex network.
ET035: Reverse gear signal ABSENT In the event of a

Reverse gear
11 or problem, refer to fault
signal
PRESENT DF070.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-93
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
NOTES values indicated in this conformity check are given merely as examples.
AIR CIRCULATION (TURBOCHARGING/INTAKE) (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR061: External air Gives the external air

temperature temperature in °C. This In the event of a
parameter is controlled problem, apply the
by the UCH and fault finding procedure
transmitted to the for this fault described
injection on the in the UCH fault finding
multiplex network. note.
1 Temperature
Default value: 20 °C
PR059: Inlet air Gives the intake air

temperature temperature In the event of a
Default value: 20 °C interpretation of
Cold: PR061 = PR059 parameter PR071
Warm: 30 °C

pressure temperature in mbar.
The sensor is If the fault persists,
incorporated in the refer to the fault finding
computer. procedure for fault
DF003.
Default value:
750 mbar
2 Pressure
PR042: Filtered In the event of a
PR042 = PR035 =
turbocharging problem, refer to the
Atmospheric
pressure fault finding procedure
pressure
for fault DF004.
PR009: Turbocharging 790 < X < 1010 mbar

NONE
pressure setpoint
PR047: Turbocharging X = 5%
pressure OCR The opening cyclic ratio
should be identical to
3 Turbocharging
PR011: Turbocharging X = 5% the correction of the
solenoid valve solenoid valve position
position sensor
PR018: Estimated air flow X = 0 kg/h NONE
PR050: Damper flap OCR X = 5% In the event of a

4 Air circulation problem, refer to the
fault finding procedure
for fault DF067.
*OCR: Opening Cyclic Ratio

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-94
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR081: Inlet temperature In the event of a

sensor voltage 1.90 < X < 2.10 V problem, refer to the
Default value: 5 V fault finding procedure
for fault DF039
PR079: Atmospheric In the event of a

pressure sensor problem, refer to the
5 Sensor feed 3.80 < X < 4 V
voltage fault finding procedure
for fault DF003
PR073: Air flowmeter supply In the event of a

voltage X = 0.6 V problem, refer to the
Default value: 5 V fault finding procedure
for fault DF056
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-95
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
FUEL / LPG CIRCUIT (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action

Engine
1 speed in refer to the fault finding
running
rpm procedure for fault DF005
PR063: Fuel temperature Gives the fuel

temperature In the event of a problem,
2 Temperature Cold: 22 °C refer to the interpretation of
Warm: 62 °C parameter PR063
PR008: Rail pressure Gives the theoretical

setpoint pressure value for
optimum engine NONE
operation
X = 250 bar
PR048: Rail pressure

regulation valve
X = 15% In the event of a problem,
Opening Cyclic
Ratio refer to the fault finding
3 Pressure PR038: Rail pressure X = 0 bar
Default value: 250 bar
PR024: Fuel pressure The pressure difference

difference calculated is the difference
X = 250 bar between the rail pressure
and the rail pressure
PR024 = PR008 - setpoint. In the event of a
PR038 problem, refer to the fault
finding procedure for fault
DF007.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-96
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR017: Fuel flow 0 < X < 60 mg/stroke

4 Flow NONE
Cold: 26.1 mg/stroke
PR006: Rail pressure X = 395 mA In the event of a problem,

regulator current refer to the fault finding
Default value:
1600 mA or 4 mA procedure for fault DF007
5 Rail current
PR007: Rail pressure X = 400 mA
regulator current NONE
Default value:
setpoint
1600 mA
PR082: Fuel temperature 1.8 < X < 3 V In the event of a problem,

sensor voltage refer to the fault finding
Default value: 5 V
6 Rail supply procedure for sensor supply
PR080: Rail pressure X = 0.5 V voltage faults DF011,
sensor voltage DF012 and DF013.
Default value: 5 V
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-97
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR055: Engine speed Gives the engine's In the event of a

speed in rpm problem, refer to the
1 Engine running
for fault DF005
PR046: EGR solenoid X=5%

valve Opening
5 < X < 95%
Cycle Ratio

optimum engine
Exhaust gas operation.
2 PR005 = PR051 NONE
recirculation
X = 0%
PR051: EGR valve position X = 0%

feedback PR005 = PR051
PR022: EGR valve position X = 15%

feedback loop
variance
PR004: EGR valve air flow

setpoint
590 < X < 620 mg/stroke
PR131: EGR air flow
3 Air regulation difference NONE
ET078: Air regulation ACTIVE

or
INACTIVE
PR077: EGR valve position 1.6 < X < 1.08 V In the event of a
sensor voltage Cold: 0.99 V problem, refer to the
4 Sensor feed
Warm: fault finding procedure
Default value: 0 V for fault DF016.
PR128: First EGR valve 18.8 < X < 20.6% In the event of a
EGR valve offset (average value) problem, refer to the
5
calibration PR129: Last EGR valve X = 20% fault finding procedure
for faults DF017.
offset (average value)
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-98
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
NOTES values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples. Test conditions:
engine stopped, ignition on.
COLD LOOP (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET079: Air conditioning Indicates whether the
present vehicle is fitted with air If inconsistent with
conditioning or not. the vehicle
Air – YES: Air conditioning is equipment, perform
1 conditioning detected by the injection a multiplex network
detection computer. test and apply the
– NO: Air conditioning is associated
not detected by the procedure.
injection computer.
PR055: Engine speed Gives the engine's speed in In the event of a
rpm problem, refer to the
Engine
2 fault finding
running
procedure for fault
DF005
ET088: Request to start
INACTIVE
Driver's compressor
3 NONE
control ET004: Air conditioning
NO
authorised
Air PR053: Engine speed X = 0 rpm
4 conditioning requested by air NONE
system conditioning
PR037: Refrigerant X = 0 bar In the event of a
pressure problem, refer to the
5 Pressure fault finding
procedure for fault
DF049.
PR125: Power used by the X = 300 W
6 Output NONE
AC compressor
ET022: Fan low-speed
request ACTIVE
or
ET021: High-speed fan INACTIVE
request
7 Cooling NONE
ET014: Check cooling fan 1
STOPPED
or
RUNNING
ET015: Check cooling fan 2
PR064: coolant Gives the coolant In the event of a
Coolant temperature temperature in °C problem, refer to the
8
temperature Warm: 90 °C interpretation of
Default value: 119 °C parameter PR064
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-99
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Only check the conformity after a full check using the fault finding tool. The values
NOTES indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
COLD LOOP (EDC16X84 VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET111: Set number of RCH The RCH's are

YES - NO managed by the UCH.
Set number of They are heavy
9 electrical consumers.
RCH
Consequently, their
use is conditional on
the available power all
the time (alternator
power).
The injection system
will compute a balance
of the mechanical
power available
according to engine
operating conditions NONE
(torque, power, etc.),
so as to authorise,
RCH cutoff ET112: RCH cut off limit or stop their
10
YES - NO operation.
sent via the CAN to the
UCH).
NB: When the RCH's
are actuated, the
injection system must
respond to a fast idle
speed request from the
UCH.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-100
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DRIVER PARAMETERS (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action

speed in rpm. problem, refer to the
1 Engine running
for fault DF005.
PR003: Pedal load (*) Indicates the

percentage of the
pedal position between
no load and full load In the event of a
Accelerator position problem, refer to the
2
pedal position X = 0% fault finding procedure
(if there is no for fault DF008.
pressure on the
pedal)
0% < X < 125%
PR086: Pedal potentiometer The voltage value of

0.70 < X < 0.80 V
track 1 voltage track 2 is roughly equal
to half of the voltage
PR088: Pedal potentiometer value of track 1.
3 Sensor feed track 2 voltage In the event of a
0.35 < X < 0.40 V problem, refer to the
for faults DF008 and
DF009.
(*) PEDAL VOLTAGES - COLD, IGNITION OFF (Average values given for information purposes).
Pedal load 0% 25% 50 % 100 % 120%
Voltage track 1 0.76 V 1.52 V 2.09 V 3.23 V 3.68 V
Voltage track 2 0.37 V 0.74 V 1.02 V 1.56 V 1.79 V
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-101
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
HEATING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR127: Heating resistor The injection gives the

maximum maximum authorised
authorised power power (in watts) for
1 Output the operation of the NONE
heating resistors
X=0W

Coolant temperature temperature in °C. problem, refer to the
2
Default value: 119 °C. parameter PR064.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-102
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CRUISE CONTROL - SPEED LIMITER (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action

speed in km/h. This
parameter is Test the multiplex
transmitted by the network.
ABS computer or by Refer to the vehicle's
the vehicle speed ABS or gearbox fault
unit. This signal is finding note if faults
transmitted to the arise.
injection system on
the multiplex network.
PR130: Cruise control The cruise control

setpoint X = 0 mph setpoint is selected by
the driver.
In the event of a
INACTIVE when no problem, refer to the
buttons are pressed interpretation of state
ET042
Activates the green

1 Cruise control STATE 1: Cruise indicator light on the
control start/stop instrument panel and
button pressed emits a beep when it
switches off
Activates the orange

STATE 2: Speed
indicator light on the
limiter start/stop
ET042: Cruise control/ instrument panel and
button pressed
Speed limiter emits a beep when it
("set+")
switches off
STATE 3: Increase
button pressed ("set-")
STATE 4: Decrease
button pressed In the event of a
("OFF") problem, refer to the
interpretation of state
STATE 5: Suspend ET042
button pressed
STATE 6: Resume
button pressed
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-103
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET032: Deactivation of STATE 1: Anti-skid

cruise control/speed request
limiter
STATE 2: Brake
(a single state can pedal depressed
be associated STATE 3: Cruise
with it) control or speed
limiter fault
STATE 4: Uncouple
brake box motor
depressed When a state between
STATE 1 and STATE 9
STATE 5: Fault
is active, then associated
detected by injection
Cruise control state ET032 also passes
1 computer
(continued) to active and immediately
STATE 6: Vehicle deactivates the cruise
speed invalid control requested by the
driver.
STATE 7: Suspend
button pressed
STATE 8: Gear
selector lever in
neutral
STATE 9:
Inconsistency
between the request
and the vehicle
speed
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-104
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET012: Primary brake Indicates In the event of a

contact recognition of problem, refer to the
brake pedal fault finding procedure
contacts for state ET012
2 Brake contact
ET013: Secondary brake ACTIVE In the event of a
contact or problem, refer to the
INACTIVE fault finding procedure
for state ET013
ET040: Clutch pedal Indicates

recognition of
brake pedal In the event of a
CLUTCH contacts problem, refer to the
3
CONTACT fault finding procedure
RELEASED for state ET040
or
DEPRESSED
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-105
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
ENGINE COOLING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action

1 Temperature
ET014: Check cooling fan 1 STOPPED In the event of a

or problem, test the
ET015: Check cooling fan 2 RUNNING multiplex network and
deal with the faults
ET022: Fan low-speed present.
request
If the Protection and
ET021: High-speed fan Switching Unit can
2 Cooling fan request no longer recognise
ACTIVE
the frames from the
or
injection (or vice
INACTIVE
versa), then the fan
will run continually
until the battery has
been completely
discharged.
PR084: Coolant In the event of a

temperature sensor problem, refer to the
voltage. fault finding procedure
for fault DF001
Switching Unit no
X = 3.14 V longer recognises
3 Sensor feed
Default value: 119 °C. the frames from the
injection (or vice
will run continually
until the battery has
been completely
discharged.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-106
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
IGNITION/PREHEATING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET001: Computer + after In the event of a

ignition feed problem, carry out
PRESENT fault finding on the
1 Feed or charging circuit and
ABSENT refer to the fault
finding procedure for
state ET001.
PR055: Engine speed In the event of a

Gives the engine's problem, refer to the
2 Engine running speed in fault finding
rpm procedure for fault
DF005

temperature temperature in °C. problem, refer to the
Default value: 119 °C. parameter
PR064
3 Temperature
PR059: Inlet air Gives the intake air In the event of a
temperature temperature problem, refer to the
Cold: PR061 interpretation of
Warm: 43 °C parameter
Default value: 20 °C DF059
ET007: Preheater control In the event of a

unit ACTIVE problem, refer to the
4 Preheating or fault finding
INACTIVE procedure for faults
DF017 and DF025
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-107
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
NOTES values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples. Test conditions:
engine stopped, ignition on.
STARTING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action

ignition feed problem, carry out fault
PRESENT
finding on the charging
1 Feed or
circuit and refer to the
ABSENT
fault finding procedure for
state ET001.
ET076: Starting AUTHORISED:

If state ET076 is at
authorises starting
"PROHIBITED", then
or
2 Starting perform a complete
PROHIBITED:
diagnostic of the
preheating system.
does not authorise
starting.
ET038: Engine STOPPED

or
Engine
3 STALLS NONE
operation
or
UNDER STARTER
PROTECTION (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET006: Code YES

programmed or
NO If state ET003 is ACTIVE,
1 Immobiliser then refer to the "Help"
ET003: Immobiliser ACTIVE facility in the tool.
or
INACTIVE
ET077: Impact detected YES In the event of a

or problem, apply the fault
2 Vehicle impact
NO finding procedure for fault
DF069.
ET076: Starting AUTHORISED

authorises starting
"PROHIBITED", then
or
PROHIBITED
diagnostic of the
preheating system.
does not authorise
starting.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-108
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET077: Impact YES In the event of a problem,

Vehicle
1 detected or apply the fault finding
impact
NO procedure for fault DF069.
ET001: Computer PRESENT In the event of a problem,

+ after ignition carry out fault finding on the
feed charging circuit and refer to
PR071: Computer the fault finding procedure for
9 V < X < 19 V state ET001.
supply voltage
2 Feed PR072: Linearised 0V<X<5V

sensor feed (Average of the three
refer to sensor feed fault finding
voltage sensor supply
procedure DF011 to DF013.
voltages)
PR076: Refrigerant In the event of a problem,

sensor voltage 0V<X<5V refer to the fault finding

3 Speed speed in rpm. refer to the fault finding
X = 800 rpm procedure for fault DF005
ET104: Running YES (IMA* active) In the event of a problem,

injector codes or check that the injector codes
NO (IMA* inactive) have been correctly
Injection or programmed.
4
configuration FAULTY (No codes in
memory - IMA* Restart the IMA Scenario or
active, not command SC002:
programmed) Programming injector codes

If the fault persists, refer to
sensor is incorporated
in the computer. the fault finding procedure for
fault DF003.
5 Pressure Default value:
7500 mbar
PR038: Rail pressure 250 < X < 300 bar In the event of a problem,
Pmax = 1350 bar refer to the fault finding
*IMA: Injector code programming scenario
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-109
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR059: Inlet air temperature Gives the coolant In the event of a

6 Temperature
ET007: Preheater control INACTIVE In the event of a fault,

unit or refer to the fault finding
7 Preheating
ACTIVE procedure for state
(When starting) ET007.
PR015: Engine torque When starting:

25 < X < 40 Nm
Warm:
10 < X < 25 Nm
8 Torque NONE
With air conditioning:
30 < X < 35 Nm
At idle speed:
2 < X < 4 Nm
PR016: Alternator flow After starting:

20 < X < 28 mA
Warm:
10 < X < 20 mA
In the event of a
With consumers:
Charging problem, check the
9 25 < X < 36 mA
circuit "alternator charging
With acceleration:
circuit".
19 < X < 26 mA
Idle speed when
cold:
14 < X < 16 mA
PR089: Vehicle speed Gives the vehicle Test the multiplex

speed in km/h. This network. Refer to the
10 Driver signal signal is transmitted to vehicle's ABS or
the injection system on gearbox fault finding
the multiplex network. note if faults appear.
ET035: Reverse gear signal In the event of a

ABSENT
Reverse gear problem, perform the
11 or
signal fault finding procedure
PRESENT
for fault DF070
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-110
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR061: External air Gives the external air

temperature temperature in °C. This In the event of a
parameter is controlled problem, apply the fault
by the UCH and finding procedure for
transmitted to the this fault described in
injection on the the UCH fault finding
multiplex network. note.
1 Temperature Default value: 20 °C

temperature temperature If the fault persists,
Default value: 20 °C refer to the
When cold: interpretation of
PR061 = PR059 parameter PR071.
Warm: 30 °C

If the fault persists, refer
sensor is incorporated
to the interpretation of
in the computer.
PR035
Default value:
750 mbar
2 Pressure
PR042: Filtered In the event of a
PR042 = PR035 =
turbocharging problem, refer to the
Atmospheric
pressure fault finding procedure
pressure
for fault DF004.
PR009: Turbocharging 790 < X < 1010 mbar

NONE
pressure setpoint
PR047: Turbocharging Cold: X = 70%

pressure OCR Warm: X = 85% The opening cyclic ratio
should be identical to
3 Turbocharging PR011: Turbocharging Cold: X = 70% the correction of the
solenoid valve Warm: X = 85% solenoid valve position
position sensor
PR018: Estimated air flow X = 48 kg/h NONE
PR050: Damper flap OCR In the event of a

4 Air circulation
X=5% problem, refer to the
for fault DF067.
* OCR: Opening Cyclic Ratio
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-111
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR081: Inlet temperature In the event of a

X = 2.34 V
sensor voltage problem, refer to the
Default value: 5 V
for fault DF039
PR079: Atmospheric X = 3.95 V In the event of a

pressure sensor problem, refer to the
5 Sensor feed
for fault DF003
PR073: Air flowmeter supply In the event of a

1.5 < X < 2.2 V
voltage problem, refer to the
Default value: 5 V
for fault DF056
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-112
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR055: Engine speed Gives the engine's speed In the event of a problem,
Engine
1 in rpm refer to the fault finding
running
X = 800 rpm procedure for fault DF0005
PR063: Fuel temperature Gives the fuel

temperature In the event of a problem,
2 Temperature Cold: 22 °C refer to the interpretation of
Warm: 55 °C parameter PR063
PR008: Rail pressure Gives the theoretical

setpoint pressure value for
optimum engine NONE
operation
250 < X < 260 bar
PR048: RCO gallery In the event of a problem,

pressure X = 40 % refer to the fault finding
regulation valve procedure for fault DF007
PR038: Rail pressure 250 < X < 260 bar In the event of a problem,
3 Pressure Default value: 250 bar refer to the fault finding
PR024: Fuel pressure X = 250 bar The pressure difference

difference calculated is the difference
PR024 = PR008 - PR038 between the rail pressure
and the rail pressure
setpoint. In the event of a
problem, refer to the fault
finding procedure for fault
DF007.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-113
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
4 Flow PR017: Fuel flow 6 < X < 7 mg/stroke NONE
PR006: Rail pressure 1320 < X < 1350 mA In the event of a problem,
regulator current Default value: refer to the fault finding
1600 mA or 4 mA procedure for fault DF007
5 Rail current
PR007: Rail pressure 1320 < X < 1350 mA
regulator current Default value: NONE
setpoint 1600 mA
PR082: Fuel temperature 1.50 < X < 1.55 V In the event of a problem,
sensor voltage Default value: 5 V refer to the fault finding
procedure for faults DF011,
6 Rail supply PR080: Rail pressure 1.10 < X < 1.2 V DF012 and DF013
sensor voltage Default value: 5 V concerning sensor power
supply voltage.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-114
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR055: Engine speed Gives the engine's speed In the event of a

in rpm. problem, refer to the
1 Engine running
X = 800 rpm fault finding procedure
for fault DF005
PR046: EGR solenoid

43.7 < X < 44 %
valve OCR

optimum engine
operation.
Exhaust gas PR005 = PR051
2 NONE
recirculation 5 < X < 95 %
PR051: EGR valve PR005 = PR051

position feedback 5 < X < 95 %
PR022: EGR valve

position feedback 35 < X < 36.5 %
loop variance
PR004: EGR valve air flow

setpoint
275 < X < 280 mg/stroke
PR131: EGR air flow
3 Air regulation difference NONE
ET078: Air regulation ACTIVE

or
INACTIVE
PR077: EGR valve X=1V In the event of a

position sensor Cold: 0.99 V problem, refer to the
4 Sensor feed
voltage Warm: fault finding procedure
Default value: 0 V for fault DF016.
PR128: First EGR valve 18.8 < X < 20.6 % In the event of a
offset (average value)
EGR valve problem, refer to the
5
calibration PR129: Last EGR valve X = 20 % fault finding procedure
offset (average value) for fault DF017.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-115
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET079: Air conditioning Indicates whether the
present vehicle is fitted with
air conditioning or
not. If inconsistent with the
– YES: Air vehicle equipment,
Air
conditioning is perform a multiplex
1 conditioning
detected by the network test and apply
detection
injection computer. the associated
– NO: Air conditioning procedure.
is not detected by
the injection
computer.
2 Engine running
for fault DF005
ET088: Request to start YES
compressor or
NO
3 Driver's control NONE
ET004: Air conditioning YES
authorised or
NO
Air PR053: Engine speed X = 0 rpm
4 conditioning requested by air NONE
system conditioning
PR037: Refrigerant pressure 0 < X < 32 bar In the event of a
5 Pressure
for faults DF049.
PR125: Power consumed by X = 300 W
6 Output NONE
the compressor 300 < X < 5000 W
ET022: Fan low-speed INACTIVE
request or
ET021: High-speed fan ACTIVE
7 Cooling request NONE
ET014: Check cooling fan 1 STOPPED
ET015: Check cooling fan 2 or
RUNNING
PR064: Coolant temperature Gives the coolant In the event of a
Coolant temperature in °C. problem, refer to the
8
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-116
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
The RCH's are

managed by the UCH.
These are high
9 Set number of ET111: Set number of RCH.
current consumers.
RCH YES - NO
Consequently, their
use is conditional on
the available power
all the time
(alternator power).
will compute a
balance of the
mechanical power
available according
10 RCH ET112: RCH cut off to engine operating
NONE
cutoff YES - NO conditions (torque,
power, etc.), so as to
authorise, limit or
stop their operation.
sent via the CAN to
the UCH).
NB: When the RCH's

are actuated, the
injection system
must respond to a
fast idle speed
request from the
UCH.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-117
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DRIVER PARAMETERS (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action

1 Engine running
for fault DF005
PR003: Pedal load Indicates the

percentage of the
pedal position between
In the event of a
no load and full load
position
2 Pedal position fault finding procedure
X=0%
(if there is no
DF009
pressure on the
pedal)
0 % < X < 125 %
PR086: Pedal potentiometer The voltage value of

0.70 < X < 0.80 V
track 1 voltage track 2 is roughly equal
to half of the voltage
PR088: Pedal potentiometer value of track 1.
track 2 voltage
3 Sensor feed In the event of a
0.35 < X < 0.40 V problem, refer to the
DF009.
(*) PEDAL VOLTAGE (average values given for information purposes).
Engine speed (in rpm) 1500 2000 3000
Pedal load 3.9 % 6.2 % 8.9 %
Voltage on track 1 1.06 V 1.12 V 1.16 V
Voltage on track 2 0.53 V 0.56 V 0.58 V
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-118
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
HEATING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR127: Heating resistor The injection gives the

maximum maximum authorised
authorised power power (in watts) for
1 Output NONE
the operation of the
heating resistors
X=0W

Coolant temperature temperature in °C. problem, refer to the
2
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-119
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action

speed in km/h. This
parameter is
Test the multiplex
transmitted by the
network.
ABS computer or by
Refer to the vehicle's
the vehicle speed
ABS or gearbox fault
unit.. This signal is
finding note if faults
transmitted to the
appear.
injection system on
the multiplex
network.
PR130: Cruise control The cruise control

setpoint X = 0 mph setpoint is selected by
the driver.
INACTIVE In the event of a

when no buttons are problem, refer to the
pressed fault finding procedure
for fault DF051
1 Cruise control Activates the green

STATE 1: Cruise indicator light on the
control start/stop instrument panel and
button pressed emits a beep when it
switches off
ET042: Cruise control/
Activates the orange
Speed limiter
STATE 2: Speed indicator light on the
(a single limiter start/stop instrument panel and
characterisation can button pressed emits a beep when it
be associated switches off
with it)
STATE 3: Increase
button pressed
STATE 4: Decrease In the event of a

button pressed problem, refer to the
STATE 5: Suspend interpretation of state
button pressed ET042
STATE 6: Resume
button pressed
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-120
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
STATE 1: Anti-skid
request
STATE 2: Brake
pedal depressed
STATE 3: Cruise
control or speed
limiter fault
STATE 4: Uncouple
brake box motor
depressed
ET032: Deactivation of
cruise control/speed STATE 5: Fault
limiter detected by injection
Cruise control
1 computer NONE
(continued)
(a single state can
be associated STATE 6: Vehicle
with it) speed invalid
STATE 7: Suspend
button pressed
STATE 8: Gear
selector lever in
neutral
STATE 9:
Inconsistency
between the request
and the vehicle
speed
ET012: Primary brake ACTIVE In the event of a

for state ET012
2 Brake contact
ET013: Secondary brake ACTIVE In the event of a
for state ET013
ET040: Clutch pedal RELEASED In the event of a

or problem, refer to the
3 Clutch contact
DEPRESSED fault finding procedure
for state ET040
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-121
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action

1 Temperature
ET014: Check cooling fan 1 STOPPED In the event of a

or problem, test the
ET015: Check cooling fan 2 RUNNING multiplex network and
deal with the faults
ET022: Fan low-speed present.
request
ET021: High-speed fan If the Protection and

request Switching Unit can no
2 Cooling fan
INACTIVE longer recognise the
or frames from the
ACTIVE injection (or vice
runs continually until
the battery has been
completely
discharged.
PR084: Coolant In the event of a

temperature sensor problem, refer to the
for fault DF001

X = 0.54 V
Switching Unit can no
3 Sensor feed
longer recognise the
Default value: 5 V
frames from the
injection (or vice versa),
then the fan runs
continually until the
battery has been
completely discharged.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-122
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET012: Brake contact Indicates In the event of a

recognition of brake problem, refer to the
pedal contacts fault finding procedure
ACTIVE for state ET008
4 Driver braking or
ET013: Secondary brake INACTIVE In the event of a
contact problem, refer to the
for state ET009
ET040: Clutch pedal Indicates

recognition of brake In the event of a
Driver clutch pedal contacts problem, refer to the
5
operation RELEASED fault finding procedure
or for state ET040
DEPRESSED
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-123
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
IGNITION/PREHEATING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action

ignition feed problem, carry out
fault finding on the
1 Feed PRESENT charging circuit and
refer to the fault
state ET001.
PR055: Engine speed Gives the engine's speed In the event of a

in problem, refer to the
2 Engine running
rpm interpretation of
X = 800 rpm parameter PR064

temperature temperature in °C. problem, refer to the
Warm: 90 °C interpretation of the
Default value: 119 °C parameter
PR064
3 Temperature
In the event of a
temperature temperature
Cold: PR061
interpretation of
Warm: 43 °C
parameter PR059
ET007: Preheater control INACTIVE In the event of a

unit or problem, refer to the
4 Preheating ACTIVE fault finding
(When starting) procedure for faults
DF017 and DF025
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-124
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
STARTING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action

ignition feed problem, carry out fault
PRESENT
finding on the charging
1 Feed or
circuit and refer to the
ABSENT
for state ET001.

authorises starting
"PROHIBITED", then
or
PROHIBITED:
diagnostic of the
preheating system.
does not authorise
starting.
Engine ET038: Engine

3 RUNNING NONE
operation
PROTECTION (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET006: Code programmed YES

or If state ET003 is
NO ACTIVE, refer to the
1 Immobiliser
ET003: Immobiliser ACTIVE "Help" facility in the
or tool.
INACTIVE
ET077: Impact detected In the event of a

YES
problem, apply the
2 Vehicle impact or
NO
for fault DF069.

authorises starting
"PROHIBITED",
or
PROHIBITED:
diagnostic of the
preheating system.
does not authorise
starting.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-125
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Summary table of states 13B
1 ET001 Computer + after ignition feed
2 ET003 Immobiliser
3 ET004 Air conditioning authorised
4 ET005 Code programmed
5 ET007 Preheater control unit
6 ET008 Primary brake contact
7 ET009 Secondary brake contact
8 ET010 Check cooling fan 1
9 ET011 Check cooling fan 2
10 ET012 Air conditioning request
11 ET013 High-speed fan request
12 ET015 Fan low-speed request
13 ET016 Cruise control deactivation
14 ET017 Reverse gear signal
15 ET025 Engine
16 ET037 Clutch pedal
17 ET038 Cruise control/Speed limiter
18 ET039 Starting
19 ET026 Impact detected
20 ET027 Air regulation
21 ET028 Air conditioning present
20 ET029 Air regulation
21 ET046 Air conditioning present
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-126
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Interpretation of states 13B
COMPUTER + AFTER IGNITION FEED
ET001
ET001 ABSENT ignition on
Check supply fuse FD (5A) on the Protection and Switching Unit.

Use a multimeter to check the presence of + 12 V at the fuse holder with the ignition on.
Use a multimeter and the + 12 V battery supply to check the presence of an earth on the following
connections:
Track G4 black connector A, 48 tracks injection computer Battery earth
Track H4 black connector A, 48 tracks injection computer Battery earth
Track H1 black connector A, 48 tracks injection computer Battery earth
If the voltage is zero, check the continuity and insulation against earth of the following connections:
Track D1 black connector A, 48 tracks injection computer Track 1 Protection and Switching
Unit
ET001 PRESENT ignition on
Use a multimeter to confirm the absence of + 12 V with the ignition off on track 1 of the Protection and
Switching Unit.
Repair if necessary
Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.

AFTER REPAIR Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-127
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
IMMOBILISER
ET003
ET003 ACTIVE
Refer to the Passenger Compartment Fault Finding Note.
ET003 INACTIVE
Refer to the Passenger Compartment Fault Finding Note.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-128
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
AIR CONDITIONING AUTHORISED
ET004
The air conditioning authorisation only passes to the YES state if the driver has made
YES
the request for air conditioning: air conditioning switch on AC or AUTO position with
minimum ventilation.
State ET018: air conditioning request passes to YES if these conditions are fulfilled
and will then authorise the change in ET004: air conditioning authorisation.
State ET004 remains at NO with the ignition on although the air conditioning request
NO
switch has been activated.
The vehicle MUST be at idle speed for state ET018: Air conditioning request to switch
to YES so that state ET004 also passes to YES and the air conditioning can operate.
If state ET004 remains at NO and the switch is triggered,
Check:
– that the air conditioning compressor starts correctly,
– the power supply fuses,
– the presence of refrigerant fluid in the air conditioning circuit,
– that the refrigerant fluid pressure value seems consistent at idling speed.
If the pressure seems inconsistent, refer to the check for fault DF049: Refrigerant fluid
sensor circuit and apply the recommended procedure.
If other faults appear in the air conditioning, refer to the Air Conditioning Fault finding
Note which deals with these faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-129
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CODE PROGRAMMED
ET006
YES The code passes to the YES state if dialogue between the UCH and the injection
computer is possible and the card is detected.
Authorisation for engine starting is only issued if the code is correctly recognised by the
UCH computer and state ET003: Engine immobiliser passes to INACTIVE.
The code remains NO if dialogue between the UCH computer and the injection computer
NO
is impossible and state ET003: Engine immobiliser remains ACTIVE.
The cause may be incorrectly programmed keys; if so, refer to the UCH Fault Finding
Note and carry out a multiplex network test if fault finding was performed by functions
and check that there is dialogue between the UCH, the Protection and Switching Unit
and the injection computer.
If dialogue is not established, contact your Techline.

Deal with any other possible faults.
AFTER REPAIR
Return to the conformity check.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-130
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
PREHEATER CONTROL
ET007
YES When a vehicle is started from cold, the injection computer controls the pre/postheating
unit so that the vehicle can start; the state should switch to YES during the starting
phase.
If the vehicle does not start and state ET007 passes to YES during the engine starting
phase,
check:
– the supply fuse track 3 (70A) on the preheater unit,
– the heater plugs and the connections on tracks 2, 6, 7, 1 between the preheater unit
and the spark plugs.
If the vehicle starts and state ET007 remains YES during the engine operation phase,
refer to the interpretation of faults section DF017: Preheating relay control circuit and
DF025: Preheater unit fault finding connection.
NO After the vehicle has started, the injection computer should stop the control of the pre/
postheating unit and the state should switch to NO during the operational phase.
If the vehicle does not start or the state remains NO and preheating has not been carried
out during the starting phase, check the following connections:
Injection computer Track A4 grey connector C, 32 tracks Track 9
preheater unit
Injection computer Track E2 grey connector C, 32 tracks Track 8
preheater unit

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-131
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
PRIMARY BRAKE CONTACT
ET012
IMPORTANT: States ET012 and states ET013 are directly connected.
STATE 012: INACTIVE, Brake pedal depressed.

– Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance between:
Track E4 32-track grey injection computer connector C Track 3 brake switch
– Check the condition and fitting of the brake light switch and the brake lights fuse.
Continuity between tracks: Insulation between tracks:

– Check and ensure the presence of + after ignition feed on tracks 2 and 4 on the brake light switch connector.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-132
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
ET012
CONTINUED
IMPORTANT: States ET012 and states ET013 are directly connected.
STATE 012: ACTIVE, Brake pedal released.

– Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance between:
Track E4 32-track grey injection computer connector C, Track 3 brake switch
– Check the condition and fitting of the brake light switch and the brake lights fuse.

– Check and ensure the presence of + after ignition feed on track 1 on the stop light switch connector.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-133
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
MONITOR COOLING FAN 1
ET014
State ET014: Fan assembly 1 is directly connected to state ET022: Low-speed fan
NOTES
request.
When the engine cooling fan is operating and the coolant temperature is 90 °C (engine
warm) or the air conditioning is operating, state ET022: Low-speed fan request passes to
ACTIVE and state ET014: Check fan 1 passes to RUNNING.
If the engine cooling fan does not operate, check:
– the condition of the fan connections,
– supply + battery feed to check that it operates correctly.
Check the continuity between the following tracks:
Track 1 fan Track M1 connector P1 Protection and Switching Unit (49R3)

Track 2 fan Earth
RUNNING Track M1 connector P1

Protection and
Switching Unit (49R2) Track 2 Low-speed resistor
Track G4 connector PPM1
Protection and
Switching Unit Track 2 Low-speed resistor
Check that the fan low-speed resistor is 0.69 Ω.

Replace the resistor if it is not this value.
Refer to the fan fault finding procedure in the Protection and Switching Unit Fault
Finding Note for further details.
IMPORTANT
If the Protection and Switching Unit no longer detects the injection computer frames then
fan assembly 1 will be run until the battery has been completely discharged.
WARNING! If fan 1 is not working, fan 2 is activated.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-134
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
ET014
CONTINUED
When the engine temperature has fallen sufficiently (X < 90 °C) or air conditioning is off,
state ET022: Low-speed fan request passes to INACTIVE and so state ET014: Check
STOPPED fan 2 passes to STOPPED state.
IMPORTANT

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-135
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CHECKING COOLING FAN 2
ET015
State ET015: Fan assembly 2 is directly connected to state ET022: Low-speed fan
NOTES
request.
Fan assembly 2 starts operating when cooling by fan 1 is insufficient or air conditioning is
operating; state ET021: Low-speed fan request passes to ACTIVE and state ET014:
Checking fan 2 passes to RUNNING.
If the engine cooling fan does not operate, check:
– the condition of the fan connections,
RUNNING – supply + battery feed to check that it operates correctly.
Check the continuity between the following tracks:
Track 1 fan Track M1 connector P1 Protection and Switching Unit (49R3)
Track 2 fan Earth
Refer to the fan fault finding procedure in the Protection and Switching Unit Fault finding
Note for further details.
When the engine temperature has fallen sufficiently (X < 90 °C) or air conditioning is off,
STOPPED state ET021: High-speed fan request passes to INACTIVE and so state ET015:
Checking fan 2 passes to STOPPED state.
IMPORTANT

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-136
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
HIGH-SPEED FAN REQUEST
ET021
State ET021: High-speed fan request is directly connected to state ET015: Check
NOTES
fan 2.
When the request for cooling is made by the injection computer, state ET021: High-speed
fan request passes to ACTIVE and the Protection and Switching Unit therefore controls
ACTIVE fan 2 and state ET015: Checking fan 2 passes to RUNNING.
If the fan does not work, refer to the interpretation of state ET015: Check fan 2.
When the request for cooling is made by the injection computer, state ET021: Low-speed
INACTIVE fan request passes to INACTIVE and the Protection and Switching Unit therefore controls
fan 2 and state ET015: Checking fan 2 passes to STOPPED.
IMPORTANT

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-137
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
LOW-SPEED FAN REQUEST
ET022
State ET022: Low-speed fan request is directly connected to state ET014: Check
NOTES
fan 1.
When the request for cooling is made by the injection computer, state ET022: Request for
high-speed fan passes to ACTIVE and the Protection and Switching Unit therefore
ACTIVE controls fan 1 and state ET014: Checking fan 1 passes to RUNNING.
If the fan does not work, refer to the interpretation of state ET014: Check fan 1.
When the request for cooling is made by the injection computer, state ET022: Low-speed
INACTIVE fan request passes to INACTIVE and the Protection and Switching Unit therefore controls
fan 2 and state ET014: Checking fan 1 passes to STOPPED.
IMPORTANT
If the Protection and Switching Unit no longer detects the frames from the injection
computer, then fan 1 will be run until the battery has been completely discharged.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-138
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
REVERSE GEAR INFORMATION
ET035
PRESENT When the driver engages reverse gear, state ET035: Reverse gear signal should
switch to PRESENT.
If the driver has correctly selected this gear and the state does not change, it remains
ABSENT, check:
– The reversing lights switch for the manual gearbox (Manual gearbox 6).
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance between:
Protection and Switching unit Track E9 Track A2 reversing lights switch
Protection and Switching unit Track E6 Track A1 reversing lights switch
– The neutral /reversing lights sensorfor the manual gearbox (manual gearbox 5).
Protection and Switching unit Track E6 Track A2 sensor
Protection and Switching unit Track E9 Track A1 sensor
Protection and Switching unit Track D6 Track A3 sensor
– The automatic gearbox module multifunction switch
Protection and Switching unit Track E6 Track A2 multifunction switch
Protection and Switching unit Track E9 Track A1 multifunction switch
Also check the condition of the fuse F5G (7.5 A).
In the event of a problem refer to the fault finding note for the Protection and Switching
unit.
When the driver disengages reverse gear, state ET035: Reverse gear signal should
switch to ABSENT.
ABSENT
In the event of a problem, refer to the fault finding procedure above.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-139
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CLUTCH PEDAL
ET040
Special notes: Only perform the checks if the Inactive and Active states are not
NOTES
STATE INACTIVE, Clutch pedal depressed.
– Check the condition and mounting of the clutch switch connector.

– Check and ensure the continuity of the connection between track 1 of the clutch switch connector and track C4
of the black 32-track computer connector.
– Check and ensure the presence of earth on track 2 of the clutch switch connector.

Switch pressed 1 and 2 -
(Clutch pedal depressed)

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-140
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
ET042
State ET032: Deactivate cruise control is directly linked to state ET042: Cruise
control/Speed limiter.
Cruise control remains deactivated as long as the vehicle speed does not exceed
V 18 mph (30 km/h).
NOTES
Nine states are connected and when one of them passes to active, the cruise control
is immediately deactivated.
STATE 1, STATE 2 absent, start/stop switch pressed (ET042 INACTIVE).
necessary.
– Check and ensure the presence of + after ignition on tracks A2 on the cruise control/speed limiter switch
connector.
Switch at rest - A2 and A3 - A2 and B1

position
position
– Check and ensure the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the connection between
track A3 (cruise control) or B1 (speed limiter) of the switch connector and track A2 (cruise control) or C3 (speed
limiter) of the black 32-track computer connector.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-141
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
ET042
CONTINUED
STATE 1, STATE 2, switch at rest.
necessary.
Switch at rest - A2 and A3 - A2 and B1

position
position
– Check and ensure the insulation against 12 V on the connection between track A3 (cruise control) or track B1
(speed limiter) of the cruise control/speed limiter switch connector and track A2 (cruise control) or track C3
(speed limiter) of the black 32-track computer connector.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-142
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
ET042
CONTINUED
STATE 3, STATE 4, STATE 5, STATE 6 absent, button pressed (ET042 INACTIVE).
necessary.
Switches in rest STATE 3 STATE 4 STATE 5 STATE 6

position (+ switch pressed) (- switch pressed) (0 switch pressed) (R switch pressed)
R = approximately R = approximately R = approximately R = approximately
R = INFINITY
300 Ω 100 Ω 0Ω 900 Ω
– If the fault persists, check the connection between the engine management computer and the rotating switch
beneath steering wheel, using the relevant wiring diagram (line resistance, short circuit, etc.).

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-143
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
STARTING
ET076
When the driver inserts the starting card or the card has been recognised by the engine
AUTHORISED immobiliser system, the central computer unit authorises the injection computer to start,
state ET076 passes to AUTHORISED and the vehicle can be started.
When the driver is no longer detected by the UCH computer it prohibits engine starting,
PROHIBITED state ET076 passes to PROHIBITED and the vehicle cannot be started.
Check the card battery and carry out fault finding on the UCH.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-144
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
IMPACT DETECTED
ET077
YES When the vehicle has been involved in a crash, the injection computer detects the signal
transmitted by the airbag computer and state ET077 is YES.
Switch off the ignition for ten seconds, then switch it back on to allow the engine to start.
Then clear any faults.
If the vehicle has not suffered an impact or the starting procedure described above has
NO
been carried out, state ET077 is NO.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-145
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
AIR REGULATION
ET078
Once air regulation has been requested by the driver, state ET078 passes to OPEN
OPEN LOOP
LOOP.
Use a multimeter to confirm the absence of + 12 V with the ignition off on track 1 of the
ACTIVE Protection and Switching Unit.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-146
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
AIR CONDITIONING PRESENT
ET079
YES If the voltage is absent, check the continuity and insulation against earth of the
following connections:
Track D1 black connector A, 48 tracks injection computer Track 1
Protection and
Switching unit
NO Protection and Switching Unit.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-147
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
REQUEST TO START COMPRESSOR
ET088
ACTIVE If the voltage is absent, check the continuity and insulation against earth of the
Track D1 black connector A, 48 tracks injection computer Track 1
Protection and
Switching unit
INACTIVE Protection and Switching Unit.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-148
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Summary table of parameters 13B
EDC 16 parameters
Index Title
1 PR003 Pedal load

2 PR004 EGR valve air flow setpoint
3 PR005 EGR valve opening setpoint
4 PR006 Rail pressure regulator current
5 PR007 Rail pressure regulator current setpoint
6 PR008 Rail pressure setpoint
7 PR009 Turbocharging pressure setpoint
8 PR010 Idle speed regulation setting
9 PR011 Turbocharging solenoid valve position sensor
10 PR015 Engine torque
11 PR016 Alternator flow
12 PR017 Fuel flow
13 PR018 Estimated air flow
14 PR022 EGR valve position feedback loop variance
15 PR024 Fuel pressure variance
16 PR035 Atmospheric pressure
17 PR037 Refrigerant pressure
18 PR038 Rail pressure
19 PR042 Filtered turbocharging pressure
20 PR044 Power requested by air conditioning
21 PR046 EGR Solenoid valve OCR
22 PR047 Turbocharging pressure OCR
23 PR048 Gallery pressure regulation valve OCR
24 PR050 Damper flap OCR
25 PR051 EGR valve position feedback
26 PR053 Engine speed requested by air conditioning
27 PR055 Engine speed
28 PR059 Inlet air temperature
29 PR061 External air temperature
30 PR063 Fuel temperature
31 PR064 Coolant temperature
32 PR071 Computer supply voltage
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-149
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Summary table of parameters 13B
EDC 16 parameters
33 PR072 Linearised sensor feed voltage

34 PR073 Air flowmeter supply voltage
35 PR076 Refrigerant sensor voltage
36 PR077 EGR valve position sensor voltage
37 PR079 Atmospheric pressure sensor voltage
38 PR080 Rail pressure sensor voltage
39 PR081 Inlet temperature sensor voltage
40 PR082 Fuel pressure sensor voltage
40 PR084 Coolant temperature sensor voltage.
41 PR086 Pedal potentiometer track 1 voltage
42 PR088 Pedal potentiometer track 2 voltage
43 PR089 Vehicle speed
44 PR127 Heating resistor maximum authorised power
45 PR128 First EGR valve offset
46 PR129 Last EGR valve offset
47 PR130 Cruise control setpoint
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-150
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters 13B
PEDAL LOAD
PR003
There must be no faults present or stored.

NOTES Perform this fault finding procedure after an inconsistency is displayed in the Driver's
parameters menu or after a customer complaint (lack of performance).
Check the high and low stops of the pedal sensor in the engine compartment (jamming, broken housing).
Check the pedal sensor mounting in the engine compartment (play, broken housing, etc.).
Check the accelerator control (cable tension, chafing, obstacle).
If all the controls are correct and the values given are not within the sensor use range (from 0 % to 120 %) then
replace the pedal position sensor.
The parameters PR086: Voltage track 1 and PR088: Voltage track 2 are connected to the pedal load
parameter: refer to the conformity check to determine whether the voltages of tracks 1 and 2 are plausible
according to the pedal load applied.
In the event that the voltages seem incorrect, replace the pedal position sensor.
AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-151
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
ESTIMATED AIR FLOW
PR018
No faults may be present or stored.

Carry out this fault finding procedure after noting an inconsistency in the "Air circulation
NOTES
(Turbocharging - Intake)" parameter menu or following a customer complaint (lack of
performance, smoke, etc.).
If at idle speed and with an EGR ratio of around 40%, the air flow = ~ 60 kg/h, follow the fault finding procedure
in the Interpretation of commands section for command AC002: EGR solenoid valve.
If the fault persists, check the conformity of the air intake circuit:
– check that the air filter unit inlet is not blocked,
– check that the air filter is not clogged,
– check that the air flowmeter is in good condition,
– check that the intake circuit is properly sealed and is not blocked, from the air filter to the inlet duct,
– check that the damper valve is open in rest position (check that the valve rod is resting against its stop),
– check the oil vapour recycling circuit (excess oil).
Carry out the necessary repairs. In the event that the fault persists:
Check the air flowmeter sensor supply:

– + 5 V on track 3.
– Earth on track 2 (Air temperature sensor common earth).
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the connection between:
Injection computer brown connector B track G1 Track 5 Air flowmeter connector
Repair if necessary. Check the supply and consumption of the flowmeter power circuit, with the ignition on and
the engine running:
– + 12 V on track 4,
– Battery earth on track 6.
Consumption: approx. 70 mA after ignition / approx. 130 mA at idle speed / 400 mA maximum.
If the flowmeter consumption read during the check is nil, replace the air flowmeter.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-152
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
PR035

Carry out this fault finding procedure after noting an inconsistency in the Main states
NOTES
and parameters of the computer or Air circulation (turbocharging - intake) parameter
menus or following a customer complaint (lack of performance, smoke, etc.).
The atmospheric pressure sensor is incorporated in the computer, so no electrical check can be made.
The sensor default value is 750 mbar.
If this value or any other inconsistent value appears, then reset the computer.
See Section "Configuration and programming", if you plan on reprogramming the computer.
If the fault persists and remains present, contact your Techline.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-153
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
REFRIGERANT FLUID PRESSURE
PR037:

NOTES Perform this fault finding procedure after an inconsistency is displayed in the Cold
loop menu or after a customer complaint (no air conditioning, etc.).
Step 1
– Start the engine, switch on the air conditioning and increase the engine speed to 1500 rpm:
– View PR037: Refrigerant pressure in the Cold loop function on the diagnostic tool:
If the pressure is greater than around 27 bar, go to step 2.
If the pressure does not rise, or remains below normal:
– Ensure that the air conditioning compressor and its relay are operating correctly.
– Check the conformity of the refrigerant pressure sensor signal by comparing* the value displayed by the
tool (PR037) with that given by the filling station high-pressure gauge.
If the variance = ± 1.5 bar (or 1500 mbar):
Check the insulation, the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the connections between:
Injection computer grey connector 24-track connector C, track C3 Track A Refrigerant pressure
sensor
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track F1 Track C Refrigerant pressure sensor
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track F3 Track B Refrigerant pressure sensor
If these connections are not faulty, replace the refrigerant pressure sensor.
If there is no discrepancy, the refrigerant pressure sensor is correct: go to step 2.
Step 2
Perform fault finding on the air conditioning.
*Note:
The diagnostic tool displays the absolute pressure, the filling station high-pressure gauge displays the relative
pressure.
The normal discrepancy between the two is equal to atmospheric pressure, i.e. ~ 1000 mbar.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-154
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
RAIL PRESSURE
PR038
Perform this fault finding procedure:

– After the interpretation of fault DF053: Rail pressure regulation function,
– After an inconsistency has been noted during fault finding of the LPG / Fuel circuit
NOTES function,
– After the interpretation of the fault finding process for AC011: Rail pressure
regulator or,
– After a customer complaint (starting problems, poor performance, stalling etc.).
Check the continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G3 Track 2 Rail pressure sensor
connector
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track A4 Track 3 Rail pressure sensor
connector,
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track C4 Track 1 Rail pressure sensor
connector
If all these connections are correct, check for the presence of a fuel pressure sensor power supply:
+5V Track 3 of the rail pressure sensor connector
Earth Track 1 of the rail pressure sensor connector
Check the sealing of the low and high-pressure diesel circuits (visual checks, odour) pump housing,
overpressure valve, pipes, rail and injector unions, injector wells, etc.
If all of the previous checks are correct, switch on the ignition, wait for more than 1 minute and view PR038:
Rail pressure.
If the value is below 50 bar the rail pressure sensor is correct.
If it is not, replace the rail pressure sensor and tighten it to 35 ± 5 Nm.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-155
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
FILTERED TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE
PR042
Perform this fault finding procedure:

Following detection of an inconsistency in the parameters menu,
NOTES
After fault DF004: Turbocharging pressure sensor circuit or,
After a customer complaint (lack of performance, smoke etc.).
With the vehicle ignition on, and the engine stopped:

– Remove the turbocharger pressure sensor.
– With the sensor connector connected to the wiring harness, take a reading of the value of PR042: Filtered
turbocharging pressure in the "Air circulation (Turbocharging - Intake)" tab:
– If the value is not very close to parameter PR035: Atmospheric pressure: (maximum pressure
difference, between PR035 and PR042 with the engine stopped = ± 20 mbar):
Check the insulation and absence of interference resistance on the signal line and the
turbocharging pressure sensor supply lines.
– If the lines are correct, proceed with the pressure test below.
– Connect a vacuum pump to the turbocharging pressure sensor,

– Apply a pressure of between 0.1 and 1.3 bar (maximum pressure to be applied: 1300 mbar or 1.3 bar):
– Compare the pressure value displayed in the "Air circulation (Turbocharging/Intake)" tab with that displayed
on the vacuum pump:
If there is a difference* of ± 100 hPa (or ± 0.1 bar), replace the turbocharging pressure sensor.
If there is no discrepancy, the turbocharging pressure sensor is correct.
*Note:
The diagnostic tool displays the absolute pressure, the pressure gauge on your vacuum pump displays the
relative pressure.
The normal discrepancy between the two is equal to atmospheric pressure, i.e. ~ 1000 mbar.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-156
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE
PR059

NOTES Carry out this fault finding procedure after finding an inconsistency in the "Main states
and parameters of the computer or Air circulation (Turbocharging - Intake) menu.
Check that the air flowmeter and its connections are in good condition,
Check for absence of interference resistance on the following lines:
Brown 48-track connector B, track G2 Track 1 air flowmeter connector
Brown 48-track connector B, track E2 Track 2 Air flowmeter connector
If the temperature read is inconsistent, check that the sensor is following the Negative Temperature Coefficient
(NTC) calibration curve correctly.
3714 Ω ± 161 at 10 °C
2488 Ω ± 90 at 20 °C
1671 Ω ± 59 at 30 °C
Replace the air flowmeter if it is incorrect (an incorrect sensor is often the result of an electric shock).
A warm blocked air temperature sensor causes white smoke and non-regulation of the turbocharger at
temperatures below 60°C.
Blocking of the air temperature sensor when cold causes excessive consumption and causes engine noise
when the engine is warm.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-157
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
FUEL TEMPERATURE
PR063

Perform this fault finding procedure after finding an inconsistency in the "LPB / Fuel
circuit" menu.
NOTES
WARNING
In the event of a relatively low outside temperature, the difference between the fuel
temperature and the engine temperature after cold starting may be greater than 30°C.
Check in the "LPG/Fuel circuit" tab in PR063: Fuel temperature that the value displayed is not the recovery
value 40 °C.
If it is, check the fuel temperature sensor:
Check that the fuel temperature sensor and its connections are in good condition.
Brown 48-track connector B, track H2 Track 1 Fuel temperature sensor
Grey 32-track connector C, track F1 Track 2 Fuel temperature sensor
3820 Ω ± 282 at 10 °C
2050 Ω ± 100 at 25 °C
810 Ω ± 47 at 50 °C
Replace the fuel temperature sensor if it is incorrect (an incorrect sensor is often the result of an electric shock).
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-158
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
PR064

NOTES Carry out this fault finding procedure after finding an inconsistency in the "Main states
and parameters of the computer or cold loop menu.
Check that the cooling circuit is topped up and properly bled.

Perform the required operations.
Check that the air flowmeter and its connections are in good condition.
Brown 48-track connector B, track F2 Track 3 coolant temperature sensor
Brown 48-track connector B, track H1 Track 2 coolant temperature sensor
2252 ± 122 Ω at 25 °C
811 ± 39 Ω at 50 °C
283 ± 8 Ω at 80 °C
Replace the air flowmeter if it is incorrect (an incorrect sensor is often the result of an electric shock).
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-159
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Interpretation of commands 13B
EGR SOLENOID VALVE
AC002
STEP 1
Measure the resistance of the exhaust gas recirculation valve between tracks 1 and 5:
– If its resistance is not approximately 8 Ω ± 0.5 at 20 °C, replace the EGR valve
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the connections between:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track L2 Track 5 exhaust gas recirculation
valve connector
+ 12 V after relay Track 1 exhaust gas recirculation
valve connector
If you notice no valve movement when running control AC002, ensure that the computer output stage is
functioning:
– either with an oscilloscope (calibrated to 5 V/division and a time base of 2 ms/division):
test pin to track 5 of the EGR valve. Clear any faults in the EGR valve then run command AC002:
The oscilloscope should display a square wave signal with an amplitude of 12.5 V at a frequency of 140 Hz
(with an Opening Cyclic Ratio increasing successively from 20 to 70%),
– Or by voltmeter:
With the EGR valve connected, connect the earth lead of the voltmeter to track 2 of the EGR valve and the
positive lead to track 1. Clear any faults in the EGR valve then run command AC002:
the voltmeter should display two successive voltages approximately equal to the combined voltage of the
I.e.: successively: 2.5 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 20% then 8.75 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 70%
(ten cycles).
– If the measurement is correct, go to step 2.

– If the oscilloscope (or the voltmeter) does not indicate the occurrence of control or continuous voltage,
contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.
STEP 2, NEXT PAGE
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-160
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
AC002
CONTINUED
STEP 2
Check that there are no leaks in the exhaust gas recirculation circuit.
Check the exhaust gas recirculation valve operation:
Disconnect the connector and remove the EGR valve,
If removal reveals that the valve is blocked open, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Otherwise, remove the valve and reconnect the connector.
Clear the fault and run command AC002:
Check: – the position of the valve
(valve travel 0 to 2.5 mm for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 20% and 6 to 7 mm for an Opening Cyclic
Ratio of 70%),
– the absence of play between the valve and its control rod, and its general condition
(clogging, stiff point, etc.),
– the valve closure when the command has ended.
If no movement of the exhaust gas recirculation valve is noticed during command AC002, or if these checks
reveal an irreparable blockage or seizing, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve. (After replacement,
follow procedure RZ005 specified in the Help section).
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-161
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE
AC004
This procedure permits confirmation that the turbocharger and its control circuit are working properly.
Introduction
1 Check the tightness of the high-pressure air circuit:
Pipe not joined or pierced, pressure sensor disconnected or poorly fitted (seal present), exchanger pierced.
To test the exchanger: stabilise the engine speed between 3500 and 4000 rpm with the vehicle stopped and
check that there are no leaks.
Check the resistance of the turbocharging limitation solenoid valve between tracks 1 and 2.
Replace the wastegate if its resistance is not: 15.4 Ω ± 0.7 at 20 °C.

2 Turbocharger control circuit check

With the engine stopped, make sure that the control rod is in the resting position.
Start the engine and make sure that the control rod operates to the high stop.
(When the engine is switched off, the control rod must return to the resting position).
If the control shaft does not move correctly, carry out the following checks:
1) Vacuum pressure command check:
– disconnect the solenoid valve intake hose and connect it to a pressure gauge,
– start the engine and stabilise it at idle,
– if the negative pressure does not reach 800 mbar ± 100: check the vacuum-pressure circuit from the vacuum
pump,
– stop the engine, reconnect the intake hose and go to step 2.
2) Solenoid valve control check:
– disconnect the solenoid valve outlet hose,
– place your hand on the solenoid valve and block the outlet connection with your thumb,
– if you notice no solenoid valve vibration, check the operation of the computer output stage (step 5).
3) Solenoid valve functioning check:
– attach the pressure gauge to the solenoid valve outlet connection,
If the negative pressure does not reach 800 mbar ± 100, replace the solenoid valve.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-162
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
AC004
CONTINUED
Turbocharger control circuit check (continued)

4) Turbocharger functioning check:
a) Attach a vacuum pump to the hose connected to the turbocharger control diaphragm,
– Apply a negative pressure of 800 ± 100 mbar:
If there is a leak, replace the turbocharger (diaphragm cannot be separated from the turbocharger).
b) Check the control rod displacement and setting (Workshop Repair Manual Section 12B).
If the control rod is seized, replace the turbocharger.
c) Engine cold and switched off:
– Remove the turbocharger air intake duct and make sure that the compressor is turning freely on its axle.
d) If the fault persists:
– check that the exhaust manifold is not leaking,
– check that the exhaust is not blocked.
5) Computer output stage check: (solenoid valve connected)
This operation can only be carried out if the checks indicated in step no. 2 are not conclusive.
Either by voltmeter:
– Connect the voltmeter earth to track 2 of the solenoid valve and the positive cable to track 1.
– Clear any faults in the solenoid valve, then run command AC004:
The voltmeter should display ten cycles of two successive voltages approximately equal to the combined
voltage of the battery and the current Opening Cyclic Ratio.
i.e.: successively: 2.5 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 20% then 8.7 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 70%.
or with an oscilloscope (calibrated to 5 V/division and a time base of 2 ms/division):
– connect the earth of the oscilloscope to the battery earth and the positive test pin to track 2 of the solenoid
valve,
– clear any faults in the solenoid valve, then run command AC004:
(with an Opening Cyclic Ratio which increases from 20 to 70 % successively).
– If the measurement is correct, replace the solenoid valve.
– If the measurement does not indicate a control event or continuous voltage, contact your Techline before
replacing the engine management computer.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-163
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
RAIL PRESSURE REGULATOR
AC011
STEP 1
Check the resistance of the pressure regulator between tracks 1 and 2:
– If its resistance is not: 3 Ω ± 0.5 at 20 °C, replace the regulator.
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the connections between:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track M4 Track 2 rail pressure regulator
connector
+ 12 V after relay Track 1 rail pressure regulator
connector
If you can hear a slight whistling noise and the pressure regulator clapping when running control AC011, go to
step 2. Otherwise, ensure that the computer output stage is functioning correctly:
– Either with an ammeter:
With the solenoid valve connected, connect the ammeter clamp to the track 1 connection of the solenoid valve
(in the direction of the current).
The ammeter should display ten cycles of two successive strengths: ~ 0.6 A then ~ 2 A
– Or by voltmeter:
With the solenoid valve connected, connect the earth of the voltmeter to track 2 of the fuel pressure solenoid
valve and the positive cable to track 1. Clear any faults in the fuel pressure solenoid valve then run command
AC011:
The voltmeter should display two successive voltages approximately equal to the combined voltage of the
i.e.: successively: ~ 2.5 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 20 % then ~ 8.75 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of
70 % (ten cycles).
– or with an oscilloscope (calibrated to 5 V/division and a time base of 1 ms/division):
test pin to track 2 of the fuel pressure solenoid valve. Clear any faults in the fuel pressure solenoid valve then
run command AC011:
(with an Opening Cyclic Ratio which increases from 20 to 70 % successively).
– If the measurement is correct, replace the regulator.
– If the measurement is not correct, contact your Techline.
STEP 2, NEXT PAGE
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-164
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
AC011
CONTINUED
STEP 2
In the event of rail overpressure:
Check the operation of the rail pressure sensor. Fault finding procedure PR038.
If these checks reveal no faults, replace the regulator.
In the event of rail underpressure:
Check the operation of the rail pressure sensor. Fault finding procedure PR038.
Check the condition of the filter (clogging and water saturation).
Check that there are no air bubbles between the filter and the high pressure pump.
Check the seal of the low and high pressure diesel circuits (visual checks, odour, etc.): pump casing,
overpressure valve, pipes, rail and injector unions, injector wells, etc.).
Check the conformity of the seal fitting on the pressure regulator.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-165
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
DAMPER FLAP
AC014
– Check the resistance of the damper valve solenoid valve between tracks 1 and 2.
Replace the solenoid valve if its resistance is not 46 Ω ± 3 at 25 °C.
– Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the connections between:
Injection computer,
brown 48-track connector B, track J4 Track 1 damper flap solenoid valve connector
+ 12 V after relay Track 2 damper flap solenoid valve connector
A) Engine running at idling speed:

– Make sure that there is a negative pressure of ~ 900 mb in the solenoid valve intake hose.
Make the necessary repairs (vacuum pressure circuit conformity and seal).
With the vehicle ignition on, engine stopped:
– Check that the intake flap is open, otherwise clean or replace the air vent unit.
– Disconnect the solenoid valve inlet and outlet hoses.
– Connect a vacuum pump to the inlet union and apply a negative pressure of ~ 900 mbar,
If there is a leak replace the wastegate.
– Run command AC014.
– If the solenoid valve opens (vacuum pump pressure gauge returns to atmospheric pressure), go to step C.
– Otherwise, with the solenoid valve connected, check operation of the computer output stage with a
voltmeter:
Voltmeter earth cable Track 1 of the solenoid valve
Voltmeter positive lead Track 2 of the solenoid valve
Clear any solenoid valve faults,
Run command AC014.
The voltmeter should display ten "ON-OFF" cycles (8.75 V then 2.5 V).
If the measurement is correct, replace the solenoid valve.
If the measurement does not show any operation, contact your Techline.
C) Vehicle with ignition off:
– Connect a vacuum pump to the flap control diaphragm and apply a negative pressure of ~ 900 mbar:
– If the diaphragm does not maintain the negative pressure, replace the air vent unit (the diaphragm cannot
be disconnected).
– If the diaphragm maintains the negative pressure and the flap does not operate, clean or replace the air
vent unit.
– If the diaphragm maintains the negative pressure and the flap operates, perform several checks to
ensure that there is no blockage.
Check for clogging of the air vent unit and its flap, and clean if necessary.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-166
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Customer complaints 13B
Before carrying out the steps associated with customer complaints, check for
the absence of faults and the conformity (or otherwise) of the parameters and
NOTES states, using the diagnostic tool.
If the customer complaint is not resolved, follow the corresponding fault finding
chart.
NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE COMPUTER CHART 1
STARTING DIFFICULT OR IMPOSSIBLE CHART 2
INJECTION NOISE CHART 3
POOR PERFORMANCE CHART 4
IRREGULAR ENGINE OPERATION CHART 5
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-167
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
Vdiag N°: 44 & 48 Fault finding - Fault finding chart 13B
Check the conformity of the vehicle type and the domain selected on your tool.
Make sure that the tool is not faulty by trying to establish dialogue with a computer on another vehicle.
Check the supply to the diagnostic socket:
+ before ignition on track 16 / + after ignition on track 1 / Earth on tracks 4 and 5
Check (according to wiring diagram and fittings):
– The conformity of the After ignition fuse F5.
– The conformity of the injection relay mounting feeds.
– The conformity of the impact sensor: continuity between tracks 1 and 3 in the rest position (before impact)
+ 12 V battery Track 3 (via fuse)
continuity between track 3 and track 1 of the injection relay
– The conformity of the injection relay: 65 Ω ± 5 Ω between tracks 1 and 2
infinite resistance between tracks 3 and 5 (open contact)
resistance < 0.2 Ω between tracks 3 and 5 (closed contact)
Disconnect the engine management computer and check for the absence of conducting elements on the
computer pins. If its removal reveals any kind of contamination, clean it and try to establish dialogue.
If the fault persists, place the bornier part No. Elé. 1681 on the engine wiring:
Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
Engine management computer, connector A track B4 Diagnostic socket track 7
(K line)
Ensure that the power supplies are correct:
Engine management computer, connector B track E3 +After ignition,
Engine management computer, connector A track D3 Earth,
By shunting the normally open contact of the central injection unit supply relay, tracks 3 and 5 of the relay
mounting:
Engine management computer, connector B tracks M3 and M2 + 12 V battery (via test
shunt)
Engine management computer, connector B track D4 track 2 of the central
injection unit supply
relay mounting.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-168
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CHART 1
CONTINUED
Try to establish dialogue with another computer on the same vehicle.

If dialogue can be established with another computer on the same vehicle, go to step 2
If dialogue cannot be established with any other computer on the same vehicle, the cause could be a
faulty computer interfering on the K and/or L lines. To locate it, proceed by elimination by successively
disconnecting all the computers connected to these lines (using wiring diagram and depending on equipment):
air conditioning, airbag, ABS and ESP, UCH, instrument panel, central communication unit, proximity sensor.
Try to establish a dialogue between each disconnection:
If, after a disconnection, you manage to establish communication, perform the fault finding procedure for the
relevant computer.
If the problem persists, reconnect the computers listed above and disconnect the engine
management computer. Try to establish dialogue with another computer. If you manage to
establish dialogue, go to step 2.
If you still cannot start communication, disconnect line K and check the insulation against
+ 12 V and against the earth of track 7 (line K) and track 15 of the diagnostic socket (if wired).
STEP 2
Replace the engine management computer. If necessary, modify the configuration of the new computer to
match the equipment options available on the vehicle.
WARNING
If the IMA function is being used, follow the computer replacement procedure explained in the IMA
Calibration: Help section of this note.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-169
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CHART 2 Starting problems (or starting impossible)
Before analysing this customer complaint, check for absence of faults, and
NOTES conformity (or otherwise) of parameters and statuses, using the diagnostic tool.
If the customer complaint is not resolved, perform the following checks:
impossible
Is starting difficult or impossible?
difficult
Check the engine earths.

Make sure that the engine speed reaches 250 rpm when the starter motor is operated, displayed in the
parameter screen. Ensure that the correct fuel is being used.
Ensure that the fuel filter is not saturated with water.
Check there are no air bubbles between the filter and the high-pressure pump.
Check the operation of the pre-heating plugs.
Check the condition of the air filter (clogging).
Check the leaktightness of the high-pressure circuit - pump, pipes, unions (visual inspection + odours).
Check the position of the exhaust gas recirculation valve (blocked, mechanically seized).
Check the consistency of the signal from the engine coolant temperature sensor.
Check the operation of the pressure regulator.
Ensure correct operation of the injectors (return leakage too high, clogging, sticking: see injector fault finding
procedure).
Check that the compressions are balanced in accordance with the power consumption in the starting phase
(compression test menu on the Clip tool).
In the event of an imbalance, use a compression meter to complete the measurements. (See the
method given in Workshop Repair Manual). After measuring the compressions, clear the faults
caused by disconnecting the regulator and the heater plugs.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-170
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CHART 2
Impossible to start
CONTINUED
Before analysing this customer complaint, check for absence of faults, and
NOTES conformity (or otherwise) of parameters and statuses, using the diagnostic tool.
ET003 Active In the protection function of your diagnostic tool, check the conformity
of the engine immobiliser: "ET003" "Engine immobiliser" should be
inactive and ET005 "Code programmed".
Refer to the immobiliser ET003 inactive

fault finding procedure.
Check the open position of the damper valve.
Check the battery charge and the condition and tightness of the
terminals.
Ensure that the engine speed reaches 250 rpm when the starter motor
is operated. This is displayed on the main screen,
Check the engine earths.
Check the presence and conformity of fuel in the tank and the supply
pipe,
Check the presence of 12 V after relay on track M2 of connector B of
the engine management computer (via injection relay)
Ensure correct operation of Check the engine fuses (and their mountings, wires and terminals).
the injectors (internal leaks,
clogging or jamming. See
injector diagnostic at end of
section System operation
of this note) test
Check the engine Crank the starter motor:
compressions (see YES Does the pressure increase in the rail:
procedure in the Workshop High pressure = approx. 170 bar at 250 rpm?
Repair Manual), the engine
timing, exhaust system and
air intake system.
NO
Perform fault finding on the regulator and the high pressure pump
AC011: "rail pressure regulator".
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-171
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CHART 3 Injection noise
Before dealing with this customer complaint, check for the absence of faults,
and conformity (or otherwise) of parameters and states, using the diagnostic
NOTES
tool.
If the IMA function is operating: check that the codes are authentic by comparing the affected injector codes
on each cylinder with the ones that are engraved on each injector.
If the injection noise occurs after starting from cold:

Check the priming of the low-pressure fuel circuit.
Check the fuel heater supply.
Check the operation of the preheating system.
Check that fuel and engine temperatures are consistent.
If this fault persists, check the rail pressure and perform fault finding operations AC004: "Turbocharging
solenoid valve" and AC011: "Rail pressure regulator".
Does the injection noise occur at idle speed?

Check the condition of the injector connector and pressure regulator terminals.
Check the conformity of the air flow signal (fault finding procedure: PR050).
Check the conformity of the position of the exhaust gas recirculation valve (use fault finding
procedure AC002): "EGR solenoid valve".
In situation persists, carry out diagnostic of the injectors(see end of section System operation).
Does the injection noise occur at all speeds?
Carry out injector diagnostic (see end o section "System operation").
Check the condition of the injector connector and pressure regulator terminals.
Ensure that the correct fuel is being used.
Check the conformity of the air flow signal (use fault finding procedures PR018: "Estimated air
flow" and PR131: "EGR air flow deviation").
If this fault persists, check the rail pressure and perform fault finding operations AC004: "Turbocharging
solenoid valve" and AC011: "Rail pressure regulator".
If the injection noise occurs at transitional speed:

If the engine races during gear changes, check the conformity of the clutch switch.
During a road test, when changing gear, display parameter PR202 (CP3) or PR097 (CP1); if it varies, without
any noteworthy influence on the rail pressure, carry out the fault finding procedure AC011: "Rail pressure
regulator".
In situation persists, carry out diagnostic of the injectors (see end of section System operation of this note).
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-172
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CHART 4 Poor performance
NOTES
tool.
NOTE: In the event of engine overheating above 119 °C, the computer automatically limits the fuel flow (the
overheating warning light comes on from 115 °C).
If the IMA function is operating: check that the codes are authentic by comparing the affected injector codes
on each cylinder with the ones that are engraved on each injector.
NO
Is the poor performance accompanied by smoke?
If yes check:
– That the wastegate is not jammed in the open position. Use fault finding procedure AC004:
"Turbocharging solenoid valve".
– That the EGR valve is not jammed in the open position. Use fault finding procedure AC002: "EGR
solenoid valve".
– That the injectors are properly mounted (presence and conformity of the sealing washer).
Is the engine running on all cylinders?
If not: check operation of the injectors (see injector diagnostic at end of section System operation).
Check the conformity of the pedal sensor, atmospheric pressure sensor and exhaust gas recirculation
valve.
Check the condition of the air filter,
– Check the consistency of the signals from the flowmeter, the engine water temperature sensor and
the fuel temperature sensor.
Check for the absence of foreign bodies on the air flowmeter grille and in the air inlet vein. (for example,
the internal coating of a hose has become unstuck).
Check:
– the condition of the intercooler (clogging);
– the leaktightness of the admission circuit between flowmeter and turbocharger;
– the tightness of the oil vapour rebreathing circuit;
– the flow controller (blocking/seizure, use fault finding procedure: AC004): "Turbocharging
solenoid valve";
– the absence of leaks in the low pressure and high pressure diesel circuit;
– the turbocharger efficiency.
– Check the engine compression.
– Check that the exhaust line and timing setting are not blocked.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-173
DIESEL INJECTION
EDC16 injection
Program No.: 9X
CHART 5 Irregular engine operation
NOTES
tool.
If the engine snatches or races during gear changes, check the conformity of the clutch switch.
– Ensure that the correct fuel is being used.
– Check the priming of the low-pressure diesel circuit and check that the diesel filter is connected correctly and
is not saturated with coolant.
– Check that there are no air bubbles between the filter and the high-pressure pump.
– Check the conformity of the rail pressure (warm engine):
± 25 bar around the rail pressure value at idle speed, (the minimum to maximum variations in the rail
pressure at idle speed should not exceed 50 bar).
~ 1350 bar when under full load.
In the event of an anomaly, carry out fault finding procedure AC004: "Turbocharging solenoid valve".
– Check the conformity of the air flow, using fault finding procedure PR018: "Estimated air flow".
– Check the injectors: with engine running at idling speed, disconnect the injectors one after the other:
Replace the injector which causes no variation in operation when it is disconnected. Clear the faults
caused by multiple disconnections, followed by a road test to confirm the repair.
– Check the cylinder compressions.
EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6
13B F9-174
117B
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Introduction 17B
This document describes the fault finding applicable to all Central Processing Units with the following
characteristics:
Vehicle(s): SCENIC II Name of the computer: Sagem S3000

Function concerned: Petrol injection Program no. A7
Vdiag No.: 44
Documentation type

– Assisted fault finding (incorporated into the diagnostic tool), paper version (Workshop Repair Manual
or Technical Note) and Dialogys.
Wiring Diagrams:
– Visu-Diagram (CD-ROM), paper.
Type of diagnostic tools
– CLIP
SPECIAL TOOLING REQUIRED

Multimeter
Universal bornier Elé. 1681
3. REMINDERS
Procedure
setting).
Proceed as follows:
– vehicle card in card reader (scenario 1: keyless vehicle, basic model, no hands-free; and scenario 2: top of the
range, hands-free),
– press and hold start button (longer than 5 seconds) with start-up conditions not fulfilled,
Note:
The left-hand and right-hand Xenon bulb computers are supplied when the dipped headlights are lit. Fault finding
procedures can only be carried out on them after the ignition has been switched on in fault finding mode (+ after
ignition imposed) and the dipped headlights are on.

– Disconnect the diagnostic tool,
– press the start button twice briefly (less than 3 seconds),
– Ensure that the + after ignition feed has been cut off by checking that the computer warning lights on the instrument
panel have gone out.
JSAA7441.0
17B-1
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Faults
The present or stored state of faults should be taken into consideration when the diagnostic tool is used after the
+ after ignition feed (without acting on the system components).
For a stored fault, note the faults displayed and apply the Notes section.
fault.

– the connectors for these lines (for oxidation, bent pins, etc.),
– the condition of the wires (melted or cut insulation, wear).
Conformity check
diagnostic tool when inconsistent. This phase therefore:
– diagnosis of faults that do not have a fault display, and which may correspond to a customer complaint.
– checks that the system is operating correctly and that there is no risk of a fault reappearing after repairs.
If the diagnostic tool check is correct, but the customer complaint persists, it should be dealt with according to the
customer complaint.
A synopsis of the general procedure to follow is provided on the following page in

the form of a logic flow chart.
JSAA7441.0
17B-2
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7


(available in CLIP or in the
Technical Note)
Connect CLIP
Dialogue no
with See CHART 1
computer?
yes
Read faults
Faults no
present Conformity check
yes
Deal with faults found
persists resolved
Use ALP charts

(fault finding charts)
The symptom is no Fault

still present resolved

yes persists resolved
Contact the Techline with the

completed fault finding sheet
17B-3
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
WARNING:
All problems involving a complex system call for thorough fault finding with the appropriate tools.
ensures a record is kept of the procedure carried out. It is an essential item when discussing the
WARNING! fault with the constructor.
IT IS THEREFORE MANDATORY TO FILL OUT A FAULT FINDING SHEET EACH

TIME FAULT FINDING IS DONE.
You will always be asked for this report:

– when requesting technical assistance from the Techline,
– when requesting approval before replacing parts for which approval is compulsory,
– which must be attached to monitored parts for which reimbursement is requested. It is therefore used to decide
whether a reimbursement will be made under warranty and leads to improved analysis of the removed parts.
All work on components requires obeying safety rules to prevent physical damage or human injury.
– make sure the battery is properly charged to avoid damaging the computers with a low charge,
7. DIAGNOSTIC
Stored fault management
Stored faults are managed the same way for all sensors and actuators.
A stored fault is cleared after 128 starts without its recurrence.
JSAA7441.0
17B-4
FAULT FINDING LOG
System: Injection
Page 1 / 2
Date 2 0
Log completed by
VIN:
Engine
Version
cold warm
586 Difficult to start 572 Idle - engine speed unsteady 574 Jerking - flat spots
004 Intermittently
Type of fault finding manual: Workshop Repair Manual Technical Note Assisted fault
finding
Wiring diagram used
Other documentation
FD 01
Fault finding log

FAULT FINDING LOG
System: Injection
Page 2 / 2
Part 1 part no.

Part 2 part no.
Part 3 part no.
Part 4 part no.
Part 5 part no.

Computer part no.
Supplier no.
Program no.
Software version
Calibration no.
VDIAG

Description:

computer?
Other faulty functions?
Please specify:
FD 01
Fault finding log

117B
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - System operation 17B
1. SYSTEM OPERATION
Composition
The injection system consists of the:

– accelerator pedal position potentiometer
– accelerator pedal switch
– TDC sensor
– atmospheric pressure sensor
– air temperature sensor
– coolant temperature sensor
– freon pressure sensor
– upstream oxygen sensor
– downstream oxygen sensor
– cruise control switch
– understeering control
– cruise control on/off switch
– brake lights switch
– Fuel vapour canister
– injection computer
– camshaft dephaser sensor
– camshaft dephaser
– motorised throttle valve
– 4 injectors
– 4 pencil coils
Computer
SAGEM S3000 flash EEPROM 128-track computer controlling the injection and the ignition.
Multipoint injection working in sequential mode.
Connections to the other computers:

– CPU
– UCH
– ECU Auto
Immobiliser
The immobiliser function is managed by the UCH and engine management computers.
Before any driver command (card + button press), the engine management and UCH computers exchange
authentication CAN frames to determine whether or not to start the engine.
After more than 5 consecutive failed authentication attempts, the engine management computer goes into protection
(anti-scanning) mode and no longer tries to authenticate the UCH computer. It only leaves this mode when the
following sequence of operations is carried out:
– the ignition is left on for at least 60 seconds, then
– the message is turned off, and if
– the end of the injection computer self-feed is adhered to (the length of time varies depending on engine
temperature).
After this, one and only one authentication attempt is allowed. If it too fails, the sequence of operations described
above must be repeated.
If the engine management computer still fails to unlock, contact Techline.
JSAA7441.0
17B-7
217B
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Impact detected
If an impact has been stored by the injection computer, turn off the ignition for 10 seconds, then switch it back on to
start the engine. Then clear any faults.
Camshaft dephaser
The injection computer controls a camshaft dephaser that varies, depending on the type of engine:
K4J engine
No camshaft dephaser.
F4R engine
Inlet camshaft dephaser controlled by a solenoid valve with an all or nothing supply from the injection
computer
K4M engine
Variable inlet camshaft dephaser constantly between 0 and 43˚ of the crankshaft, controlled by a solenoid
valve supplied by the injection computer with a variable OCR (Opening Cyclic Ratio) circuit.
IMPORTANT
2. OPERATIONAL SAFETY
Warning light illumination
The S3000 injection system manages the lighting of three warning lights and the display of the warning message
according to the severity of the faults detected, with the aim of informing the customer and directing fault finding.
The injection computer switches the warning lights on and off and displays messages on the instrument panel. These
warning lights come on during the starting phase, in the event of an injection fault or engine overheating.
The commands to light the warning lights reach the instrument panel via the multiplex network.
Conditions for the warning lights coming on
During the starting phase (START button depressed) the OBD (On Board Diagnostic) warning light lights up for
approximately 3 seconds then goes out.
If there is an injection fault (severity 1), the INJECTION FAULT written message lights up followed by the SERVICE
warning light. It indicates a reduced level of operation and a limited safety level.
The driver should have repairs done as soon as possible.
Components involved:
– motorised throttle valve
– accelerator pedal potentiometer
– inlet pressure sensor
– computer
– actuator supply
– computer supply
If there is a serious injection fault (severity 2), the red symbol indicated by an engine and the word STOP appears
(display with information display only), with the INJECTION FAILURE written message followed by the STOP
warning light and a buzzer. If this happens, the vehicle will stop immediately.
When a fault causing excessive pollution in the exhaust gases is detected, the orange OBD warning light, with an
engine symbol, is illuminated:
– flashes in the event of a fault which might cause damage to the catalytic converter (destructive misfires). If this
happens, the vehicle will stop immediately,
– permanently in the case of non-compliance with the anti-pollution standards (pollutive misfiring, catalytic converter
fault, oxygen sensor faults, fuel system faults, faulty connection between the oxygen sensors and fuel vapour
canister fault).
JSAA7441.0
17B-8
317B
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Faulty odometer
This parameter serves to measure the distance travelled with one of the injection fault lights on: severity 1 (amber)
warning light, coolant temperature overheating warning light, or OBD light.
The meter can be reset to 0 with the fault-finding tool.
Defect modes
Motorised throttle body

In defect mode, the motorised throttle valve can have 6 different states.
STATUS 0
The valve opening is below the "Safe mode" position. The valve is not longer under control and automatically
in "Safe mode". The ESP, proximity control, cruise control/speed limiter and automatic transmission systems
are blocked.
STATUS 1
The valve opening is no longer control. Speed is limited by injection cut-off.
STATUS 2
Defect mode is associated with a pedal reset (constant pedal setting depending on gear ratio).
STATUS 3
The related defect mode is a valve opening limitation. The maximum throttle valve opening produces a
speed of less than 56 mph (90 km/h).
STATUS 4
The computer no longer processes shift changes requested by the ESP, proximity control, cruise control/
speed limiter and automatic transmission systems.
This defect mode results from a computer malfunction, or a problem with the manifold or turbocharger
pressure sensor.
The ESP, proximity control, and cruise control/speed limiter systems are blocked. The automatic
transmission system is in "Safe mode".
STATUS 5
The turbocharger valve no longer works.
Camshaft dephaser
In defect mode, the camshaft dephaser can have two different states.
STATUS 1
This defect mode covers all faults that affect determining the position of the dephaser. The dephaser is
controlled at the low stop and the camshaft angle measurement is forced to 0.
Tooth signal fault.
Tooth / camshaft signal consistency fault finding.
STATUS 2
This defect mode covers all faults affecting the dephaser (pulley and solenoid valve). The dephaser is
controlled at the low stop end.
Electric fault-finding on the solenoid valve.
Dephaser position fault finding.
JSAA7441.0
17B-9
417B
PETROL INJECTION
17B
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Computer track allocation
Connector (A), (32 tracks):
Track Description
A2 Cruise control on/off switch
A3 Engine LOW CAN multiplex link
A4 Engine HIGH CAN multiplex link
B4 K-line fault finding
C3 Speed limiter on/off switch
C4 Clutch switch + signal
D1 + after ignition by the Protection and Switching Unit (PSU)
D2 Cruise control/speed limiter supply
D3 Cruise control programming return signal
E4 Brake pedal switch signal
F2 Accelerator pedal potentiometer supply track 2 + 5 V
F3 Accelerator pedal potentiometer signal track 2
F4 Accelerator pedal potentiometer earth track 2
G1 Battery + feed by the PSU
G2 Accelerator pedal potentiometer supply track 1 + 5 V
G4 Electronic earth
H1 Electronic earth
H2 Accelerator pedal potentiometer signal track 1
H3 Accelerator pedal potentiometer earth track 1
H4 Electronic earth
Connector (B), (48 tracks):
Track Description
A1 Injector 1 control
B2 Pinking sensor screening
B3 Pinking sensor + signal
B4 Pinking sensor - signal
D3 Motorised throttle valve potentiometer track 2 signal
D4 Computer self-power
E2 Air temperature sensor signal
E3 Air temperature sensor earth
E4 Engine speed and position sensor signal
F2 Coolant temperature sensor signal
F3 Engine speed and position sensor signal
F4 Coolant temperature sensor earth
G2 Fuel gauge level signal
G3 Motorised throttle valve potentiometer track 1 signal
G4 Motorised throttle valve potentiometers common earth
H2 Manifold pressure sensor supply + 5 V
H3 Manifold pressure sensor signal
H4 Manifold pressure sensor earth
J2 Air conditioning pressure switch signal
J3 Air conditioning pressure switch + 5 V supply
K2 Air conditioning pressure switch earth
K3 Engine LOW CAN multiplex link
K4 Engine HIGH CAN multiplex link
JSAA7441.0
17B-10
SAGEM 3000
517B
PETROL INJECTION
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44
Fault finding - Computer track allocation 17B
Connector (B), continued:
Track Description
L1 Electronic earth
L3 Camshaft dephaser solenoid valve control
(K4M and F4R engines only)
M1 Electronic earth
M2 Battery + feed by the PSU
M3 motorised throttle valve motor +ve
M4 motorised throttle valve motor -ve
Connector (C), 48 tracks:
Track Description
A2 Downstream oxygen sensor + signal
B1 Upstream oxygen sensor + signal
B2 Downstream oxygen sensor - signal
C1 Upstream oxygen sensor - signal
D1 Fuel pump control by the PSU
E1 Fuel vapour absorber bleed solenoid valve control
E2 Camshaft position sensor earth (K4M engine only)
F1 Camshaft position sensor signal (K4M engine only)
L1 Electronic earth
L2 Upstream oxygen sensor heating control
L3 Downstream oxygen sensor heater control
L1 Electronic earth
M3 2 - 3 ignition coil control
M4 1 - 4 ignition coil control
JSAA7441.0
17B-11
617B
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Replacing parts 17B
1. PROGRAMMING, REPROGRAMMING OR REPLACING THE COMPUTER
The system can programmed and reprogrammed via the diagnostic socket with the RENAULT CLIP diagnostic tool
(Refer to Technical Note 3585A or observe the instructions of the diagnostic tool).
WARNING
– Switch on the power (mains supply or cigarette lighter) for the diagnostic tool.
– Connect a battery charger (throughout the time needed for (re)programming the computer, the engine
cooling fans are triggered automatically).
– Comply with the engine coolant temperature instructions provided in the diagnostic tool before any
(re)programming.

– Switch the ignition on again and use the diagnostic tool to carry out the following steps:
– Following (re)programming of the injection system, stored faults may appear in other computers. Clear the memory
of these computers.
– Run command RZ005 "Programming".
– Program the flywheel sensor ring and throttle stop.
WARNING
It is not possible to test an injection computer from the Parts Department because it cannot be fitted to any other
vehicle.
2. REPLACING OR REMOVING THE TDC SENSOR
When the TDC sensor is replaced or removed, the flywheel ring has to be programmed.
3. REPLACING THE MOTORISED THROTTLE VALVE
When the throttle valve is replaced, the throttle stop has to be programmed.
WARNING
Never drive the vehicle without having programmed the throttle stop.
JSAA7441.0
17B-12
717B
PETROL INJECTION
17B
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Configuration and programming
1. CONFIGURATION
Computer configuration by automatic detection
The computer can automatically configure itself based on the sensors or vehicle options it detects.
2. PROGRAMMING
Programming the flywheel ring
Accelerate up to 4000 rpm in 3rd gear then decelerate to power take-up speed. Perform this operation twice in
succession.
Check the programming with ET089.
Programming the throttle stop
After replacing the computer or motorised throttle valve, after turning on the ignition, wait 30 seconds for the
computer to memorise the MAXIMUM and MINIMUM stop.
Check the programming with ET051.
JSAA7441.0
17B-13
817B
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Fault summary table 17B
Associated
DTC
DF001 0115 Coolant temperature sensor circuit

DF002 0110 Air temperature sensor circuit
DF005 0335 Engine speed sensor circuit
DF011 0641 Sensor supply voltage no.1
DF012 0651 Sensor supply voltage no.2
DF037 0513 Immobiliser
DF038 0606 Computer
DF046 0560 Battery voltage
DF049 0530 Refrigerant sensor circuit
DF065 0300 Misfiring
DF072 0351 Cylinder 1 ignition coil circuit
DF078 2101 Motorised throttle control circuit
DF079 0638 Motorised throttle valve servo
DF080 0010 Camshaft dephaser circuit
DF081 0443 Canister bleed solenoid valve circuit
DF082 0135 Upstream oxygen sensor heating circuit
DF083 0141 Downstream oxygen sensor heating circuit
DF084 0685 Actuator relay control circuit
JSAA7441.0
17B-14
917B
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Fault summary table 17B
Associated
DTC
DF085 0627 Petrol pump relay control circuit

DF088 0325 Pinking sensor circuit
DF089 0105 Inlet manifold pressure sensor circuit
DF091 0500 Vehicle speed signal
DF092 0130 Upstream oxygen sensor circuit
DF093 0136 Downstream oxygen sensor circuit
DF095 0120 Throttle potentiometer circuit track 1
DF096 0220 Throttle potentiometer circuit track 2
DF097 0340 Camshaft sensor circuit
DF099 C101 Automatic or sequential gearbox connection via the multiplex
network
DF100 C155 Instrument panel multiplex connection
DF101 C122 ESP multiplex connection
DF105 0585 Cruise control/speed limiter on/off circuit
DF106 0575 Cruise control/speed limiter selector switch on steering wheel
DF109 0313 Low fuel level misfire
DF110 0420 Catalytic converter
DF125 0315 Torque sensor programming
DF126 1604 Passenger compartment heating resistance
DF127 0703 Brake switch 1 circuit
DF128 0571 Brake switch 2 circuit
JSAA7441.0
17B-15
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Interpretation of faults 17B
DF001 1.DEF : Value outside the permitted range
PRESENT
NOTES None.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the coolant temperature sensor and its connections.
Disconnect the battery and the injection computer.

Check the cleanliness and condition of the connectors.
Take the "universal bornier", check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:
Computer track F2, connector B Coolant temperature sensor
Computer track F4, connector B Coolant temperature sensor
(see connector track numbers in the corresponding wiring diagram).
Check the resistance of the coolant temperature sensor (see the values in the "Help" section).
If the values are not correct, replace the coolant temperature sensor.
If the fault has still not disappeared, deal with the other faults and then proceed to the conformity
check.
Perform the "Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault"
routine:
– Continue to deal with the fault if it is present.
AFTER REPAIR
– Ignore the fault if it is stored.
Clear the fault memory.
JSAA7441.0
17B-16
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF002 1.DEF : Value outside the permitted range
PRESENT
NOTES None.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the air temperature sensor and its connections.

Computer track E3, connector B Air temperature sensor
Computer track E2, connector B Air temperature sensor
Check the resistance of the air temperature sensor (see the values in the Help section).
If the values are not correct, replace the air temperature sensor.
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-17
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF005
1.DEF : Flywheel ring fault
PRESENT
2.DEF : Absence of engine speed signal or interference affecting engine speed
OR
signal
STORED

NOTES The fault is declared present after the starter motor has been operated for 10 seconds
or after the engine has been running at more than 600 rpm.
1.DEF Check the cleanliness and condition of the engine flywheel.
After replacement or removal of the flywheel, the flywheel target programming has
to be reinitialised, then the programming done.
Reinitialising the programming:

Perform command RZ005
Reprogramming the engine flywheel signal:
Accelerate up to 4000 rpm in 3rd gear then decelerate, foot off the pedal, to power
take-up speed*.
Perform this operation twice in succession.
In rare cases, fault DF125 may appear.
(*This is the moment when, during deceleration with no load, the engine drops to idle
speed and recovers torque.)
2.DEF Check the mounting and the positionof the engine speed sensor (refer to the
relevant section of the Workshop Repair Manual).
Check the cleanliness and conditionof the engine speed sensor and its
connections.
Check the condition of the cable.

Check the cleanliness and condition of the connections.
Take the "universal bornier", check the continuity and insulation of the following
connections:
Computer track E4, connector B Engine speed sensor
Computer track F3, connector B Engine speed sensor
(Continued on next page)
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-18
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF005
CONTINUED
2.DEF Check the electrical resistance of the engine speed sensor (see the value in the
(continued) Help section).
If the value is not correct, replace the engine speed sensor.
After replacement or removal of the engine speed sensor, the flywheel target
programming has to be reinitialised, then the programming done.
Reprogramming the engine flywheel signal:

Accelerate up to 4000 rpm in 3rd gear then decelerate, foot off the pedal, to power
take-up speed*.
(*This is the moment when, during deceleration with no load, the engine drops to idle
speed and recovers torque.)
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-19
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF008
STORED 1.DEF : Inconsistency between pedal track 1 and track 2

NOTES The fault is declared present after the accelerator pedal changes from no load to full
load.
Check that the pedal is not mechanically seized.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the pedal potentiometer and its connections.

Computer track H3, connector A Pedal potentiometer track 1
Computer track G2, connector A Pedal potentiometer track 1
Computer track H2, connector A Pedal potentiometer track 1
If fault DF011 is present or stored, deal with this fault.
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-20
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF009
STORED

NOTES The fault is declared present after the accelerator pedal changes from no load to full
load.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the pedal potentiometer and its connections.

Computer track F4, connector A Pedal potentiometer track 2
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-21
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF011 1.DEF : Voltage outside permitted tolerance values
PRESENT 2.DEF : Internal electrical fault
If multiple faults occur, deal with the other faults first
NOTES None.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the throttle valve connections.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the pedal potentiometer connections.

Computer track G2, connector B Throttle body
Computer track G2, connector A Pedal potentiometer track 1
If the fault is still not resolved, there is a computer fault.

Contact the Techline.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-22
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF012 1.DEF : Voltage outside permitted tolerance values
PRESENT 2.DEF : Internal electrical fault
If multiple faults occur, deal with the other faults first
NOTES None.

Take the "universal bornier", check the continuity and insulation of the following connection:
(see connector track number in the corresponding wiring diagram)
If the fault is still not resolved, there is a computer fault.

routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-23
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF026
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
STORED CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V
If faults DF084 or DF046 are present or stored, deal with them first.
The fault is declared present following a delay of 10 seconds with the engine running.
NOTES
WARNING:
After repair, the fault may continue to be displayed as present.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the cylinder 1 injector and its connections.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V at the cylinder 1 injector connector (see the connector
track number on the relevant wiring diagram).
If no + 12 V:
– disconnect the battery,
– disconnect the connector marked PPM1 in the Switching Protection Unit,
– check the cleanliness and condition of the connectors,
– Take the "universal bornier". Check the continuity of the following connection:
Switching Protection Unit, PPM1 connector, track 1 Cylinder 1 injector
Reconnect the Switching Protection Unit connector and reconnect the battery.
With the ignition on, if there is still no + 12 V at the cylinder 1 injector connector, there is a fault in the Switching
and Protection Unit.

Injection computer track A1, connector B Cylinder 1 injector
Check the resistance of cylinder injector 1 (see the value in the Help section).
If the value is not correct, replace the cylinder 1 injector.
If the fault persists, replace the cylinder 1 injector.
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-24
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF027
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
NOTES
WARNING:
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V on the cylinder 2 injector connector (see the connector
If no + 12 V:
Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector, track 1 Cylinder 2 injector
With the ignition on, if there is still no + 12 V at the cylinder 2 injector connector, there is a problem with the
Protection and Switching Unit.

Check the resistance of the cylinder 2 injector (see the value in the Help section).
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-25
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF028
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
NOTES
WARNING:
If no + 12 V:
– disconnect the battery.
– take the "universal bornier". Check the continuity of the following connection:

check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-26
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF029
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
NOTES
WARNING:
If no + 12 V:
– disconnect the connector marked PPM1 in the Switching and Protection Unit,

check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-27
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
IMMOBILISER
DF037
PRESENT 1.DEF: CAN connection fault
OR
STORED
NOTES None.
Test the multiplex network.

Refer to the Multiplex Network section in the Workshop Repair Manual.
If the fault does not disappear, carry out fault finding on the Immobiliser system.
Refer to the Immobiliser section in the Workshop Repair Manual.

AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-28
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
COMPUTER
DF038 1.DEF : Internal electronic fault.
PRESENT
NOTES None.
If the computer has been replaced, perform a road test and check the absence of
AFTER REPAIR
FAULTS and that STATES and PARAMETERS are correct, using the diagnostic tool.
JSAA7441.0
17B-29
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
BATTERY VOLTAGE
DF046
PRESENT 1.DEF : Incorrect battery voltage
OR
STORED
If fault DF084 is present or stored, deal with this fault first.

NOTES Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:
The fault is declared as present with an engine speed of more than 2000 rpm.

Check the cleanliness and condition of the computer connections.
Disconnect the connector marked PPM1 in the Switching and Protection Unit.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the connections.
Computer track M2, connector B Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector, track 1
Perform fault finding on the Switching and Protection Unit

(the Switching and Protection Unit powers the injection system).
– Clean the battery terminals and all positive and earth connections.
– Check the battery voltage.
– Check the battery charge circuit (refer to the relevant section in the Workshop Repair Manual).
Follow the instructions to confirm repair:

AFTER REPAIR – Ignore the fault if it is stored.
JSAA7441.0
17B-30
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF049 1. DEF : Voltage outside permitted tolerance values
PRESENT
NOTES None.
Check the cleanliness and conditionof the manifold pressure sensor and its connections.

Connect the "universal bornier" in place of the computer and check the continuity and insulation of the
Computer track J2, connector B Refrigerant fluid sensor
Computer track K2, connector B Refrigerant fluid sensor
check.
JSAA7441.0
17B-31
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF059
PRESENT 1.DEF : Destructive misfiring
OR 2.DEF : Pollutant misfiring
STORED
If the following faults are present or stored, deal with them first:
– Ignition: DF072, DF073, DF074 and DF075.
– Fuel supply circuit: DF026, DF027, DF028, DF029 and DF085.
– Engine flywheel signal: DF005 and DF125.
– Camshaft sensor and dephaser: DF080 and DF097.
Check whether other cylinders have "Misfiring" faults before starting the following fault
finding procedure.
NOTES
The fault is declared present under the following conditions:
– no more electrical faults
– Programming completed
– Engine warm (minimum 75˚C).
– Run at idling speed with all electrical consumers on for 15 minutes.
Misfiring on The problem is probably due to a component that can only affect this cylinder:
cylinder 1 only – check the cylinder 1 injector
– check the condition and correct specification of the spark plugs,
– check the rod coil of cylinder 1.
If everything is okay, check the same components on cylinder 4 (to correct a possible
cylinder identification error).
Misfiring on The problem is probably due to a component that affects a pair of cylinders:
cylinders 1 and 4 – check the ignition coil circuit concerned (use fault finding procedure DF072 or
(see DF062) DF075),
– check the condition and correct specification of the spark plugs.
Misfiring on all four The problem is probably due to a component affecting all the cylinders:
cylinders – check that the correct petrol is being used,
(see DF060, DF061 – check the condition and correct specification of the spark plugs.
and DF062)
Ensure that all the faults have been dealt with.

Clear the stored faults. Do not delete the programming.
To ensure that the system has been properly repaired:
– There must be no remaining electrical faults.
AFTER REPAIR – The programming must have been carried out.
– The engine must be warm (minimum 75 °C).
– Run at idling speed with all electrical consumers on for 15 minutes.
If the fault reappears, continue the fault finding procedure.
– Run the catalytic converter fault finding with the right After-Sales service.
JSAA7441.0
17B-32
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF059
CONTINUED
If the fault is still present, carry out the following checks:

– check the flywheel sensor,
– check the condition and cleanliness of the flywheel,
– check the mounting of the flywheel sensor,
– check the sensor/flywheel air gap,
– check the cylinder compressions,
– check the complete petrol supply system (see Workshop Repair Manual),
– check the complete ignition system (see Workshop Repair Manual),
– check the hydraulic tappets if there is camshaft noise (see the Workshop Repair Manual).
check.

– Run at idling speed with all electrical consumers switched on for 15 minutes.
JSAA7441.0
17B-33
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF060 MISFIRING ON CYLINDER 2
STORED
finding procedure.
NOTES
– Engine warm (minimum 75˚C)
cylinder 2 only – check the cylinder 2 injector,
– check the rod coil of cylinder 2,
If everything is correct, check the same components on cylinder 3 (to correct a
possible cylinder identification error).
(see DF061) DF074),
and DF062)

JSAA7441.0
17B-34
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF060
CONTINUED

– check the sensor / flywheel air gap,
check.

– Run at idling speed with all electrical consumers drawing power for 15 minutes.
JSAA7441.0
17B-35
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
STORED
If the faults are present or stored, deal with them first:

finding procedure.
NOTES
– No more electrical faults
cylinder 3 only – check the injector of cylinder 3,
– check the rod coil of cylinder 3.
cylinders 2 and 3 – check the ignition coil circuit concerned (use diagnostic DF073 or DF074),
(see DF060) – check the condition and correct specification of the spark plugs.
and DF062)

JSAA7441.0
17B-36
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF061
CONTINUED

check.

JSAA7441.0
17B-37
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
STORED
If the faults are present or stored, deal with them first:

finding procedure.
NOTES
cylinder 4 only – check the cylinder 4 injector,
– check the rod coil of the cylinder.
(see DF059) DF075),
and DF061)

JSAA7441.0
17B-38
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF062
CONTINUED

check.

JSAA7441.0
17B-39
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
MISFIRING
DF065
or 2.DEF : Pollutant misfiring
STORED
– Cylinder misfiring: DF059, DF060, DF061 and DF062.
NOTES
– Programming done
Check the injectors.

Check the condition and correct specification of the spark plugs.
Check the ignition rod coils.
Check that the correct petrol is being used.

check.

Do not delete the programming.
AFTER REPAIR
– The programming must have been carried out.
JSAA7441.0
17B-40
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
IGNITION COIL CIRCUIT, CYLINDER 1
DF072
STORED
If faults DF046, DF084 or DF085 are present or stored, deal with them first.
If the "Ignition coil circuit: cylinder 4" fault is also present or stored, deal with it
first.
NOTES
The fault is declared as present after the starter motor has been operated for
10 seconds or after the engine has been running for 10 minutes.
Disconnect the rod coil connector on cylinder 1.

Check the cleanliness and condition of the rod coil and its connections.
Verify the primary and secondary resistance of the rod coil of cylinder 1
(see the values in the Help section).
If the values are not correct, replace the rod coil.

following connection:
Computer track M4, connector C Coil 1
Coil 4 Coil 1
If the fault persists, replace the faulty rod coil.
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-41
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF073
STORED
If the "Ignition coil circuit: cylinder 3" fault is also present or stored, deal with it
first.
NOTES


Coil 3 Coil 2
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-42
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF074
PRESENT
STORED
NOTES


Coil 3 Coil 2
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V on the cylinder 3
rod coil connector (see the connector track number on the relevant wiring diagram).
If no + 12 V:
– disconnect the connector marked PPM2 in the Protection and Switching Unit,
Protection and Switching Unit, PPM1 connector, track 8 Rod coil, cylinder 3
Reconnect the Protection and Switching Unit connector and reconnect the battery.
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-43
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DF075
PRESENT
STORED
NOTES


Coil 4 Coil 1
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V on the cylinder 4 rod coil connector (see the connector
If there is no + 12 V:
Protection and Switching Unit, PPM1 connector, track 8 Rod coil, cylinder 4
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-44
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
THROTTLE BODY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF078
OR 1.DEF : Motorised throttle body general control fault
STORED
If faults DF095 or DF096 are present, deal with them first.

The fault is declared present after a change in the engine speed.
The air temperature must be between 5 °C and 105 °C.
NOTES
IMPORTANT: Never drive the vehicle without ensuring that there are no faults
related to the throttle valve.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the throttle valve and its connections.
By hand, verify correct rotation of the throttle.

Computer track M3, connector B Motorised throttle
Computer track G4, connector B Motorised throttle
Check the electrical resistance of the throttle motor between tracks M3 and M4 of the computer (see value
in the Help section).
If the value is not correct, replace the throttle body.
check.
If the throttle unit has been replaced, reinitialise the programming (RZ008).
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-45
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
MOTORISED THROTTLE BODY SERVO
DF079
PRESENT 1.DEF : Motorised throttle stop search fault
OR 2.DEF : Motorised throttle rest position programming error
STORED 3.DEF : Motorised throttle control fault
4.DEF : The position memory function does not work
The air temperature must be between 5˚C and 105˚C.
NOTES
Check the correct rotation of the throttle by hand.

Computer track G3, connector B Throttle position potentiometer track 1
Computer track D3, connector B Throttle position potentiometer track 2
Check the electrical resistance of the throttle motor between tracks M3 and M4 (see value in the Help
section).
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-46
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CAMSHAFT DEPHASER CIRCUIT
CO : Open circuit
DF080 CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
OR 1.DEF : Programming drift
STORED 2.DEF : Programming inconsistency
3.DEF : Camshaft dephaser position error
4.DEF : Dephaser operation outside the permitted range of values
Check the cleanliness and condition of the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve connections.
Check the electrical resistance of the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve (see the value in the Help section).
If the value is not correct, replace the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V on the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve connector
(see the connector track number on the relevant wiring diagram).
Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector, track 1 Camshaft dephaser solenoid
valve
With the ignition on, if there is still no + 12 V at the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve, there is a fault in the
Disconnect the battery.

Disconnect the computer. Check the cleanliness and condition of the connectors.
Take the "universal bornier". Check the continuity and insulation of the following connection:
Computer track L3, connector B Camshaft dephaser
solenoid valve
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-47
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CANISTER BLEED SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
DF081
PRESENT CO : Open circuit
The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the fuel vapour absorber bleed solenoid valve connections.
Check the resistance of the fuel vapour absorber bleed solenoid valve (see value in the Help section).
If the value is not correct, replace the fuel vapour absorber bleed solenoid valve.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V at the fuel vapour absorber bleed solenoid valve
connector (see the connector track number on the relevant wiring diagram).
If no + 12 V:
Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector, track 2 Petrol vapour absorber bleed
solenoid valve
With the ignition on, if there is still no + 12 V at the fuel vapour absorber canister bleed solenoid valve
connector, there is a fault in the Switching Protection Unit.

Computer track E1, connector C Petrol vapour absorber
bleed solenoid valve
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-48
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
UPSTREAM OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT
DF082
Check the cleanliness and condition of the upstream oxygen sensor connections.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V at the upstream oxygen sensor connector (see the track
number of the connector on the corresponding wiring diagram).
If no + 12 V:
– take the "universal bornier", check the continuity and insulation of the following connection:
Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector, track 2 Upstream oxygen sensor
With the ignition on, if there is still no + 12 V at the upstream oxygen sensor connector, there is a fault in the
Switching Protection Unit.

Computer track L2, connector C Upstream oxygen sensor
Check the heating resistance of the upstream oxygen sensor (see the value in the Help section).
If the value is not correct, replace the upstream oxygen sensor.
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-49
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DOWNSTREAM OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT
DF083
Check the cleanliness and condition of the downstream oxygen sensor connections.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V at the downstream oxygen sensor connector
(see the track number of the connector on the corresponding wiring diagram).
If no + 12 V:
– take the "universal bornier", check the continuity and insulation of the following connection:
Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector, track 2 Downstream oxygen sensor
With the ignition on, if there is still no + 12 V at the downstream oxygen sensor connector, there is a fault in
the Switching Protection Unit.

Computer track L3, connector C Downstream oxygen sensor
Check the heating resistance of the downstream oxygen sensor (see the value in the Help section).
If the value is not correct, replace the downstream oxygen sensor.
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-50
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
ACTUATOR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF084 1.DEF : Loss of computer power feed
PRESENT
NOTES None

In the Switching Protection Unit disconnect the "PEM" connector and check the cleanliness and condition of
the connections.
Computer track D4, connector B Switching Protection Unit, PEM connector, track 2
If the fault is still present, there is a fault in the Switching Protection Unit (the actuator relay is in the Switching
Protection Unit and is not removable).
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-51
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF085

NOTES
The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.

In the Switching Protection Unit disconnect the "PEM" connector and check the cleanliness and condition of
the connections.
Computer track D1, connector C Switching Protection Unit, PEM connector, track 1
If the fault is still present, there is a fault in the Switching Protection Unit (the fuel pump relay is in the
Switching Protection Unit and is not removable).
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-52
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
PINKING SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF088
PRESENT 1.DEF : Pinking signal fault
OR
STORED

NOTES The fault is declared present following a warm engine road test at an engine speed of
more than 2500 rpm.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the pinking sensor and its connections.
Check that the pinking sensor is tightened.

Take the "universal bornier". Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:
Computer track B3, connector B Pinking sensor
Computer track B2, connector B Pinking sensor screening
Check the correct fuel is in the fuel tank.

Check the conformity of the spark plugs.
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-53
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
INLET MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF089
PRESENT 1.DEF : Voltage not within the permitted range
STORED

The fault is declared present after:
NOTES – the ignition has been switched off and communications lost,
– switching the ignition on again and re-establishing communication,
– a period of 10 seconds at idle speed.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the manifold pressure sensor and its connections.

Computer track H2, connector B Manifold pressure sensor
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-54
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
DF091
PRESENT 1.DEF : Error in speed information coming from the ABS
OR
STORED

NOTES
The fault is declared present with the engine running.

If the fault has not been resolved, carry out a fault finding procedure on the ESP / ABS systems.
Refer to the ABS and ESP section in the Workshop Repair Manual.

AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-55
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
UPSTREAM OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF092
NOTES
The fault is declared present with the engine running after 5 minutes with richness
regulation.

Computer track C1, connector C Upstream oxygen sensor
Computer track B1, connector C Upstream oxygen sensor
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-56
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DOWNSTREAM OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF093
The fault is declared as present in one of the following cases:
– A road test driving smoothly after operation of the fan and the double richness ratio
NOTES
loop state ET056 is "ACTIVE".
– A road test driving smoothly after the fan has operated, immediately followed by a
road test on a hill under no load conditions (injection cut-out in the deceleration
phase).

Computer track A2, connector C Downstream oxygen sensor
Computer track B2, connector C Downstream oxygen sensor
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-57
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
THROTTLE POSITION POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT TRACK 1
DF095
STORED 1.DEF : Inconsistency between throttle track 1 and track 2

NOTES
Check the cleanliness of the throttle body and the correct rotation of the throttle (no hard point).

check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-58
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
THROTTLE POSITION POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT TRACK 2
DF096
STORED

NOTES
Check the cleanliness of the throttle body and the correct rotation of the throttle (no hard point).

check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-59
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CAMSHAFT SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF097
PRESENT 1.DEF : Camshaft tooth event
OR 2.DEF : Measurement of the offset outside permitted range of values
STORED
The fault is declared present after a road test.
Check the cleanliness and the condition of the camshaft sensor connections.
Check the condition and the cleanliness of the camshaft sensor.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V at the camshaft sensor connector
– Take the "universal bornier", check the continuity and insulation of the following connection:
Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector, track 2 Camshaft sensor
With the ignition on, if there is still no + 12 V at the camshaft sensor connector, there is a fault in the Protection
and Switching Unit.

Computer track E2, connector C Camshaft sensor
Computer track F1, connector C Camshaft sensor
If the fault is still not resolved, there is almost certainly a fault with the camshaft sensor ring.
Refer to the relevant section in the Workshop Repair Manual.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-60
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
AUTOMATIC OR SEQUENTIAL GEARBOX CONNECTION VIA
DF099
PRESENT THE MULTIPLEX NETWORK
OR 1.DEF : CAN connection fault
STORED

NOTES
The fault is declared present with the engine running.

If the fault is not resolved, perform fault finding on the automatic gearbox system.
Refer to the Automatic Transmission section in the Workshop Repair Manual.

AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-61
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
INSTRUMENT PANEL MULTIPLEX CONNECTION
DF100
PRESENT 1.DEF : CAN connection fault
OR
STORED
NOTES None.

If the fault is not resolved, perform fault finding on the instrument panel system.
Refer to the Instrument panel section in the Workshop Repair Manual.

AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-62
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
ESP MULTIPLEX CONNECTION
DF101
PRESENT 1.DEF : CAN connection fault
OR
STORED
NOTES None.

If the fault has not been resolved, carry out a fault finding procedure on the ESP / ABS systems.
Refer to the ABS and ESP section in the Workshop Repair Manual.

AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-63
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER ON/OFF CIRCUIT
DF105
PRESENT 1.DEF : Cruise control/speed limiter on/off button inconsistency
OR
STORED

NOTES The fault is declared present after a road test using the cruise control then the speed
limiter function.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the cruise control/speed limiter on/off switch and its connections.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V at the cruise control/speed limiter selector switch (see
the connector track number on the corresponding wiring diagram).

Computer track A2, connector A Cruise control/speed limiter on/off switch
Computer track C3, connector A Cruise control/speed limiter on/off switch
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-64
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER SELECTOR SWITCH ON
DF106
PRESENT STEERING WHEEL
OR 1.DEF : Data inconsistency
STORED

The fault is declared present after a road test using the cruise control then the speed
limiter function.
NOTES
WARNING: The airbag must be removed in order to remove or check the cruise
control/speed limiter control switches.
See the Workshop Repair Manual, section 88C "Airbag".
Check the cleanliness and condition of the increase switches at the steering wheel and their connections.
Check for the presence of earth at the increase switches on the steering wheel
(see the track numbers of the connectors on the corresponding wiring diagram)

Computer track D2, connector A Steering wheel control switch
(see the connector track numbers in the relevant wiring diagram)
check.
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-65
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
LOW FUEL LEVEL MISFIRE
DF109
PRESENT 1.DEF : Low fuel misfiring.
OR 2.DEF : Destructive low fuel misfiring.
STORED
NOTES
Fault finding conditions for stored fault:
The fault is declared present after the engine is started.
Check that there is petrol in the tank.

Check that the correct petrol is being used.
If a misfire fault is present or stored (DF059, 060, 061, 062, 065, 1.DEF or 2.DEF), deal with it and ignore fault
DF109.
Fault finding conditions for stored fault:
– The engine must be warm (minimum 75˚C)
If no misfire fault is present or stored, the misfiring was caused by a low fuel level.
Clear fault DF109.

Do not delete the programming.
To prove that the system has been fully repaired:
AFTER REPAIR
– The programming must have been carried out.
JSAA7441.0
17B-66
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
DF110
PRESENT 1.DEF : EOBD pollutant HC emission threshold exceeded
OR
STORED
Deal with the other faults first.

NOTES There must be no other fault relating to the injection system either present or
stored.
Replace the catalytic converter after dealing with the causes of the misfiring.

AFTER REPAIR
Clear the stored faults
JSAA7441.0
17B-67
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
TORQUE SENSOR PROGRAMMING
DF125
PRESENT 1.DEF : Programming not performed
OR
STORED
Information:
The torque sensor analyses the crankshaft speed.
NOTES
The fault is declared present after the starter motor has been operated for 10 seconds
or after the engine has been running at more than 600 rpm.
Reinitialising the programming:

Run command RZ008.
Performing torque sensor programming:
Accelerate up to 4000 rpm in 3rd gear then decelerate, foot off the pedal, to power take-up speed*.
(*This is the moment when, during deceleration with no load, the engine drops to idle speed and recovers
torque).
routine:
AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-68
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT HEATING RESISTANCE
DF126
PRESENT 1.DEF : Absence of signal or inconsistent signal from the UCH
OR
STORED
NOTES None.

If the fault is not resolved, perform fault finding on the UCH system.
Refer to the "UCH" section in the Workshop Repair Manual.

AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-69
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
BRAKE SWITCH 1 CIRCUIT
DF127
PRESENT 1.DEF : Fault on one brake pedal switch
OR
STORED

NOTES The fault is declared as present with the engine running, brake pedal depressed and
cruise control "ON".
Check that the pedal assembly is in sound condition.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the dual-contact brake switch and its connections.

Computer track E4, connector A Brake pedal
(see the connector track number in the relevant wiring diagram)
If it still does not work, replace the switch.

AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-70
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
BRAKE SWITCH 2 CIRCUIT
DF128
PRESENT 1.DEF : Fault on both brake pedal switches
OR
STORED
If fault DF127 is present, deal with it first.

NOTES
The fault is declared present with the engine running, brake pedal depressed and
cruise control "ON" with a speed set.

If the fault is not resolved, perform fault finding on the UCH system.
Refer to the "UCH" section in the Workshop Repair Manual.

AFTER REPAIR
JSAA7441.0
17B-71
PETROL INJECTION
17B
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Conformity check
Only perform a conformity check after having performed a complete check with the
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
The values indicated in this conformity check are given merely as examples.
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR071: Computer supply 11 V < PR071 < 15 V

voltage In the event of a
1
problem, perform
the fault finding
Battery voltage
ET001: Computer + after 11 V < ET001 < 15 V procedure for
ignition feed PR071 "Computer
2
supply voltage"
Vehicle speed PR089: Vehicle speed Indicates the vehicle

In the event of a
speed in mph/km/h.
problem, perform
This parameter is
the fault finding
3 sent to the injection
procedure for
computer by the ABS
DF091 "Vehicle
computer via the
information"
multiplex network.
Clutch contact ET040: Clutch pedal Indicates recognition

In the event of a
of clutch pedal
problem, perform
contacts.
the fault finding
4 – INACTIVE: Pedal
procedure for
released.
ET040 "Clutch
– ACTIVE: Pedal
pedal"
depressed.
Brake contact ET039: Brake pedal Indicates recognition

In the event of a
of brake pedal
problem, perform
contacts
the fault finding
5 – INACTIVE: Pedal
procedure for
released.
ET039 "Brake
– ACTIVE: Pedal
pedal"
depressed.
Automatic ET063: Park/neutral position Automatic gearbox. In the event of a

gearbox problem, perform
Indicates whether
the fault finding
automatic gearbox is
procedure for
in Park/neutral
DF099 "Automatic
6 position or not.
transmission or
robotised gearbox
link via the
multiplex
network"
JSAA7441.0
17B-72
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Conformity check 17B
Only perform this conformity check after having performed a complete check with the
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Application condition: Engine off, ignition on.
MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS (continued)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET064: Injection fault severity 1 Warns the driver of

the presence of an
7 injection fault
causing minor
operating problems
ET065: Injection fault severity 2 Warns the driver of

the presence of a
8 serious injection
fault causing damage
Faults to components NONE
PR105: Mileage recorder, OBD Indicates the number

fault warning light on of miles travelled
9
with the warning light
on
PR106: Mileage recorder, fault Indicates the number

warning light on of miles travelled
10
with the warning light
on
JSAA7441.0
17B-73
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
LPG/FUEL CIRCUIT SUB-FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Engine PR055: Engine speed Indicates the engine's In the event of a problem,
speed rotational speed in rpm. perform the fault finding
1 procedure for DF005
0 rpm < PR055
"Engine speed sensor
< 500 rpm
circuit"
PR014: Idling speed Indicates the idling The idle speed regulator
correction speed correction value. performs the series of
calculations which then
PR014 = 0 rpm
allows physical
operation of the idling
speed actuator: the
2
motorised throttle. This
is a regulator whose
integral component is
adaptive (programming
of dispersions and
ageing).
ET054: Idle speed In the event of a fault,

regulation perform the fault finding
3 INACTIVE
procedure for ET054 "Idle
Motorised speed regulation"
throttle
PR010: Rail regulation The idle speed
setting regulation value
depends on the coolant
and oil temperatures,
the position of the
gearbox selector and
the operation of In the event of a fault,
electrical consumers. perform the fault finding
4
procedure for ET054 "Idle
752 rpm < PR010
speed regulation"
< 1216 rpm
If a manifold pressure
sensor fault is present
or stored, the idle
speed set point is:
896 rpm.
JSAA7441.0
17B-74
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
LPG/FUEL CIRCUIT SUB-FUNCTION (continued - 1)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR090: Idle speed regulation 12% < PR090 < 12% The PR090,
programming value adaptive integral
action is a saved
parameter which
is intended to
"learn" the
dispersions and
ageing of the
engine for the idle
speed regulator.
This programming
is only performed
5 at idle speed, with
the engine warm
and no
Motorised consumers
throttle requested
(electric
windscreen, air
conditioning,
engine cooling
fan, power
steering). It
therefore changes
slowly.
PR141: Idle speed regulation None The integral

integral correction correction is
continuously
6 calculated to take
account of the air
requirement of the
consumers.
JSAA7441.0
17B-75
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR091: Idle speed regulation 0% < PR091 < 100% When the regulation
theoretical OCR conditions are met, the
idle speed regulator
continuously positions
the motorised throttle
to maintain the engine
Motorised speed at the idle speed
7
throttle unit set point. The opening
percentage of the
motorised throttle
necessary to maintain
the engine speed set
point is then given by
the parameter PR091.
ET055: Upstream sensor Open loop In the event of a fault,

mixture loop. perform the fault finding
8 procedure for ET055
"Richness ratio loop by
upstream sensor"
PR138: Mixture adjustment None In loop phase, the

richness correction
system corrects the
injection timing in
Oxygen order to obtain
9
sensor metering as close as
possible to richness 1.
The correction value
fluctuates around 50,
between 0 and 100.
PR144: Autoadaptive richness 0 < PR144 < 255 These parameters limit
10
offset the tendency towards
increase or decrease in
PR143: Autoadaptive richness 0 < PR143 < 255
11 the richness of the
gain injection system.
JSAA7441.0
17B-76
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Parameter or State
Check or Action
12 Injection PR101: Injection duration 0 ms NONE
Fuel PR103: Current fuel 0 l/h

13 NONE
consumption consumption
Petrol pump ET047: Fuel pump control circuit INACTIVE In the event of a fault,
perform the fault
14 finding procedure for
DF085 "Fuel pump
relay control circuit"
15 ET066: LPG fault NO
16 ET067: LPG ready NO
17 ET068: LPG tank empty NO
18 ET069: Operation in LPG mode NO
ET070: Operation in petrol YES

19
LPG mode NONE
ET071: Transition from petrol NOT PERFORMED
20
mode to LPG mode
ET072: Transition from LPG NOT PERFORMED

21
mode to petrol mode
ET073: Balance conditions in NOT CORRECT

22
LPG mode
Petrol pump AC015: Fuel pump relay You should hear the In the event of a fault,
fuel pump operating perform the fault
AC015 "Fuel pump
relay "
JSAA7441.0
17B-77
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
A/C SUB-FUNCTION (TURBOCHARGER / INLET)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR035: Atmospheric 700 mb < PR035

If not consistent, check
pressure < 1047 mb
PR035 = PR032 = local
1 atmospheric pressure,
with the engine
Air circuit stopped and ignition
pressure on.
PR032: Inlet pressure 121.5 mb < PR035
< 1042.8 mb In the event of a problem,
2 perform the fault finding
procedure for PR032
"Inlet pressure."
Air temperature PR058: Air temperature -40˚C < PR058 < 120˚C In the event of a problem,
perform the fault finding
3 procedure for DF002 "Air
temperature sensor
circuit"
Coolant PR064: Coolant -40˚C < PR058 < 120˚C In the event of a problem,
temperature temperature perform the fault finding
temperature sensor
circuit"
ET083: Camshaft NO NONE
5 dephaser in
defect mode
ET084: Camshaft STATUS 1: No camshaft NONE
dephaser dephaser (on K4J)
STATUS 2: Camshaft
dephaser on/off
(on F4R 770)
6
STATUS 3: Camshaft
dephaser continuous
Camshaft
(on K4M + 760 manual
dephaser gearbox, automatic
transmission)
ET086: Camshaft Indicates operation or NONE
7 dephaser not of the camshaft
control dephaser
PR093: Camshaft Indicates the measured In the event of a problem,
dephaser dephaser value perform the fault finding
8 measured procedure for DF097
position "Camshaft sensor
circuit"
JSAA7441.0
17B-78
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Application condition: Engine off, ignition on.
DRIVER PARAMETERS SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET085: Motorised throttle NO NONE

1 unit in defect
mode
ET051: Throttle valve PERFORMED
2 stops
programming
PR097: Motorised throttle 5.96% < PR097
3 lower stop value < 13.96%
learned
PR114: Motorised throttle 5.96% < PR114 Run command RZ005
4 "Programming". If the
valve lower limit < 13.96%
parameters or statuses
PR113: Throttle lower stop 5.96% < PR113 are not always correct,
5 after application of < 13.96% contact your Techline.
offset
PR096: Motorised throttle PR096 = 87.99%
6 upper stop value
learned
PR115: Motorised throttle PR115 = 87.99%
7
valve upper limit
Motorised
ET082: Motorised throttle CLOSED In the event of a problem,
throttle unit
position perform the fault finding
"Motorised throttle
position"
PR118: Motorised throttle no load = 4% In the event of a problem,
position track 1 full load = 99.02% perform the fault finding
"Throttle potentiometer
circuit track 1"
PR119: Motorised throttle no load = 4% In the event of a problem,
position track 2 Full load = 100% perform the fault finding
"Throttle potentiometer
circuit track 2"
PR116: Corrected position No load = 0%
11 set point of the Full load = 60% NONE
motorised throttle
PR111: Corrected position No load = 0%
12 of the motorised Full load = 60% NONE
throttle
JSAA7441.0
17B-79
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
DRIVER PARAMETERS SUB-FUNCTION (continued 1)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Accelerator ET075: Pedal in no load DETECTED In the event of a fault,

pedal and position and perform the fault finding
motorised throttle closed procedure for PR030
throttle "Accelerator pedal
13
position" followed by the
for ET082 "Motorised
throttle position".
PR112: No load position 0% < PR112 Run command RZ005

programmed < 15.625% "Programming". If the
14 parameters or statuses
are not always correct,
contact your Techline.
PR030: Accelerator pedal No load = < 15.625% In the event of a fault,

position Full load = 100% perform the fault finding
procedure for DF008 and
DF009 "Pedal sensor
15
circuit track 1 and track 2"
followed by DF011 and
DF012 "Sensor supply
voltage n˚1 and n˚2"
PR028: Pedal position No load = 9.96% In the event of a fault,

(track 1) Full load = 95.01% perform the fault finding
Accelerator procedure for DF008
16 pedal "Pedal sensor circuit
track 1" followed by
voltage n˚1"

procedure for DF009
17 "Pedal sensor circuit
voltage n˚2"
ET081: Accelerator pedal Indicates the In the event of a problem,

position position of the perform the fault finding
18 accelerator pedal procedure for PR030
(No load or Full load) "Accelerator pedal
position"
JSAA7441.0
17B-80
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Motorised AC027: Motorised throttle Motorised throttle In the event of a problem,

throttle unit unit should be heard perform the fault finding
19
operating procedure for AC027
"Motorised throttle"
JSAA7441.0
17B-81
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
IGNITION/PRE-HEATING SUB-FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Engine flywheel ET089: Programming NOT PERFORMED

1
target the flywheel ring
Engine phasing ET061: Cylinder 1 NOT PERFORMED

2
recognition
Flywheel ET062: Engine flywheel NOT PERFORMED

3
signal
4 PR001: Forwards 0˚V

Ignition PR095: Anti-pinking 0˚V
5
correction NONE
ET057: Misfiring on NO
6
cylinder 1
7
cylinder 2
Flywheel
8
cylinder 3
9
cylinder 4
JSAA7441.0
17B-82
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD SUB-FUNCTION:
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET052: Upstream O2 INACTIVE In the event of a problem,

sensor heating perform the fault finding
"Upstream O2 sensor
heating"
ET053: Downstream O2 INACTIVE In the event of a problem,
"Downstream O2
sensor heating"
Oxygen sensor
PR098: Upstream oxygen 0 V < PR098 < 2.5 V In the event of a problem,
sensor voltage perform the fault finding
3 procedure for PR098
"Upstream oxygen
sensor voltage"
PR099: Downstream 0 V < PR099 < 2.5 V In the event of a problem,
oxygen sensor perform the fault finding
4 voltage procedure for PR099
"Downstream oxygen
sensor voltage"
ET050: Canister bleed INACTIVE
5 NONE
control
Canister PR102: Canister bleed 0% < PR102 < 99.61%
6 solenoid valve NONE
RCO signal
7 NONE
cylinder 1
8 NONE
cylinder 2
Flywheel
9 NONE
cylinder 3
10 NONE
cylinder 4
AC017: Canister bleed The canister bleed In the event of a problem,
solenoid valve solenoid valve should perform the fault finding
11 Canister be heard operating procedure for AC017
"Canister bleed
solenoid valve"
JSAA7441.0
17B-83
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD SUB-FUNCTION (continued 1)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
AC018: Upstream O2 The upstream oxygen In the event of a problem,

sensor heating sensor should heat up perform the fault finding
"Upstream O2 sensor
heating circuit"
Oxygen sensor
AC019: Downstream O2 The downstream In the event of a problem,
sensor heating oxygen sensor should perform the fault finding
14 heat up procedure for DF083
"Downstream O2
sensor heating circuit".
JSAA7441.0
17B-84
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
COLD LOOP SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET079: Air conditioning States whether the vehicle is

present fitted with air conditioning or
If not consistent with
not.
the vehicle
– YES: Air conditioning is
equipment, carry out
1 detected by the injection
the multiplex network
computer
test and apply the
– NO: Air conditioning is not
relevant procedure.
detected by the injection
computer
ET088: Request to start The injection requests the

compressor PSU (via the multiplex
network) to start the
compressor.
network should not be faulty
on the Automatic
systems.
2 The UCH should request
Air injection to be initiated. The
conditioning refrigerant pressure sensor
should not be faulty.
Satisfactory engine operating
conditions (coolant
temperature, engine load etc.).
NONE
been fulfilled.
ET004: Air conditioning Non-operational information

authorised intended for fault finding
purposes only.
– YES: Satisfactory engine
operating conditions
(coolant temperature,
3 engine load etc.).
The vehicle is not in
a specific movement phase
(hill start, stop etc.).
conditions has not been
fulfilled
JSAA7441.0
17B-85
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
COLD LOOP SUB-FUNCTION (continued 1)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Refrigerant PR037: Refrigerant 2 Bar < PR037 < 27 Bar In the event of a problem,
pressure pressure perform the fault finding
4 procedure for PR037
"Refrigerant fluid
pressure"
Engine speed PR055: Engine speed Indicates the engine's In the event of a problem,
speed of rotation in rpm. perform the fault finding
0 rpm < PR055 < 500 rpm
"Engine speed sensor
circuit"
Motorised ET023: Fast idle speed The UCH requests the If ET023 is inconsistent,
throttle unit request injection computer to carry out a multiplex
accelerate the idle speed. network test using the
6 – ABSENT: The UCH did diagnostic tool. If the
not make the request test is correct refer to
– PRESENT: The UCH has the UCH fault finding
made a request procedure
Coolant PR064: Coolant -40˚C < PR064 < 120˚C In the event of a problem,
"Coolant temperature
sensor circuit"
Vehicle speed PR089: Vehicle speed Indicates the vehicle

speed in mph. This
parameter is sent to the
injection computer by the
"Vehicle speed
ABS computer via the
information"
multiplex network.
Air PR125: Power used by 300 W

9 conditioning the AC NONE
compressor
ET014: Check cooling Indicates operation or not In the event of a fault,

fan 1 of Fan 1 perform the fault finding
10
procedure for ET014
"Fan 1 check"
Fan assembly
ET015: Check cooling Indicates operation or not In the event of a fault,
fan 2 of Fan 2 perform the fault finding
11
procedure for ET015
"Fan 2 check"
JSAA7441.0
17B-86
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Coolant PR064: Coolant -40˚C < PR064 < 120˚C In the event of a fault,
"Coolant temperature
sensor circuit"
ET111: Number of PCHRs This status indicates

frozen. that the injection
computer is
preventing
modification of the
number of activated
passenger
compartment heating
resistances (PCHR)
(no activated PCHRs
switched off, but
2 NONE
addition of others
prevented). This
freezing of the number
of PCHRs is
performed according
to the vehicle
requirements
PCHR (availability of
electrical power,
torque requirements,
etc.)
ET112: PCHR cut off This status indicates

that the injection
computer is
preventing activation
of all the passenger
compartment heating
resistances (PCHR) in
3 accordance with NONE
vehicle requirements
(availability of
electrical power,
torque requirements,
injection or air
conditioning system
defect mode, etc.)
JSAA7441.0
17B-87
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET045: CC/SL selector – ACTIVE: if press In the event of a

switch on – INACTIVE: if no press problem, perform the
steering wheel fault finding procedure
1
for ET045 "CC/SL
function selectors
on steering wheel"
ET032: Cruise control – STATUS 1: Traction

deactivation control
– STATUS 2: Brake pedal
depressed
– STATUS 3: Cruise control
or speed limiter fault
– STATUS 4: Engine /
gearbox decoupling
– STATUS 5: Fault detected
Cruise control/
2 by the injection computer NONE
Speed limiter
– STATUS 6: Vehicle speed
invalid
– STATUS 7: Press the
suspend button
– STATUS 8: Gear selector
lever in neutral
– STATUS 9: Inconsistency
between the request and
the vehicle speed
ET042: Cruise control/ – ACTIVE: if press In the event of a fault,

Speed limiter – INACTIVE: if no press perform the fault
3
ET042 "Cruise
control/Speed
limiter"
Clutch contact ET040: Clutch pedal Indicates recognition of In the event of a

clutch pedal contacts’ problem, perform the
4 – INACTIVE: Pedal released fault finding procedure
– ACTIVE: Pedal depressed for ET040 "Clutch
pedal"
Brake contact ET039: Brake pedal Indicates recognition of In the event of a fault,
brake pedal contacts perform the fault
5
– INACTIVE: Pedal released finding procedure for
– ACTIVE: Pedal depressed ET039 "Brake pedal"
JSAA7441.0
17B-88
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
START SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Starting ET076: Starting AUTHORISED Authorisation for

starting is given after
pressurisation of the
fuel pump providing
the motorised
1
throttle has
completed its stop
position and limp
home position
programming phase
Actuator control ET048: Actuator control ACTIVE In the event of a

relay relay problem, perform the
2 fault finding procedure
for DF084 Actuator
relay control circuit
Battery voltage PR071: Computer supply 11 V < PR071 < 15 V In the event of a
voltage problem, perform the
for PR071 Computer
supply voltage
JSAA7441.0
17B-89
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Code ET006: Code Indicates whether the

programmed programmed immobiliser code has
been programmed by the
If NO, contact your
1 computer or not.
Techline.
– YES: Code programmed
– NO: Code not learned by
the injection computer
Immobiliser ET003: Immobiliser Indicates the status of the

immobiliser system.
– INACTIVE: The injection
the immobiliser code If active, follow the
2 transmitted by the UCH. associated "help"
– ACTIVE: The injection given in the tool
computer does not
UCH.
Impact detected ET077: Impact detected NO If YES, switch off the

ignition for ten
seconds, then switch
3 it back on to allow
the engine to be
started. Then clear
any faults.

starting is given after
pressurisation of the
fuel pump providing
the motorised
4
throttle has
completed its stop
position and limp
home position
programming phase
JSAA7441.0
17B-90
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
TORQUE MANAGEMENT SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
1 PR100: Loss of torque 0 Nm
2 PR015: Engine torque 0 Nm
PR123: Driver demands 0 Nm < PR123 < 200 Nm In the event of a

3 estimated engine problem, perform a
torque test of the multiplex
network, and if the
Torque PR122: Torque value 0 Nm test is correct
taken by consult the
4 the automatic automatic
transmission transmission fault
converter finding procedure.
PR124: Resistant engine 0 Nm
5 torque sent on
CAN
JSAA7441.0
17B-91
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Application condition: Engine warm, at idle speed.
MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR071: Computer supply 13 V < PR071 < 15 V In the event of a

1
voltage problem, perform the
Battery voltage fault finding procedure
ET001: + computer after 13 V < ET001 < 15 V for PR071 "Computer
2 ignition supply voltage"
Vehicle speed PR089: Vehicle speed Indicates the vehicle speed

In the event of a
in mph. This parameter is
problem, perform the
sent to the injection
computer by the ABS
for DF091 "Vehicle
computer via the
speed information"
multiplex network.
Clutch contact ET040: Clutch pedal Indicates recognition of

In the event of a
clutch pedal contacts
– INACTIVE: Pedal
released.
for ET040 "Clutch
– ACTIVE: Pedal
pedal"
depressed.
Brake contact ET039: Brake pedal Indicates recognition of

In the event of a
brake pedal contacts
– INACTIVE: Pedal
released.
for ET039 "Brake
– ACTIVE: Pedal
pedal"
depressed.
Automatic ET063: Park/neutral Automatic transmission In the event of a

transmission position only. problem, perform the
Indicates whether
for DF099 "Automatic
6 automatic gearbox is in
transmission or
Park/neutral position or
robotised gearbox
not.
link via the multiplex
network"
JSAA7441.0
17B-92
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS (Continued 1)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET064: Injection fault Warns the driver of the

severity 1 presence of an
7 injection fault causing
minor operating
problems
ET065: Injection fault Warns the driver of the

severity 2 presence of a serious
8
injection fault causing
Faults damage to components NONE
PR105: Mileage Indicates the number of

recorder, OBD miles travelled with the
9
fault warning warning light on
light on
PR106: Mileage Indicates the number of

10 recorder, fault miles travelled with the
warning light on warning light on
JSAA7441.0
17B-93
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
LPG/FUEL CIRCUIT SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Engine speed PR055: Engine speed Indicates the engine's In the event of a fault,
rotational speed in perform the fault finding
1 rpm. procedure for DF005
700 rpm < PR055 "Engine speed sensor
< 6500 rpm circuit"
PR014: Idle speed Indicates the idle speed The idle speed
correction correction value. regulator performs the
series of calculations
0 rpm < PR014
which then allows
< 224 rpm
physical operation of
the idle speed actuator:
2 the motorised throttle.
This is a regulator
whose integral
component is adaptive
(programming of
dispersions and
ageing)
ET054: Idle speed ACTIVE In the event of a fault,

regulation perform the fault finding
3
procedure for ET054
Motorised
"Idle speed regulation"
throttle unit
PR010: Rail regulation The idle speed
setting regulation value
depends on the coolant
and oil temperatures,
the position of the
gearbox selector and
the operation of In the event of a fault,
electrical consumers. perform the fault finding
4
procedure for ET054
752 rpm < PR010
"Idle speed regulation"
< 1216 rpm
If a manifold pressure
sensor fault is present
or stored, the idle
speed set point is:
896 rpm
JSAA7441.0
17B-94
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR090: Idle speed -12% < PR090 < 12% The PR090, adaptive
regulation integral action is a
programming saved parameter which
value is designed to "learn"
the dispersions and
ageing of the engine for
the idle speed
regulator. This
programming is only
5
performed at idle
speed, with the engine
warm and no
consumers (electric
windscreen, air
conditioning, cooling
fans, power steering)
requested. It therefore
changes slowly.
Motorised PR141: Idle speed 4.7% < PR141 < 32% The integral correction
throttle unit regulation is continuously
integral calculated to take
6
correction account of the air
requirement of the
consumers
PR091: Idle speed 5% < PR091 <50% When the regulation

regulation conditions are met, the
theoretical OCR idle speed regulator
continuously positions
the motorised throttle to
maintain the engine
speed at the idle speed
7
set point. The opening
percentage of the
motorised throttle
necessary to maintain
the engine speed set
point is then given by
the parameter PR091.
JSAA7441.0
17B-95
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET055: Upstream sensor Open loop In the event of a fault,

mixture loop. perform the fault finding
"Richness ratio loop by
upstream sensor"
PR138: Mixture 0% < PR138 <100% In loop phase, the

adjustment richness correction
system corrects the
injection timing in order
to obtain metering as
9 Oxygen sensor
close as possible to
richness 1. The
correction value
fluctuates therefore
fluctuates around 50.
PR144: Autoadaptive 0 < PR144 <255 These parameters limit

10
richness offset the tendency towards
increase or decrease in
PR143: Autoadaptive 0 < PR143 <255 the richness of the
11 richness gain injection system.
Injection PR101: injection duration 0 ms < PR101

12 NONE
< 20000 ms
Fuel PR103: Current fuel 0 l/h < PR103 < 50 l/h

13 NONE
consumption consumption
Petrol pump ET047: Fuel pump ACTIVE In the event of a fault,

control circuit perform the fault finding
"Fuel pump relay
control circuit"
JSAA7441.0
17B-96
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Parameter or State
Check or Action
15 ET066: LPG fault NO
16 ET067: LPG ready NO
17 ET068: LPG tank empty NO
ET069: Operation in LPG NO

18
mode
ET070: Operation in YES

19
petrol mode
LPG NONE
ET071: Transition from NOT PERFORMED
20 petrol mode to
LPG mode
ET072: Transition from NOT PERFORMED

21 LPG mode to
petrol mode
ET073: Balance NOT OK

22 conditions in
LPG mode
Petrol pump AC015 Fuel pump relay You should hear the In the event of a fault,
fuel pump operating perform the fault finding
23
procedure for AC015
"Fuel pump relay "
JSAA7441.0
17B-97
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
AIR CIRCUIT SUB-FUNCTION (TURBO/INLET)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
PR035: Atmospheric 700 mb < PR035 If not consistent, check

1
pressure < 1047 mb PR035 = PR032 = local
atmospheric pressure,
PR032: Inlet pressure 114.1 mb < PR035
with the engine stopped
Air circuit < 695 mb
and ignition on.
pressure
2 In the event of a fault,
procedure for PR032
"Inlet pressure".
Air temperature PR058: Air temperature -40˚C < PR058 < 120˚C In the event of a fault,
temperature sensor
circuit"
Coolant PR064: Coolant 75˚C < PR058 < 120˚C In the event of a fault,
temperature sensor
circuit"
ET083: Camshaft NO
5 dephaser in NONE
defect mode
ET084: Camshaft – STATUS 1: No
dephaser camshaft dephaser
(on K4J)
– STATUS 2: Camshaft
dephaser on/off
6 (on F4R 770) NONE
– STATUS 3: Camshaft
Camshaft dephaser continuous
dephaser (on K4M + 760 manual
gearbox, automatic
transmission)
ET086: Camshaft Indicates operation or
7 dephaser control not of the camshaft NONE
dephaser
PR093: Camshaft Indicates the measured In the event of a fault,
dephaser dephaser value perform the fault finding
8 measured procedure for DF097
position "Camshaft sensor
circuit"
JSAA7441.0
17B-98
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
DRIVER PARAMETERS SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET085: Motorised NO
1 throttle unit in NONE
defect mode
ET051: Throttle valve PERFORMED
2 stops
programming
PR097: Motorised 5.96% < PR097
throttle lower < 13.96%
3
stop value
learned
PR114: Motorised 5.96% < PR114
4 throttle valve < 13.96% Run command RZ005
lower limit "Programming". If the
PR113: Throttle lower 5.96% < PR113 parameters or states are not
stop after < 13.96% always correct, contact
5 your Techline.
application of
offset
PR096: Motorised PR096 = 87.99%
throttle upper
6
stop value
Motorised learned
throttle unit PR115: Motorised PR115 = 87.99%
7 throttle valve
upper limit
ET082: Motorised CLOSED In the event of a fault, perform
throttle position the fault finding procedure for
8
ET082 "Motorised throttle
position"
PR118: Motorised No load = 4% In the event of a fault, perform
throttle position Full load = 99.02% the fault finding procedure for
9 track 1 DF095 "Throttle
potentiometer circuit
track 1"
PR119: Motorised No load = 4% In the event of a fault, perform
throttle position Full load = 100% the fault finding procedure for
10 track 2 DF096 "Throttle
potentiometer circuit
track 2"
PR116: Corrected No load = 0%
position set point Full load = 83%
11 NONE
of the motorised
throttle
JSAA7441.0
17B-99
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Motorised PR111: Motorised No load = 0%

12 throttle unit throttle corrected Full load = 83% NONE
position value
Accelerator ET075: Pedal in no load DETECTED In the event of a fault,

pedal and position and perform the fault finding
motorised throttle closed procedure for PR030
throttle "Accelerator pedal
13 position" followed by
the fault finding
procedure for ET082
"Motorised throttle
position".
PR112: No load position 0% < PR112 < 15.625% Run command RZ005
programmed "Programming". If the
14 parameters or statuses
are not always correct,
contact your Techline.
PR030: Accelerator No load = 0% In the event of a fault,

pedal position Full load = 100% perform the fault finding
procedure for DF008 and
DF009 "Pedal sensor
15 circuit track 1 and
Accelerator
pedal
DF011 and DF012
"Sensor supply voltage
n˚1 and 2".

procedure for DF008
voltage n˚1".
JSAA7441.0
17B-100
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Only perform this conformity check after having performed a complete check with
the diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Parameter or State
Check or Action

procedure for DF009
Accelerator DF012 "Sensor supply
pedal voltage n˚2".
ET081: Accelerator Indicates the position In the event of a fault,

pedal position of the accelerator pedal perform the fault finding
18 (No load or Full load) procedure for PR030
"Accelerator pedal
position".
AC027: Motorised Motorised throttle In the event of a fault,

Motorised throttle unit should be heard perform the fault finding
19
throttle unit operating procedure for AC027
"Motorised throttle".
JSAA7441.0
17B-101
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
PRE-HEATING/IGNITION SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Engine flywheel ET089: Programming the PERFORMED

1 NONE
target flywheel ring
Engine phasing ET061: Cylinder 1 PERFORMED In the event of a fault,

recognition perform the fault finding
"Recognition of
cylinder 1".
Flywheel ET062: Engine flywheel DETECTED In the event of a fault,

signal perform the fault finding
"Engine flywheel
signal".
4 PR001: Forwards 0˚ V < PR101 < 10˚ V

Ignition PR095: Anti-pinking 0˚ V < PR095 < 8˚ V NONE
5
correction
ET057: Misfiring on NO In the event of a fault,

cylinder 1 perform the fault finding
6
procedure for DF059
"Misfire on cylinder 1".

7
procedure for DF060
Flywheel
8
procedure for DF061

9
procedure for ET062
JSAA7441.0
17B-102
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET052: Upstream O2 INACTIVE In the event of a fault,

"Upstream O2 sensor
heating".
ET053: Downstream O2 INACTIVE In the event of a fault,

"Downstream O2
sensor heating".
Oxygen sensor
PR098: Upstream 0˚ V < PR098 < 2.5 V In the event of a fault,
"Upstream oxygen
sensor voltage".
PR099: Downstream 0 V < PR099 < 2.5 V In the event of a fault,

"Downstream oxygen
sensor voltage".
ET050: Canister bleed INACTIVE

6 NONE
control
Canister PR102: Canister bleed 0% < PR102 < 99.61%
7 solenoid valve NONE
OCR signal

8
procedure for DF059
Flywheel
9
procedure for DF060
JSAA7441.0
17B-103
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD SUB-FUNCTION (continued 1)
Parameter or State
Check or Action

10
procedure for DF061
Flywheel
11
procedure for DF062
Canister AC017: Canister bleed The canister bleed In the event of a fault,
solenoid valve solenoid valve should perform the fault finding
12 be heard operating procedure for AC017
"Canister bleed
solenoid valve".
AC018: Upstream O2 The upstream oxygen In the event of a fault,

sensor heating sensor should heat up perform the fault finding
"Upstream O2 sensor
heating circuit".
Oxygen sensor
AC019: Downstream O2 The downstream In the event of a fault,
sensor heating oxygen sensor should perform the fault finding
14 heat up procedure for DF083
"Downstream O2
sensor heating circuit".
JSAA7441.0
17B-104
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
COLD LOOP SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET079: Air conditioning States whether the vehicle is

present fitted with air conditioning or If not consistent with
not. the vehicle
– YES: Air conditioning is equipment, carry out
1 detected by the injection the multiplex
computer. network test and
– NO: Air conditioning is not apply the relevant
detected by the injection procedure.
computer
ET088: Request to start The injection computer

compressor requests the PSU (via the
multiplex network) to start
the compressor
network should not be faulty
on the Automatic
systems.
The UCH should request the
2
injection system to be
Air activated. The refrigerant
conditioning pressure sensor should not be
faulty.
Satisfactory engine operating
conditions (coolant
temperature, engine load etc.). NONE
been fulfilled.
ET004: Air conditioning Non-operational information

authorised intended for fault finding
purposes only.
– YES: Satisfactory engine
operating conditions
(coolant temperature,
3 engine load etc.).’ The
vehicle is not in a specific
movement phase (hill start,
stop etc.).
conditions has not been
fulfilled.
JSAA7441.0
17B-105
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
COLD LOOP SUB-FUNCTION (continued 1)
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Refrigerant PR037: Refrigerant 2 Bar < PR037 < 27 Bar In the event of a fault,
pressure pressure perform the fault
PR037 "Refrigerant
fluid pressure".
Engine speed PR055: Engine speed Indicates the engine's In the event of a fault,
speed of rotation in rpm. perform the fault
5 700 rpm < PR055
DF005 "Engine
< 6500 rpm
speed sensor
circuit".
Motorised ET023: Fast idle speed The UCH requests the If ET023 is
throttle unit request injection computer to inconsistent, carry
accelerate the idle speed. out a multiplex
– ABSENT: The UCH did not network test using
6 make the request the diagnostic tool.
– PRESENT: The UCH has If the test is correct
made a request refer to the UCH
fault finding
procedure.
temperature temperature perform the fault
7
DF001 "Coolant
temperature sensor
circuit".
Vehicle speed PR089: Vehicle speed Indicates the vehicle speed

In the event of a fault,
in mph. This parameter is
perform the fault
sent to the injection
computer by the ABS
DF091 "Vehicle
computer via the multiplex
speed information".
network.
Air conditioning PR125: Power used by 300W < PR125 < 3000W
9 the AC NONE
compressor
ET014: Check cooling Indicates operation or not

10 In the event of a fault,
fan 1 of Fan 1. perform the fault
Fan assembly
ET015: Check cooling Indicates operation or not finding procedure for
11 ET014 "Fan check".
fan 2 of Fan 2.
JSAA7441.0
17B-106
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
HEATING SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
temperature temperature perform the fault
1
DF001 "Coolant
temperature sensor
circuit".
ET111: Number of This status indicates that the

PCHRs frozen. injection computer is
preventing modification of
the number of activated
passenger compartment
heating resistances (PCHR)
(no activated PCHRs
2 switched off, but addition of NONE
others prevented). This
freezing of the number of
PCHRs is performed
according to the vehicle
requirements (availability of
PCHR electrical power, torque
requirements, etc.)
ET112: PCHR cut off This status indicates that the

injection computer is
preventing activation of all
the passenger compartment
heating resistances (PCHR)
3 in accordance with vehicle NONE
requirements (availability of
electrical power, torque
requirements, injection or
air conditioning system
defect mode, etc.)
JSAA7441.0
17B-107
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
ET045: CC/SL selector ACTIVE: if press In the event of a fault,

switch on INACTIVE: if no press perform the fault
steering wheel finding procedure for
1
ET045 "CC/SL
function selectors
on steering wheel".
ET032: Cruise control STATUS 1: Anti-skid request

deactivation STATUS 2: Brake pedal
depressed
STATE 3: Cruise control or
speed limiter fault
STATE 4: Engine / gearbox
decoupling
STATE 5: Fault detected by
Cruise
injection computer
2 control/Speed NONE
STATE 6: Vehicle speed
limiter
invalid
STATE 7: Suspend button
pressed
STATE 8: Gear selector lever
in neutral
STATE 9: Inconsistency
between the request and the
vehicle speed
ET042: Cruise control/ ACTIVE: if press In the event of a fault,

Speed limiter INACTIVE: if no press perform the fault
3
ET042 "Cruise
control/Speed
limiter".
Clutch ET040: Clutch pedal Indicates recognition of In the event of a fault,
contact clutch pedal contacts. perform the fault
4 INACTIVE: Pedal released. finding procedure for
ACTIVE: Pedal depressed. ET040 "Clutch
pedal".
Brake contact ET039: Brake pedal Indicates recognition of In the event of a fault,
brake pedal contacts perform the fault
5 INACTIVE: Pedal released. finding procedure for
ACTIVE: Pedal depressed. ET039 "Brake
pedal".
JSAA7441.0
17B-108
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
START SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action

starting is given
after pressurisation
of the fuel pump
providing the
1
motorised throttle
has completed its
stop position and
limp home position
programming phase
Actuator ET048: Actuator control ACTIVE In the event of a fault,

control relay relay perform the fault
2
DF084 "Actuator
relay control
circuit".
Battery PR071: Computer supply 13 V < PR071 < 15 V In the event of a fault,
voltage voltage perform the fault
PR071 "Computer
supply voltage".
JSAA7441.0
17B-109
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
Parameter or State
Check or Action
Code ET006: Code Indicates whether the

programmed programmed immobiliser code has been
learned by the computer or
If NO, contact your
1 not.
Techline.
– YES: Code learned
– NO: Code not learned by the
injection computer.
Immobiliser ET003: Immobiliser Indicates the status of the

immobiliser system.
– INACTIVE: The injection
If ACTIVE, follow
the associated
2 transmitted by the UCH.
"help" given in the
– ACTIVE: The injection
tool.
computer does not
UCH.
Impact ET077: Impact detected NO If YES, switch off

detected the ignition for ten
seconds, then
3 switch it back on to
allow the engine to
be started. Then
clear any faults.

starting is given
after pressurisation
of the fuel pump
providing the
4 motorised throttle
has completed its
stop position and
limp home position
programming
phase
JSAA7441.0
17B-110
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
TORQUE MANAGEMENT SUB-FUNCTION
Parameter or State
Check or Action
1 PR100: Loss of torque 0 Nm
2 PR015: Engine torque -50 Nm < PR015 < 200 Nm
PR123: Driver demands 0 Nm < PR123 < 200 Nm In the event of a

3 estimated engine fault, perform a test
torque of the multiplex
network, and if the
Torque PR122: Torque value 0 Nm test is correct
taken by the consult the
4 automatic automatic
transmission transmission fault
converter finding procedure.
PR124: Resistant engine 0 Nm
5 torque sent on
CAN
JSAA7441.0
17B-111
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Interpretation of states 17B
ET014
NOTES None.

If the fault is not resolved, perform a fault finding procedure on the Protection and Switching Unit.
Refer to the Protection and Switching Unit fault finding procedure in the Workshop Repair Manual.
JSAA7441.0
17B-112
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
ET015
NOTES None.

If the fault is not resolved, perform a fault finding procedure on the Protection and Switching Unit.
Refer to the Protection and Switching Unit fault finding procedure in the Workshop Repair Manual.
JSAA7441.0
17B-113
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
BRAKE PEDAL
ET039
NOTES There must be no faults present or stored.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the dual-contact brake switch and its connections.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V at the brake pedal switch connector
(see the connector track number on the corresponding wiring diagram).

Computer track E4, connector A Brake pedal
JSAA7441.0
17B-114
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CLUTCH PEDAL
ET040
Check the cleanliness and condition of the clutch pedal switch and its connections.
Check for the presence of earth on the clutch pedal switch connector
(see the connector track number on the corresponding wiring diagram).

Computer track C4, connector A Clutch pedal switch
JSAA7441.0
17B-115
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
ET042
NOTES
control/speed limiter control switches.
Refer to the Airbag section in the Workshop Repair Manual.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the cruise control/speed limiter on/off switch and its connections.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V at the cruise control/speed limiter selector switch (see the
connector track number on the corresponding wiring diagram).

Computer track A2, connector A Cruise control/speed limiter on/off switch
Computer track C3, connector A Cruise control/speed limiter on/off switch
If the fault persists, replace the switch.
JSAA7441.0
17B-116
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER SELECTOR SWITCH ON
STEERING WHEEL
ET045
NOTES
control / speed limiter control switches.
Refer to the Airbag section in the Workshop Repair Manual.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the increase switches at the steering wheel and their connections.
Check for the presence of earth at the increase switches on the steering wheel
(see the connector track numbers on the corresponding wiring diagram)

(see the connector track numbers in the relevant wiring diagram)
If the fault persists, replace the faulty switch.
JSAA7441.0
17B-117
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
UPSTREAM O 2 SENSOR HEATING
ET052
Check the cleanliness and condition of the upstream oxygen sensor and its connections.
If no + 12 V:

If the fault persists, replace the upstream oxygen sensor.
JSAA7441.0
17B-118
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DOWNSTREAM O 2 SENSOR HEATING
ET053
Check the cleanliness and condition of the downstream oxygen sensor and its connections.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V at the downstream oxygen sensor connector
(see the track number of the connector on the corresponding wiring diagram).
If no + 12 V:
Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector, track 2 Downstream oxygen sensor
With the ignition on, if there is still no + 12 V at the downstream oxygen sensor connector, there is a fault in
the Protection and Switching Unit.

Computer track L3, connector C Downstream oxygen sensor
Check the heating resistance of the downstream oxygen sensor (see the value in the Help section).
If the value is not correct, replace the downstream oxygen sensor.
If the fault persists, replace the downstream oxygen sensor.
JSAA7441.0
17B-119
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
IDLE SPEED REGULATION
ET054
Check the parameters PR032, PR058, PR064, PR118, PR119, PR030.

Check that all these parameters are perfectly correct.
IDLE SPEED IS Check:

TOO LOW – engine oil level (too high => splashing),
– that the exhaust pipe is not blocked (catalytic converter damaged),
– cleanliness and conformity of the air filter,
– that the air intake circuit is not blocked,
– that the throttle valve is not clogged,'
– condition and conformity of the spark plugs,
– that the petrol system is completely leak-free,
– fuel flow rate and pressure (refer to the Workshop Repair Manual),
– condition and cleanliness of the injectors,
– cylinder compressions,
– the timing gear setting,
– the hydraulic tappets if there is camshaft noise (see the Workshop Repair
Manual).
IDLE SPEED IS Check:

TOO HIGH – engine oil level (too high => oil combustion),
– that the restrictions are present in the oil vapour rebreathing circuit,
– that there are no leaks between the throttle valve and the inlet manifold,
– that there are no leaks around the manifold pressure sensor,
– the fuel vapour absorber bleed, which should not be jammed open,
– that there are no leaks in the fuel vapour absorber bleed circuit,
– that there are no leaks in the brake servo system,
– that there are no leaks between the inlet manifold and the cylinder head,
– that there are no leaks in the oil vapour rebreathing circuit between the inlet
manifold and the cylinder head,
– fuel flow rate and pressure (refer to the Workshop Repair Manual),
– condition and cleanliness of the injectors,
– cylinder compressions,
– the hydraulic tappets if there is camshaft noise (see the Workshop Repair
Manual).
JSAA7441.0
17B-120
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
UPSTREAM SENSOR MIXTURE LOOP
ET055
If no + 12 V:

Check the condition and tightness of the upstream oxygen sensor.
If the vehicle is driven frequently in town, decoke the engine.

(Continued on next page.)
JSAA7441.0
17B-121
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
ET055
CONTINUED
Check:
– the condition of the air filter,
– the condition and conformity of spark plugs,
– that there are no leaks in the turbocharger safety valve circuit,
– that there are no leaks in the crankcase oil vapour rebreathing system,
– that there are no leaks in the exhaust system from the cylinder head to the catalytic converter.
– fuel flow rate and pressure.
If the idle speed is not stable, check:

– the hydraulic tappets if there is camshaft noise (see Workshop Repair Manual),
– cylinder compressions.
Drive the vehicle to confirm the repair.
JSAA7441.0
17B-122
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CYLINDER 1 RECOGNITION
ET061
Check the condition and the cleanliness of the camshaft sensor.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V at the camshaft sensor connector (see the connector
If no + 12 V:
Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector, track 2 Camshaft sensor
With the ignition on, if there is still no + 12 V at the camshaft sensor connector, there is a fault in the Protection
and Switching Unit.

Computer track E2, connector C Camshaft sensor
Computer track F1, connector C Camshaft sensor
If the fault is not resolved, replace the camshaft sensor.
JSAA7441.0
17B-123
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
ENGINE FLYWHEEL SIGNAL
ET062
NOTES
Information: If the engine flywheel has been replaced or removed, the engine flywheel
ring must be reprogrammed.
Check the mounting and position of the flywheel sensor (refer to the relevant section of the Workshop Repair
Manual).
Check the cleanliness and condition of the flywheel signal sensor and its connections.
Check the condition of the wire.

Computer track E4, connector B Engine speed sensor
Computer track F3, connector B Engine speed sensor
Check the resistance of the flywheel signal sensor (see the value in the Help section).
If the value is not correct, replace the flywheel signal sensor.
If the sensor has been replaced, the engine flywheel signal must be reprogrammed.
Method of reprogramming the engine flywheel signal:

Accelerate up to 4000 rpm in 3rd gear then decelerate to power take-up speed*.
(* This is the moment when, during deceleration with no load, the engine drops to idle speed and recovers
torque.)
If the fault is not resolved, check the cleanliness and condition of the engine flywheel.
JSAA7441.0
17B-124
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
MOTORISED THROTTLE POSITION
ET082
NOTES


section).
AFTER REPAIR
Repeat the conformity check from the start.
JSAA7441.0
17B-125
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters 17B
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
PR030

Computer track H3, connector A Pedal potentiometer
Computer track G2, connector A Pedal potentiometer
Computer track H2, connector A Pedal potentiometer
Computer track F4, connector A Pedal potentiometer
If the fault persists, replace the pedal potentiometer.
JSAA7441.0
17B-126
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
INLET PRESSURE
PR032

If the fault is still present, replace the manifold pressure sensor.
If the fault persists, carry out the following checks:

The induction system must be perfectly sealed, from the throttle valve to the cylinder head.
Check:
– that there are no leaks in the turbocharger safety valve circuit,
– that there are no leaks in the exhaust system from the cylinder head to the catalytic converter.
JSAA7441.0
17B-127
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
REFRIGERANT FLUID PRESSURE
PR037:

Computer track K2, connector B Refrigerant fluid sensor
If the fault persists, replace the refrigerant fluid sensor.
If the fault is still present, check the air conditioning circuit (refer to the Workshop Repair Manual).
JSAA7441.0
17B-128
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
PR071

NOTES
No electrical consumers.
Ignition on If the voltage is minimum:

Check the battery and the charge circuit (refer to the relevant section in
the Workshop Repair Manual).
If the voltage is maximum:

Check that the charge voltage is correct and that no consumers are on
(see the relevant section in the Workshop Repair Manual).
At idle speed If the voltage is minimum:

Check the battery and the charge circuit (refer to the relevant section in the
Workshop Repair Manual).
If the voltage is maximum:

Check that the charge voltage is correct and that no consumers are on
(see the relevant section in the Workshop Repair Manual).
JSAA7441.0
17B-129
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CAMSHAFT DEPHASER OCR SETTING
PR094

NOTES
If inconsistency in PR093 "Camshaft dephaser measured position", deal with it first.
Check the electrical resistance of the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve (see the value in the Help section).
If the value is not correct, replace the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V on the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve connector
If no + 12 V:
Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector, track 1 Camshaft dephaser solenoid
valve
With the ignition on, if there is still no + 12 V at the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve, there is a fault in the

Computer track L3, connector B Camshaft dephaser solenoid
valve
If the fault persists, replace the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve.
If the fault is still not resolved, there is almost certainly a mechanical fault in the camshaft dephaser system.
Refer to the relevant section in the Workshop Repair Manual.
JSAA7441.0
17B-130
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
ANTI-PINKING CORRECTION
PR095
The pinking sensor should give a signal which is not zero, to prove that it is recording the mechanical
vibrations of the engine.
Check that the fuel in the fuel tank is of the correct type.
Check the condition and correct specification of the spark plugs.
Check that the pinking sensor is tightened.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the pinking sensor connections.

Computer track B2, connector B Pinking sensor screening
If the fault persists, replace the pinking sensor.
JSAA7441.0
17B-131
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
UPSTREAM OXYGEN SENSOR VOLTAGE
PR098

Check the tightness of the upstream oxygen sensor.
If the vehicle is driven frequently in town, decoke the engine.
Check that there are no leaks in the exhaust system, from the manifold to the catalytic converter.
If the fault persists, replace the upstream oxygen sensor.
If the fault has still not been resolved, continue with the checks.
Check:
– the condition and conformity of spark plugs,
– that the catalytic converter is not clogged,
– the fuel vapour absorber bleed, which must not be jammed open,
– that there are no leaks in the exhaust system from the cylinder head to the catalytic converter,
– fuel flow rate and pressure.
JSAA7441.0
17B-132
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
PR098
CONTINUED
If the idle speed is not stable, check:

– the hydraulic tappets if there is camshaft noise (see Workshop Repair Manual),
– cylinder compressions.
Drive the vehicle to confirm the repair.
JSAA7441.0
17B-133
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
DOWNSTREAM OXYGEN SENSOR VOLTAGE
PR099

Computer track A2, connector C Downstream oxygen sensor
Computer track B2, connector C Downstream oxygen sensor
Check the tightness of the downstream oxygen sensor.
If the vehicle is driven frequently in town, carry out a cleaning operation (clogging of the oxygen sensors and
the catalytic converter).
Check that the exhaust system is completely free of leaks.
Replace the downstream oxygen sensor.
If the fault persists, the catalytic converter must be damaged.
If the catalytic converter is faulty, the cause of the damage must be determined, otherwise the new
catalytic converter may be damaged in turn.
Remove the catalytic converter.
Various things cause damage to a catalytic converter:

– deformation (impact),
– thermal shock (cold water splashed onto a hot catalytic converter can damage it),
– faulty injector or ignition: the catalytic converter is damaged by contact with petrol (coil fault, coil control
fault, injector jammed open),
– injector leak,
– abnormal consumption of oil or coolant (faulty head gasket),
– use of a fuel additive or other similar product (obtain information from the customer because this type of
product can contaminate the catalytic converter and render it more or less permanently inefficient).
JSAA7441.0
17B-134
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
PR099
CONTINUED
Look up the service history of the vehicle or, if this is not possible, ask the customer if the vehicle has had
injection or ignition faults.
If the cause of the catalytic converter damage has been found and the fault has disappeared, replace
the catalytic converter.
JSAA7441.0
17B-135
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
FUEL PUMP RELAY
AC015
IF THE RELAY Disconnect the battery and the injection computer.

DOES NOT Check the cleanliness and condition of the computer connections.
CLICK In the Protection and Switching Unit disconnect the "PEM" connector and check
the cleanliness and condition of the connections.
take the "universal bornier". Check the continuity and insulation of the following
connection:
Computer track D1, connector C Protection and Switching Unit,
PEM connector, track 1
If the fault is still present, there is a fault in the Protection and Switching Unit
(the fuel pump relay is in the Protection and Switching Unit and is not removable).
IF THE PUMP Disconnect the fuel pump.

DOES NOT Check the cleanliness and condition of the connectors.
RUN With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V at the fuel pump connector.
(See the connector track number in the corresponding wiring diagram).
If no + 12 V:
– disconnect the connector marked PPH2 in the Protection and Switching Unit,
Protection and Switching Unit, PPH2 connector
track 5 Fuel pump connector
With the ignition on, if there is still no + 12 V at the fuel pump relay connector, there
is a fault in the Protection and Switching Unit.
Check the presence of earth on the connector (check the track number on the
relevant wiring diagram).
If the fault persists, replace the fuel pump.
JSAA7441.0
17B-136
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CANISTER BLEED SOLENOID VALVE
AC017
Check the cleanliness and condition of the fuel vapour absorber bleed solenoid valve connections.
Check the resistance of the fuel vapour absorber bleed solenoid valve (see value in the Help section).
If the value is not correct, replace the fuel vapour absorber bleed solenoid valve.
With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V at the fuel vapour absorber bleed solenoid valve
connector.
If no + 12 V:
Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector, track 2 Petrol vapour absorber bleed
solenoid valve
With the ignition on, if there is still no + 12 V at the fuel vapour absorber canister bleed solenoid valve
connector, there is a fault in the Protection and Switching Unit.

Computer track E1, connector C Petrol vapour absorber bleed solenoid valve
If the fault persists, replace the solenoid valve.
JSAA7441.0
17B-137
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
MOTORISED THROTTLE
AC027
NOTES
SAFETY INSTRUCTION: Never drive the vehicle without ensuring that there are
no faults present involving the throttle body.

Connect the "universal bornier", check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:

section).
If the fault persists, replace the throttle valve.
AFTER REPAIR
Repeat the conformity check from the start.
JSAA7441.0
17B-138
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Help 17B
ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE OF COMPONENTS
K4J ENGINE
Ambient temperature ~ 20 °C:
Injectors 14.5 Ω ± 5%
Throttle valve motor 1.6 Ω ± 10 %
Fuel vapour absorber solenoid valve 25 Ω ± 20 %
Primary: 0.5 Ω ± 5 %
Rod coils
Secondary: Ω ± 15%
10.7 kΩ
Flywheel signal sensor 230 Ω ± 20 %
Upstream oxygen sensor heating 9 Ω ± 10 %
Downstream oxygen sensor heating 9 Ω ± 10 %
JSAA7441.0
17B-139
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
K4M ENGINE
Camshaft dephaser solenoid valve 7.2 Ω ± 10 %
Rod coils
10.7 kΩ
JSAA7441.0
17B-140
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
F4R ENGINE
Camshaft dephaser solenoid valve 7.2 Ω ± 10 %
Rod coils
10.7 kΩ
JSAA7441.0
17B-141
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
K4J - K4M - F4R ENGINES
Values for components with variable electrical resistance:
AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

DAV IATS 04 - PIE 7700101451 B SYLEA 402114 02 - PIE 7700113867
Temperature Electrical resistance in Ω Temperature Electrical resistance in Ω
in °C in °C
- 40 49930 ± 15 % - 40 75780 ± 10 %
- 10 9540 ± 10 % - 10 12460 ± 10 %
25 2050 ± 6 % 25 2250 ± 5 %
50 810 ± 6 % 50 810 ± 5 %
80 309 ± 6 % 80 283 ± 5 %
110 135 ± 6 % 110 115 ± 5 %
120 105 ± 6 % 120 88 ± 5 %
JSAA7441.0
17B-142
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vehicle diagnostic socket
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+ After ignition Chassis Electronic Can H K
earth earth
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Can L L + Battery
JSAA7441.0
17B-143
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Customer complaints 17B
Only consult the customer complaints after a complete check using the
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
NO DIALOGUE WITH THE COMPUTER CHART 1
THE ENGINE WILL NOT START CHART 2
IDLE SPEED FAULTS CHART 3
PROBLEMS WHEN DRIVING CHART 4
AFTER REPAIR Test using the diagnostic tool.
JSAA7441.0
17B-144
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
Vdiag No.: 44 Fault finding - Fault finding charts 17B
NOTES None.
Test the diagnostic tool on another vehicle in perfect working order.

Check that the sensor's green warning light comes on.
If you cannot establish dialogue with the second vehicle, follow the instructions in the CLIP diagnostic tool
check section.
If you establish dialogue with the second vehicle, follow the instructions in the Check vehicle section.
CLIP Check the cleanliness and condition of the contacts of the diagnostic socket on
DIAGNOSTIC the vehicle.
TOOL CHECK Check the condition of the cable going from the diagnostic socket to the sensor, and
Check the sensor connections.
Check the condition of the cable going from the diagnostic socket to the CLIP tool,
and the cleanliness and condition of the connections.
Check the cleanliness and condition of the "CLIP" socket.
If the fault is still present, contact your Techline.
CHECK ON Check the electrical voltage of the battery.

THE VEHICLE Check the condition and cleanliness of the battery terminals.
Check the condition and tightness of the cable going from the + battery to the
Check the condition of the battery earth lead and that it makes good electrical
contact with the bodywork.
Check the cleanliness and good connection of the injection computer's earth
terminal to the bodywork.
Check the 30 A general supply fuse of the Protection and Switching Unit and
the condition and cleanliness of the contacts (refer to the Protection and
Switching Unit fault-finding procedure).
Check the 5 A after ignition feed fuse of the injection computer and the condition
and cleanliness of the contacts.
JSAA7441.0
17B-145
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CHART 1
CONTINUED 1
CHECK ON THE Take the "universal bornier" and check the following tracks on the vehicle
VEHICLE diagnostic socket (see diagram in the Help section):
(CONTINUED) Track 1 + After ignition
Track 16 + Battery
Track 4 and 5 Earth

Tale the "universal bornier", check the continuity of the "CAN" communication
lines:
Injection computer track A4, connector A Vehicle diagnostic
socket, track 6
Injection computer track A3, connector A Vehicle diagnostic
socket, track 14
Check the continuity of the K dialogue line:

Injection computer track B4, connector A Vehicle diagnostic
socket, track 7
Disconnect the earth terminal of the computer from the negative battery terminal.
Check the continuity and insulation of the following tracks:
Injection computer track L1, connector C Earth terminal
Injection computer track M1, connector C Earth terminal
Injection computer track M1, connector B Earth terminal
Injection computer track L1, connector B Earth terminal
JSAA7441.0
17B-146
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CHART 1
CONTINUED 2
CHECK ON In the Protection and Switching Unit disconnect the "PEM" connector and check
THE VEHICLE the cleanliness and condition of the connections.
(CONTINUED) Take the "universal bornier". Check the insulation and continuity of the connection
between:
Computer track D4, connector B Protection and Switching Unit,
PEM connector, track 2
(see connector track number in the corresponding wiring diagram).
In the Protection and Switching Unit disconnect the "PPM1" connector and check
Take the "universal bornier". Check the continuity of the following connection:
Computer track M2, connector B Protection and Switching Unit
PPM1 connector, track 1
In the Protection and Switching Unit disconnect the "PEH" connector and check
Take the "universal bornier". Check the continuity of the following connection:
Computer track D1, connector A Protection and Switching Unit,
PEH connector, track 1
If the fault is not resolved, contact your Techline.
JSAA7441.0
17B-147
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CHART 2 The engine does not start
Follow CHART 2 after performing a complete check using the diagnostic tool.
(Use the relevant section in the Workshop Repair Manual to carry out certain
operations).
NOTES
If the starter motor does not start, there may be a fault with the engine immobiliser.
Run a fault finding test on the UCH.
Check the condition of the battery.

Check the cleanliness, condition and tightness of the battery terminals.
Check that the battery is correctly earthed to the vehicle body.
Check that the + battery leads are correctly connected.
Check that the starter motor is properly connected.

Check that the starter motor is operating correctly (refer to the relevant section in the Workshop Repair
Manual).
Check the condition and conformity of the plugs.

Check the mounting, cleanliness and condition of the flywheel signal sensor.
Check the flywheel signal sensor air gap.
Check the condition of the flywheel.
Check that the air filter is not clogged.

Check that the air intake system is not blocked.
Check whether there is fuel in the tank (fuel gauge fault).

Check that the tank vent is not blocked.
Check that the fuel is of the proper type.
Check that there is no leak in the fuel circuit, from the fuel tank to the injectors.
Check that no hoses are pinched (especially after a removal operation).
Check the fuel flow rate and pressure.
Check the operation of the injectors and that they do not leak.
Check that the exhaust system is not blocked nor the catalytic converter clogged.
Check the timing.
Check the engine compression.
Check the hydraulic tappets if there is camshaft noise.
JSAA7441.0
17B-148
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CHART 3 Idle speed faults
Follow CHART 3 after performing a complete check with the diagnostic tool.
operations).
NOTES
Check with the dipstick that the oil level is not too high.
Check that the induction system is sealed, from the throttle to the cylinder head.
Check that the fuel vapour absorber bleed is not disconnected or jammed open.
Check that there are no leaks in the fuel vapour absorber bleed circuit.
Check that there are no leaks in the braking assistance system.
Check that there are no leaks in the oil vapour recovery circuit (manifold / cylinder head).
Check that there are no leaks around the manifold pressure sensor.
Check that there are no leaks around the air temperature sensor.

Check that the air intake circuit is not clogged up.
Check that throttle body is not clogged.
Check the condition of the rod coils and the cleanliness of their connections.
Check the electrical resistance of the rod coil secondary circuits.
Check the condition and cleanliness of the flywheel.

Check that the injectors are working.
Check the timing.
JSAA7441.0
17B-149
PETROL INJECTION
SAGEM 3000
Program No.:A7
CHART 4 Faults when driving
Follow CHART 4 after performing a complete check using the diagnostic tool.
operations).
NOTES
Check with the dipstick that the oil level is not too high.
Check the condition of the rod coils and the cleanliness of their connections.
Check the electrical resistance of the rod coil secondary circuits.
Check the condition and cleanliness of the flywheel.

Check that the air intake circuit is not clogged up.
Check that throttle body is not clogged.
Check that the induction system is sealed, from the throttle to the cylinder head.
Check that the fuel vapour absorber bleed is not disconnected or jammed open.
Check that there are no leaks in the fuel vapour absorber bleed circuit.
Check that there are no leaks in the braking assistance system.
Check that there are no leaks in the oil vapour recovery circuit (manifold / cylinder head).
Check that there are no leaks around the manifold pressure sensor.
Check that there are no leaks around the air temperature sensor.

Check that the injectors are working.
Check the timing.
JSAA7441.0
17B-150

Engine and Peripherals: Diesel Injection Petrol Injection

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine and Peripherals: Diesel Injection Petrol Injection

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine and Peripherals: Diesel Injection Petrol Injection

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine and peripherals

JM0B - JM0C - JM0F - JM0G - JM0H - JM0J - JM0U

77 11 322 222 JUNE 2003 EDITION ANGLAISE

13B DIESEL INJECTION 17B PETROL INJECTION

Introduction 13B K9-1 Introduction 17B-1

Introduction 13B F9-1

Vehicle(s): SCENIC II Computer name: DIRECT COMMON RAIL DIESEL

2. PREREQUISITES FOR FAULT FINDING

Fault finding procedures (this manual):

Type of diagnostic tools

Special tooling required

Special tooling required

To cut off + after ignition, proceed as follows:

If the fault is not confirmed, check:

Check the battery charge and

Print the system fault finding log

Deal with faults found The symptom no Fault

Deal with stored faults

Use the fault finding charts.

The symptom no Fault

Contact the Techline with the

You will always be asked for this log:

7. CLEANLINESS INSTRUCTIONS WHICH MUST BE FOLLOWED WHEN WORKING ON THE HIGH-

Risks relating to contamination

What are the sources of contamination?

Contamination is caused by:

Instructions to be followed before opening the fuel circuit

Use a brush and thinners to clean the connections to be opened.

Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.

Instructions to be followed during the operation

12 Volts APC: 12 Volts supply after ignition.

12 Volts Before ignition: 12 Volts supply before ignition.

ABS: Anti-lock braking system

AGB: Automatic transmission.

C2I: Individual injector correction.

CAN: Controlled Area Network.

COSLAD: Discharge bulb (Xenon bulb) beam test.

EGR: Exhaust gas recirculation.

ESP: Electronic Stability Program.

GMV : Fan Assembly

TDC: Top Dead Centre.

BDC: Bottom Dead Centre.

POWER LATCH: maintained supply phase.

RCH: Passenger compartment heater resistance.

UCH: Passenger Compartment Control Unit.

PSU: Protection and Switching unit.

VIN: Vehicle Identification Number.

Diagnostic tool CLIP

569 Difficult to start

Other Please specify:

● Conditions under which the customer complaint occurs

001 When cold 005 While driving 008 When decelerating

003 When stationary 007 When accelerating 010 Gradual deterioration

Other Please specify:

● Documentation used in fault finding

Fault finding procedure

Fault Finding Manual No.:

Wiring diagram used

Wiring Diagram Technical Note No.: